Agenda reports pack PDF 8 MB - Meetings, agendas and minutes

Transcription

Public Document Pack
EAST (OUTER) AREA COMMITTEE
Meeting to be held in the Civic Hall, Leeds on
Tuesday, 7th July, 2009 at 4.00 pm
MEMBERSHIP
Councillors
Agenda compiled by:
Governance Services Unit
Civic Hall
LEEDS LS1 1UR
S Armitage
P Grahame
P Gruen
-
Cross Gates and Whinmoor;
M Dobson
A McKenna
T Murray
-
Garforth and Swillington;
J Lewis
K Parker
K Wakefield
-
Kippax and Methley;
Kippax and Methley;
Kippax and Methley;
W Hyde
M Lyons
D Schofield
-
Temple Newsam;
Temple Newsam;
Temple Newsam;
Acting Area Manager:
Keith Lander
Tel: 224 3973
Janet Pritchard
247 4327
Produced on Recycled Paper
A
A BRIEF EXPLANATION OF
COUNCIL FUNCTIONS AND EXECUTIVE FUNCTIONS
There are certain functions that are defined by regulations which can only be carried out at
a meeting of the Full Council or under a Scheme of Delegation approved by the Full
Council. Everything else is an Executive Function and, therefore, is carried out by the
Council’s Executive Board or under a Scheme of Delegation agreed by the Executive
Board.
The Area Committee has some functions which are delegated from full Council and some
Functions which are delegated from the Executive Board. Both functions are kept
separately in order to make it clear where the authority has come from so that if there are
decisions that the Area Committee decides not to make they know which body the
decision should be referred back to.
B
AGENDA
Item
No
1
Ward/
Item Not
Open
Page
No
ELECTION OF CHAIR
To elect a Chair for the 2009/10 municipal year.
(Council Function)
5 minutes
2
APPEALS AGAINST REFUSAL OF INSPECTION
OF DOCUMENTS
To consider any appeals in accordance with
Procedure Rule 25 of the Access to Information
Procedure Rules (in the event of an Appeal the
press and public will be excluded)
(*In accordance with Procedure Rule 25, written
notice of an appeal must be received by the Chief
Democratic Services Officer at least 24 hours
before the meeting)
C
1-4
Item
No
3
Ward/
Item Not
Open
Page
No
EXEMPT INFORMATION - POSSIBLE
EXCLUSION OF THE PRESS AND PUBLIC
1
To highlight reports or appendices which
officers have identified as containing exempt
information, and where officers consider that
the public interest in maintaining the
exemption outweighs the public interest in
disclosing the information, for the reasons
outlined in the report.
2
To consider whether or not to accept the
officers recommendation in respect of the
above information.
3
If so, to formally pass the following
resolution:RESOLVED – That the press and public be
excluded from the meeting during
consideration of the following parts of the
agenda designated as containing exempt
information on the grounds that it is likely, in
view of the nature of the business to be
transacted or the nature of the proceedings,
that if members of the press and public were
present there would be disclosure to them of
exempt information, as follows:-
No exempt items or information have been
identified on this agenda.
4
LATE ITEMS
To identify items which have been admitted to the
agenda by the Chair for consideration.
(The special circumstances shall be specified in
the minutes.)
5
DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST
To declare any personal/prejudicial interests for the
purpose of Section 81(3) of the Local Government
Act 2000 and paragraphs 8 to 12 of the Members
Code of Conduct.
6
APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE
D
Item
No
7
Ward/
Item Not
Open
Page
No
OPEN FORUM
In accordance with Paragraphs 6.24 and 6.25 of
the Area Committee Procedure Rules, at the
discretion of the Chair a period of up to 10 minutes
may be allocated at each ordinary meeting for
members of the public to make representations or
to ask questions on matters within the terms of
reference of the Area Committee. This period of
time may be extended at the discretion of the
Chair. No member of the public shall speak for
more than three minutes in the Open Forum,
except by permission of the Chair.
8
MINUTES
5 - 12
To confirm as a correct record the attached
minutes of the meeting held on 24th March 2009.
5 minutes
9
LOCAL AUTHORITY APPOINTMENTS TO
OUTSIDE BODIES
13 28
To consider the attached report of the Chief
Democratic Services Officer and to agree the
appointments to those organisations which fall into
the remit of this Area Committee.
(Council Function)
5 minutes
10
NORTH EAST DIVISIONAL COMMUNITY
SAFETY PARTNERSHIP ANNUAL REPORT
To consider the attached report of the East North
East Divisional Community Safety Partnership
providing Members with an overview of the
performance of the North East Divisional
Community Safety Partnership and Ward based
Neighbourhood Policing Teams for the period 1st
April 2008 to 31st March 2009. The report also
includes details of initiatives that have been
delivered in local communities to reduce crime and
disorder.
(Council Function)
15 minutes (5 minutes presentation / 10
minutes questions)
E
29 76
Item
No
11
Ward/
Item Not
Open
Page
No
WELL BEING BUDGET 2009/10
77 88
To consider the attached report of the South East
Area Manager reminding Members of
commitments it has for 2009/10 and providing
updates on projects funded from this year’s
budget.
(Executive Function)
5 minutes
12
OUTER EAST AREA COMMITTEE CAPITAL
BUDGET 2009/10
89 100
Leeds Area Manager requesting support for
several new projects in the Outer East Area.
5 minutes
13
EASEL ACTION PLAN
101 110
To consider the attached report of the Director of
City Development advising Members of the public
consultation and information sharing which is
taking place on major changes made to the AAP
since publication of the Preferred Options in June
2007.
(Council Function)
minutes questions)
14
AREA COMMITTEE ROLES FOR 2009/10
Environment and Neighbourhoods presenting the
Area Committee with details of their area function
schedules and roles in relation to these service
areas for 2009/10. The report also includes details
of further enhanced roles of Area Committee
responsibilities from this year onwards.
5 minutes
F
111 190
Item
No
15
Ward/
Item Not
Open
Page
No
ANNUAL REPORT FOR PARKS AND
COUNTRYSIDE SERVICE IN EAST OUTER
AREA COMMITTEE
191 204
City Development Directorate providing an
overview of the Parks and Countryside Service in
order to examine the opportunities to develop the
relationship between the Service and the East
Outer Area Committee.
(Council Function)
minutes questions)
16
NEIGHBOURHOOD WARDENS RESTRUCTURE PROPOSALS
205 214
To consider the attached report of the Chief
Officers for Regeneration and Health and
Environmental Action Services providing
information about the restructuring proposals for
the Neighbourhood Warden service.
10 minutes (5 minutes presentation / 5 minutes
questions)
17
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT - FORUM
SCHEDULE AND ELECTION OF CHAIRS
2009/10
Area Manager proposing a schedule of dates for
2009/10 and requesting Area Committee elect
Forum Chairs.
5 minutes
G
215 222
Item
No
18
Ward/
Item Not
Open
Page
No
AREA DELIVERY PLAN 2008-11 - ANNUAL
REFRESH
223 256
Area Manager presenting a refresh of the Area
Delivery Plan 2008-11 to ensure that priorities and
actions meet with current local needs.
10 minutes (5 minutes presentation / 5 minutes
questions)
19
AREA MANAGER'S UPDATE REPORT
257 312
Area Manager providing an update on various
project work and proposals in the area over recent
months by the Area Management Team and/or in
conjunction with others.
5 minutes
20
CCTV (2008/2009) ANNUAL REPORT - FOR LCC 313 328
COMMUNITY SAFETY CCTV SERVICE IN
OUTER EAST AREA
To receive a report from the Director of
Environment and Neighbourhoods Directorate
highlighting the services provided by LCC
Community Safety CCTV.
5 minutes
21
DATES AND TIMES OF FUTURE MEETINGS
To note the dates and times of future meetings as
8th September 2009, 27th October 2009, 8th
December 2009, 9th February 2010 and 23rd March
2010. All at 4.00pm in the Civic Hall, Leeds.
H
Agenda Item 1
Originator: Janet Pritchard
Tel:
0113 2474327
Report of the Chief Democratic Services Officer
East (Outer) Area Committee
7th July 2010
Date:
Subject: Election of Chair 2009/10
Electoral Wards Affected:
Specific Implications For:
Equality and Diversity
Community Cohesion
Ward Members consulted
(referred to in report)
Council
Function
√
Narrowing the Gap
Delegated Executive
Function available
for Call In
Delegated Executive
Function not available for
Call In Details set out in the
report
Executive Summary
This report is submitted to remind Members of the arrangements for the annual election of
the Committee Chair.
The nomination(s) received will be reported at the meeting and Members will be requested
to elect from amongst themselves a Committee Chair for the 2009/10 municipal year.
1.0
Purpose Of This Report
1.1
The purpose of the report is to explain the arrangements for the annual election of the
Chairs of the Area Committees.
2.0
Background Information
2.1
Article 10 of the Council’s Constitution sets out the composition, functions and role of
Area Committees.
2.2
Paragraphs 10.7 and 10.8 of Article 10 deal with the appointment (election) of Chairs
of the Area Committees. It states that the Chairs of Area Committees will be
appointed (elected) by the Area Committees themselves.
Page 1
3.0
Main Issues
3.1
The Area Committee Procedure Rules, also contained in the Council’s Constitution,
detail the process whereby Chairs are appointed (elected). For ease of reference the
provisions are reproduced below. It is important to note :•
•
That, with the exception of Independent Members, all nominations have to be
submitted via the respective Group Whips;
That all nominations have to be received by the Chief Democratic Services
Officer no later than one clear working day before the first meeting of the Area
Committee at which the election will take place.
3.2
The nominations for Chair will be notified to Members at the meeting by the named
Governance Services Officer on the front of this agenda.
4.0
RECOMMENDATIONS
Members are requested to elect from amongst themselves an Area Committee Chair
for the 2009/10 municipal year.
Background Papers
Area Committee Procedure Rules
Page 2
Area Committee Procedure Rules (Extract)
5.0
APPOINTMENT OF CHAIR
5.1
Each Area Committee will elect its own Chair, from amongst the City Councillors
eligible to serve on that Committee.
5.2
Each Party Group with Members elected within an Area Committee area may put
forward a nomination from amongst its Members on the Area Committee to Chair the
Area Committee. An Independent Member may also put forward a nomination.
5.3
A nomination must be forwarded to the Chief Democratic Services Officer no later
than 1 clear working day before the first meeting of the Area Committee (after the
Annual Council meeting) each year.1
5.4
The Chief Democratic Services Officer will ensure that nominations and the
appointment of the position of Chair are dealt with at the Committee’s first meeting of
the municipal year.
5.5
The Chair will be appointed by overall majority of votes cast by those Members
eligible to do so and present at the meeting. If no overall majority is achieved, then
the nominee with the smallest number of votes will be eliminated from consideration,
and the vote repeated.
5.6
Where an overall majority of votes cannot be obtained the Council will appoint a
Chair.
1
A nomination from a Party Group must be forwarded by the Whip of that Group.
Page 3
This page is intentionally left blank
Page 4
Agenda Item 8
EAST (OUTER) AREA COMMITTEE
TUESDAY, 24TH MARCH, 2009
PRESENT:
Councillor K Parker in the Chair
Councillors S Armitage, M Dobson,
P Grahame, P Gruen, W Hyde, J Lewis,
M Lyons, A McKenna, T Murray and
K Wakefield
73
Chair's Opening Remarks
The Chair advised the Committee that this was the Area Manager, Dave
Richmond’s, last Area Committee meeting as he was leaving for a new job in
Rotherham. On behalf of the Committee, the Chair thanked Dave for all his
support during his time working with the East (Outer) Area Committee and
wished him all the best for the future.
74
Declarations of Interest
In respect of Agenda Item 11 ‘EASEL Update’ (Minute No. 81 refers),
Councillor Murray declared a personal interest as Chief Executive of Learning
Partnerships.
In respect of Agenda Item 12 ‘East Leeds Community Centres – Draft Pricing
and Lettings Policy’ (Minute No. 82 refers), the following declarations of
interest were made:
• Councillor Wakefield – personal and prejudicial interest as a member of
the Board of Leeds Groundwork Trust. However Councillor Wakefield had
left the meeting before this item was considered.
• Councillor Murray – personal interest as a Governor of Thomas Danby
College.
• Councillor Armitage – personal and prejudicial interest as a committee
member of the Swarcliffe Good Neighbours Scheme and left the room
during the consideration and voting on this item.
• Councillor Grahame – personal interest as her husband is a Governor of
Thomas Danby College.
• Councillor Gruen – personal and prejudicial interest as temporary Chair of
Fieldhead Carr Community Centre management committee and left the
room during the consideration and voting on this item.
In respect of Agenda Item 13 ‘Well Being Budget 2008/09 and Proposals for
2009/10’ (Minute No. 83 refers), the following declarations of interest were
made:
• Councillor Wakefield – in respect of commissioning the Gardening
Scheme for 2009/10 referred to in para 3.7 – a personal and prejudicial
interest as a member of the Board of Leeds Groundwork Trust. However
Councillor Wakefield had left the meeting before this item was considered.
Draft minutes to be approved at the meeting
to be held on Tuesday, 7th July, 2009
Page 5
•
•
75
Councillor Armitage – in respect of commissioning the Gardening Scheme
for 2009/10 referred to in para 3.7 – a personal and prejudicial interest as
a committee member of the Swarcliffe Good Neighbours Scheme and left
the room during the consideration and voting on this particular proposal.
Councillor Gruen – in respect of the Neighbourhood Warden Service
referred to in para 3.8 – a personal interest as Chair of Aire Valley Homes.
Open Forum
The Chair referred to the provision in the Area Committee Procedure Rules
for an ‘Open Forum’ period at each ordinary meeting of an Area Committee,
during which members of the public could ask questions or make
representations on any matter within the terms of reference of the Area
Committee. As there were no members of the public present, no issues were
raised.
(Note: Councillor W Hyde joined the meeting at 4.10pm during the
consideration of this item.)
76
Minutes
RESOLVED – That the minutes of the meeting held on 10th February 2009 be
confirmed as a correct record.
77
Matters Arising
Minute No. 70 – ‘Area Manager’s Update Report’
Councillor W Hyde, having sent his apologies to the previous meeting, sought
clarification on the discussion regarding the consultation on the change of the
design to the Cross Gates roundabout feature.
RESOLVED – That Councillor W Hyde be provided with an update on the
issues relating to the Cross Gates roundabout structure and, if necessary, a
meeting be arranged by Area Management to update Councillor W Hyde.
Minute No. 69 – ‘Fuel Poverty Reduction Target Support’
RESOLVED – That Area Management remind the Fuelsavers Manager to
provide information on the grants and initiatives that were available to
householders, particularly the elderly, as requested by Members.
78
Policing Pledge and Policing Plan - North East Police Division
The Chief Democratic Services Officer submitted a report which provided
Members with information on how the new force-wide ‘Policing Pledge’ would
be delivered and implemented across the North East Police Division.
Information was also included on new four-weekly Police and Communities
Together (PACT) meetings to be held across the Division. Members’ views
on how they would like to be engaged with the PACT meetings was being
sought.
Page 6
The Chair welcomed to the meeting to present the report Chief Inspector
Chris Rowley and Beverley Yearwood, Area Community Safety Co-ordinator.
The Chief Inspector first submitted apologies on behalf of Chief
Superintendent Gerry Broadbent. He then updated Members briefly on
current crime rates in the area and Policing Plan priorities for 2009/10.
Members raised a number of issues including, in brief summary, community
engagement and the deployment of police motorcyclists.
With regard to community engagement, Members welcomed the PACT
concept, however emphasised that the meetings needed to be widely
advertised in order to ensure a broad representation from community groups.
Addressing other concerns raised by Members, the Chief Inspector assured
the Committee that Tasking Teams would continue to be held in their present
format.
With regard to police motorcyclists, the Chief Inspector advised that police
motorcyclists would no longer take on the additional role of park rangers.
RESOLVED –
(a)
That the report be noted.
(b)
That Members’ concerns and comments referred to above be noted.
(c)
That the monitoring of progress against agreed area priorities
continues to be made through the Area Delivery Plan and six-monthly
performance reports from Divisional Community Safety Partnership to
Area Committee.
79
Dates, Times and Venues of Area Committee Meetings 2009/10
The Chief Democratic Services Officer submitted a report requesting
Members give consideration to agreeing the dates, times and venues of their
meetings for the 2009/10 municipal year.
The Governance Officer presented the report and Members discussed the
options available to the Committee.
RESOLVED – That the following dates be approved for meetings of the East
(Outer) Area Committee in the 2009/10 municipal year, all to take place at
4.00pm on Tuesdays at the Civic Hall:
7th July 2009, 8th September 2009, 27th October 2009, 8th December 2009, 9th
February 2010 and 23rd March 2010.
80
Residual Waste Treatment Project: Update and Communication and
Community Engagement Strategy
The Executive Project Manager and Head of Performance & Communications
(Environmental Services) submitted a joint report outlining the current status
of the Residual Waste Treatment PFI project and requesting feedback from
Page 7
Members on the proposed strategy for communication and community
engagement for the project.
The Chair welcomed to the meeting to present the report and respond to
queries and comments from the Committee, Neil Evans, Director of
Environment and Neighbourhoods, Susan Upton, the newly appointed Head
of Waste Management and Tom Smith, Head of Performance and
Communications (Environmental Services).
The Head of Waste Management presented the report. She advised the
Committee that the current bidders for the contract were proposing a range of
technologies and a range of sites in the Aire Valley area, although the majority
were proposing the council’s reference sites; the former wholesale markets
site on Pontefract Lane and the waste transfer station at Kirkstall. Members
were advised that the key purpose of the report was to seek Members’
feedback on the proposals for communication and community engagement.
Lengthy discussion ensued on the proposals for communication and
community engagement referred to in the report. There was criticism at the
perceived lack of consultation with Members and residents up to the present
time. In response to Members’ concerns, Officers advised that:
• Two pieces of consultation work had been carried out: 1,000 people
picked at random across the city had been polled and 400 in the local
area.
• The Council had taken a neutral position on the choice of site and
technology. Hundreds of sites throughout the city had been considered for
a possible treatment plant. The conclusion had been that the Aire Valley
was the most appropriate place, but bidders coming forward with other
sites had not been ruled out. Officers made clear that there had been
transparency with regard to the four sites in the Aire Valley that had been
identified and this had been through scrutiny.
• There were currently bids on three different sites and the reference site,
which was in the Council’s ownership, was one of them.
• This would not be a regional facility and the City Council would have more
control over where waste came from than at present.
With regard to future consultation, Members believed that it should be
thorough, detailed and honest. In brief summary it was believed that the
following concerns should be taken into consideration:
• That the consultees should be asked to state whether they lived within the
Wards affected.
• That the direction of the prevailing winds should be taken into
consideration when deciding on which areas to consult, that is if the
wholesale market site on Pontefract Lane was proposed by the last three
or four bidders, that residents in the Outer East Wards should also be
included in the consultation exercise referred to in para 3.4.2 of the report.
• That consultation should also take place in areas which would be affected
by increased transport movements.
Page 8
Officers gave Members an assurance that no contractual obligations would be
entered into by the LCC until an assessment of the consultation exercise with
local people had taken place.
RESOLVED –
(a)
That the current status of the Residual Waste Treatment PFI project
and the recently received bids be noted.
(b)
That Members’ comments on the proposals for communication and
community engagement on the Residual Waste Treatment project, as
referred to above, be noted.
(c)
That an update report be submitted to the July meeting of the East
(Outer) Area Committee.
81
EASEL Update
The Head of East Office submitted a report summarising the reports taken to
the February and March 2009 meetings of the Executive Board when
approval was given to a new housing investment programme undertaken by
the Council, an overview of the regeneration investment in east and south
east Leeds (EASEL) over recent years and the progress on an approach to
addressing barriers to work was noted.
The Chair welcomed to the meeting to present the report and respond to
Members’ queries and comments, Peter Anderson-Beck, Head of East
Projects Office and Maggie Gjessing, Senior Project Manager, Environment
and Neighbourhoods.
In brief summary, the following concerns were raised by Members:
• Support from the Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) – Officers
confirmed that they were confident of HCA investment for the continuation
of the construction programme, as Leeds was seen as a priority nationally
for housing.
• The proposal for new and improved jobshops across the EASEL area –
Officers advised that this was a service reconfiguration which would bring
the service out to the local community.
• Alternative developers – Officers advised that the agreement with Bellway
Homes was not exclusive and that other developers were showing an
interest.
• Bonuses to Bellway Homes Directors – Officers confirmed that bonuses to
Directors proposed by the Company had been denied by the shareholders.
• The inclusion of amenities – Officers confirmed that regeneration in the
EASEL area was not just about houses, it included the provision of
amenities. It was proposed to find out what people wanted in their area
through consultation.
• Halton Moor consultation – Members were of the opinion that there
needed to be consultation in the Halton Moor area, similar to that held in
Osmondthorpe.
• Concerns about the knocking down of houses to build a train station –
Officers advised that no proposal had been received and confirmed that all
Page 9
•
•
•
decisions on future demolitions would go through the neighbourhood
planning process with full public consultation.
Education – Members were advised that there was a reorganisation
proposal for the east Leeds area out to consultation by Education Leeds
and part of this could lead to the provision of a new high school.
Members noted that it would be useful if officers ensured that there was
effective monitoring over the life of the project of how successful the
scheme was in getting the unemployed of the area into work.
Addressing attainment - Assurance was sought by Members that this
project would work with families and not just Education Leeds. Officers
confirmed that a family approach to challenges in a number of areas was
already being adopted, for example with the worklessness pilot which
included Osmondthorpe.
RESOLVED –
(a)
That the approach and progress in support of the EASEL regeneration
programme be noted by East (Outer) Area Committee Members.
(b)
That Members concerns and comments as outlined above be noted.
(Note: Councillor Wakefield left the meeting at 5.40pm during the
consideration of this item.)
82
East Leeds Community Centres - Draft Pricing and Lettings Policy
The South East Area Manager submitted a report further to the report
submitted to East (Outer) Area Committee in October 2008 when it was
agreed that a three month consultation period would be carried out regarding
a revised Pricing and Lettings Policy for the East Outer’s directly managed
community centres.
The Area Management Officer presented the report and together with Sarah
May, South Leeds Project Officer, South East Area Management, responded
to Members’ queries and comments.
The Area Management Officer advised Members that most of the community
centre users would not be affected by the change in charges, however the
one exception was Whinmoor Warriors who used Fieldhead Carr Youth and
Adult Centre for training and playing Rugby League.
In answer to Members’ concerns regarding the increased charges for
Whinmoor Warriors and what was regarded as poor changing facilities at the
Fieldhead Carr Youth and Adult Centre, Officers advised that these new
charges would just be bringing Whinmoor Warriors into step with the rest of
the city and that if the teams did not use the changing facilities, then they
would not be charged for them.
Officers also clarified for Members who queried the charges for the Labour
Group using St Gregory’s Community Centre for Councillor’s surgeries, that
it was usual for costs to be internally recharged within the Council.
Page 10
RESOLVED –
(a)
That the report be noted.
(b)
That the inclusion of the discount be approved for not for profit making
organisations that provide a valuable service that meet ADP aims and
that charge a nominal fee to their users in order to sustain their service.
(c)
That responsibility to assess non-profit making organisations
(delivering a nominal charged activity to young people) on a case by
case basis be delegated to Area Management officers by the Area
Committee.
(d)
That the inclusion of rental prices for commercial use and extended
categories for private functions be approved.
(e)
That the revised proposed lettings and pricing schedule to be
implemented in October 2009 be approved by the East (Outer) Area
Committee.
83
Well Being Budget 2008/09 and Proposals for 2009/10
The South East Area Manager submitted a report providing Members with
information on project work supported by the Well Being budget in 2008/09,
informing Members of commitments for 2009/10 and making
recommendations to continue supporting project work in 2009/10.
The Area Management Officer presented the report and drew attention to the
fact that from 2009/10, Leeds Community Safety would cover half of the cost
of the monitoring and maintenance costs for CCTV linked to Leedswatch, that
had been installed through the work of Area Committees. This would give the
East (Outer) Area Committee a saving of approximately £24,500.
With regard to the Probation Service ‘Community Payback’ scheme, the Area
Management Officer advised Members that it was no longer possible to fund
this project for just six months whilst an evaluation of the service was carried
out, as initially proposed and it was now recommended that the project be
funded for whole of the 2009/10 financial year at a cost of £15,000.
Regarding the proposed award of funding of £38,000 to Swarcliffe Good
Neighbours to deliver the gardening project in 2009/10, in response to
Members’ concerns the Area Management Officer advised that Swarcliffe
Good Neighbours were happy to provide this service on a year by year basis
and he agreed to provide Members with the expression of interest provided by
Swarcliffe Good Neighbours.
Members also raised concerns regarding the review of the Neighbourhood
Warden Service and consultation with Members. The Area Manager advised
that the service was having to be reviewed as a result of the loss of
Neighbourhood Renewal Funding. Funding had been secured for 23 of the
30 wardens (another 9½ posts were funded through Area Committees and
ALMOs). There were also proposals to shift the focus of warden work to
environmental issues. A meeting had been arranged with Wardens for the
following day and the Area Manager proposed to provide information to
Members as soon as this was available.
Page 11
With regard to CCTV provision, a Member requested that, as there would be
savings, that one or two extensions to the existing system be considered, in
particular at the new park at Grove Road. The Area Management Officer
agreed to note this request, however advised that there was a caveat that
Leeds Community Safety be involved in the decision making process of any
future CCTV provision.
RESOLVED –
(a)
That the changes to CCTV (Leedswatch) ongoing costs from 2009/10,
resulting in savings to Outer East Area Committee of approximately
£24,500, be noted.
(b)
That the East Outer Area Committee commission Swarcliffe Good
Neighbours to deliver the gardening project in 2009/10, at a cost of
£38,000.
(c)
That the proposal to continue to fund the Neighbourhood Warden posts
in Garforth/Halton/Colton and Swarcliffe until July 2009, at a cost of
£11,500, be supported by the East Outer Area Committee.
(d)
That the Area Committee agree to continue to fund the Probation
Service ‘community payback’ scheme for the 2009/10 financial year at
a cost of £15,000.
(e)
That the Area Committee agree the budget profile for 2009/10.
84
Outer East Area Committee Capital Budget 2008/09
The South East Leeds Area Manager submitted a report requesting Members
support several new projects in the area and updating Members on
breakdown of spend by Ward.
RESOLVED – That the following requests for funding be approved:
• Garforth Brass - £1,000
• First Garforth Scouts Hall - £5,980
• Garforth in Bloom - £1,500
• Garden Village Welfare Association - £1,000
• Extension of burglary reduction project - £10,000
The meeting concluded at 6.15pm.
Page 12
Agenda Item 9
Originator: Janet Pritchard
Tel: 0113 2474327
Report of the Chief Democratic Services Officer
Date: 7th July 2009
Subject: Local Authority Appointments to Outside Bodies
Cross Gates & Whinmoor
Garforth & Swillington
Kippax & Methley
Temple Newsam
Council
Function
√
Community Cohesion
Narrowing the Gap
Delegated Executive
Function available
for Call In
Delegated Executive
report
Executive Summary
This report outlines the procedures for Council appointments to outside bodies, and the
Committee are requested to consider and appoint to those bodies listed at Appendix 2 to
the report.
1.0
Purpose of this Report
1.1
This report outlines the Area Committee’s role in relation to Elected Member
Appointments to Outside Bodies and asks the Committee to :
• Agree the nominations to those organisations which fall to the Committee to make an
appointment to.
2.0
Background
2.1
In April 2004 Full Council agreed that in future Elected Member appointments to
Outside Bodies should be undertaken by a constituted body of Elected Members and
that appointments to all outside bodies should, where appropriate, be made with due
regard to proportionality within the law.
2.2
Attached at Appendix 1 is the agreed Appointment Procedure Rules1 that have been
adopted by Full Council. The procedure addresses previous concerns raised by
Elected Members relating to proportionality; introduces appointment categories; and
1
This Procedure is now incorporated into the Council’s Constitution
Page 13
places responsibility for appointment clearly with Elected Members both through this
Committee and the Member Management Committee.
2.3
The Member Management Committee has responsibilities for Council Appointments
to Outside Bodies and for exercising decision making in the following areas:
• Considering requests from all Outside Organisations seeking Elected Member
representation.
• Determining the category of appointment which will govern which Committee will
make the appointments.
• Making Elected Member appointments to Outside Bodies within the Strategic and
Key Partnership category.
2.4
Full Council has agreed that due to the large number of organisations seeking Council
representation, appointments within the Community and Local Engagement Category
will be considered and approved by Elected Members serving on the relevant Area
Committee.
2.5
In July 2004 the Member Management Committee met to consider allocation of
appointments to each Area Committee. Attached at Appendix 2 are those that have
been determined should be made by this Area Committee.
2.6
One of the delegated Member appointment functions which Area Committees had
previously been asked to exercise was making Elected Member appointments to the
Boards of Housing Management Arms Length Management Organisations. However,
on the recommendation of the Executive Board, the Member Management Committee
at its meeting on 22nd December 2006 resolved that in future appointments to the restructured ALMO Boards (down from 6 to 3, with smaller numbers of Directors) would
be made by the Member Management Committee itself, hence these appointments no
longer appear in the schedule of appointments at Appendix 2.
3.0
The Appointment Procedure - Community and Local Engagement Category
3.1
The Area Committee must first consider whether it is appropriate for an appointment to
be of a specific office holder2 either by reference, if this is available, to the constitution
of the outside body concerned or in the light of any other circumstances as determined
by the Area Committee. Such appointments will then be offered on this basis.
3.2
Nominations will then be sought for the remaining places, having regard to trying to
secure an overall allocation of places which reflects the proportion of Members from
each Political Group on the Area as a whole.
3.3
All appointments are subject to annual change unless otherwise stated in the
constitution of the external organisation. Each appointment (including in-year
replacements) runs for the municipal year, ending at the next Annual Council Meeting.
2
For example it may be considered necessary or otherwise appropriate to appoint a specific Ward Member
Page 14
3.4
Elected Members3 will fill all available appointments but it is recognised that Party
Groups may not wish to take up vacancies which are made available to them. In such
circumstances vacancies will be notified to the Area Committee and agreement
sought as to whether the vacancy will be filled.
3.5
A vacancy occurring during the municipal year will normally be referred to the Area
Committee for an appointment to be made, having regard to the principles as
described above.
3.6
Area Committees may review the list of organisations to which they are asked to make
appointments at any time and make recommendations to the Member Management
Committee.
4.0
Appointments 2009/10
4.1
This year there are thirteen appointments to be made by the East (Outer) Area
Committee. In accordance with para 4.8 of the Appointments to Outside Bodies
Procedure Rules, nominations should try to reflect the proportion of Members from
each Political Group on the Area Committee. This would indicate that for 2009/10,
eleven of the appointments should be from the Labour group and two from the
Conservative group. All the appointments are annual. Information on the individual
organisations is included in Appendix 3 to the report.
4.2
In March 2009, the Council’s Member Management Committee agreed that the East
(Outer) Area Committee should appoint to the following two new organisations:
• Cross Gates & District Good Neighbours Scheme
• HOPE (Halton Moor & Osmondthorpe Project for Elders).
4.3
There are three appointments to be made to HOPE and the organisation has
requested that these be restricted to Members in the Temple Newsam Ward. In fact
Councillors Lyons and W Hyde have already been invited by HOPE and are already
members of their management committee.
4.4
The Council’s Member Management Committee also agreed in November 2008 that
Area Committees should make annual appointments to District and Area based
partnerships under the Appointments to Outside Bodies Procedure Rules. The current
representatives or ‘champions’ are:
• Divisional Community Safety Partnerships – Councillor Dobson
• Area Children’s Partnership – Councillor Murray
• Area Health and Social Care Partnership – vacancy
• Area Employment, Enterprise and Training Partnership – Councillor Murray
4.5
The current appointees for the remaining organisations which fall to the East (Outer)
Area Committee to appoint to are:
3
Section 249 Local Government Act 1972 states that Aldermen and Honorary Freemen may attend and take
part in civic ceremonies but do not have the right to attend Council/committee meetings or receive any
allowances or payments under a Members Allowance Scheme. This establishes the principle that such
persons should not to be treated as Councillors, and therefore cannot be appointed to outside bodies in place
of a Councillor if the request from an organisation is for a Councillor
Page 15
•
•
•
•
4.6
5.0
5.1
Neighbourhood Elders’ Team - vacancy
Swarcliffe Good Neighbours Scheme – Councillor Armitage
Outer East Area Panel of East North East Homes – Councillor Lyons
Outer South East Area Panel of Aire Valley Homes – Councillors Parker and
Murray
Members should note that there is a vacancy on the Neighbourhood Elders’ Team
following Councillor A McKenna’s resignation in May 2009 and that there are two
appointments to be made to the Outer South East Area Panel of Aire Valley Homes.
RECOMMENDATIONS
The Area Committee is asked to confirm the nominees to work with the Outside Bodies
and the four District or Area based Partnerships identified in the Schedule at
Appendix 2, having regard to the Appointment Procedure Rules outlined in this report
and detailed at Appendix 1.
Background Papers
Appointments to Outside Bodies Procedure Rules - Appendix 1 (attached)
Page 16
APPENDIX 1
APPOINTMENTS TO OUTSIDE BODIES PROCEDURE RULES
1.0
Scope
1.1
These Procedure Rules relate to those external organisations and partnerships
(referred to as Outside Bodies) which have requested the Council to appoint an
Elected Member (or suitable nominee1) to them
1.2
For the avoidance of doubt, these Procedure Rules do not apply to appointments to
Joint Committees/authorities which are reserved to Council. These are listed
separately in Part Three (Section 1) of the Constitution - Responsibility for Local
Choice Functions.
1.3
Additionally it is recognised that, often at a local level, individual Elected Members
may be personally approached to attend meetings of a variety of organisations in
their personal capacity rather than in their capacity as a Councillor. Such instances
are not covered within the scope of these Procedure Rules
2.0
Determination of Outside Bodies to which an Appointment should be Made
2.1
The Chief Democratic Services Officer will maintain a list of all Outside Bodies to
which the Council appoints an Elected Member.
2.2
Each year the Member Management Committee will review the list of notified
Outside Bodies and will determine whether the Council should make/continue to
make an appointment to those bodies.
2.3
Determination will be based on one or more of the following criteria being met:
•
•
•
the proposed appointment is a statutory requirement;
the proposed appointment would be consistent with the Council’s policy or
strategic objectives; and/or
the proposed appointment would add value to the Council’s activities.
2.4
Requests to make an appointment received after such an annual review will be
similarly referred to the Member Management Committee for determination by
reference to the same criteria.
3.0
Determination of how an Appointment should be made
3.1
Where an organisation is deemed to have met one or more of these criteria, the
Member Management Committee will allocate it into one of the following categories.
•
Strategic and Key Partnerships – participation contributes to the Council’s
strategic functions, priorities and community leadership role.
1
Which shall include an appointment of an individual, who is not an elected member, made upon the
nomination of an elected member when such a nomination is a requirement of statute and/or the Trust Deed
of a registered charity.
Page 17
Appointments to Outside Bodies Procedure Rules
•
Community and Local Engagement – not necessary to fulfil strategic or
key partnership role but, nonetheless, beneficial in terms of leading,
engaging and supporting the community from an area or ward perspective
3.2
Where an Outside Body has been categorised as Strategic and Key Partnership,
appointment to it will be made by the Member Management Committee.
3.3
Where an Outside Body has been categorised as Community and Local
Engagement, appointment to it will be made by the appropriate Area Committee.
3.4
Where it is not clear as to which particular Area Committee should make an
appointment, the Member Management Committee will refer the request to the
relevant Area Committee Chairs who will determine which is the appropriate Area
Committee to make the appointment. This will be reported to the next meeting of
the Area Committee.
4.0
The Appointment Procedure
Strategic and Key Partnerships
4.1
The Member Management Committee will first consider whether it is appropriate for
an appointment to be of a specific office holder2 either by reference to the
constitution of the outside body concerned or in the light of any other circumstances
as determined by the Member Management Committee. Such appointments will
then be offered on this basis.
4.2
Nominations will then be sought for the remaining places. The Member
Management Committee should have regard to a Member’s current interests prior
to making any appointment. The Member Management Committee will have regard
to the principle of securing an overall allocation of places which reflects the
proportion of Members from each Political Group on the Council as a whole.
4.3
All appointments are subject to annual change unless otherwise stated in the
replacements) runs for the municipal year, ending at the next Annual Council
Meeting.
4.4
Groups may not wish to take up vacancies which are made available to them. In
such circumstances vacancies will be notified to the Member Management
Committee and agreement sought as to whether the vacancy will be filled
2
For example it may be considered necessary or otherwise appropriate to appoint a specific Executive
Board Member
3
Section 249 Local Government Act 1972 states that Aldermen and Honorary Freemen may attend and
take part in civic ceremonies but do not have the right to attend Council/committee meetings or receive any
persons should not to be treated as Councillors, and therefore cannot be appointed to outside bodies in
place of a Councillor if the request from an organisation is for a Councillor
Part 4 (h)
Page 2 of 4
Issue 2 – 27 January 2009
Page 18
4.5
A vacancy occurring during the municipal year will normally be referred to the
Member Management Committee for an appointment to be made, having regard to
the principles as described above.
4.6
The Assistant Chief Executive (Corporate Governance) will have Delegated
authority to make an appointment in the following circumstances:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
where an appointment has been agreed by the Member Management
Committee as a Whips nominee and the appropriate group Whip
subsequently submits a nomination;
where a group Whip wishes to replace a Member previously approved by the
Member Management Committee with another Member of the same group;
and/or
where an organisation requires an appointment prior to the next meeting of
the Member Management Committee, subject to this appointment being
agreed by all Members of the Member Management Committee.
That any instances of this delegation being used be reported to the next meeting of
the Member Management Committee
Community and Local Partnerships
4.7
The Area Committee will first consider whether it is appropriate for an appointment
to be of a specific office holder4 either by reference to the constitution of the outside
body concerned or in the light of any other circumstances as determined by the
Area Committee. Such appointments will then be offered on this basis.
4.8
Nominations will then be sought for the remaining places, having regard to trying to
secure an overall allocation of places which reflects the proportion of Members from
each Political Group on the area as a whole.
4.9
Groups may not wish to take up vacancies which are made available to them. In
such circumstances vacancies will be notified to the Area Committee and
agreement sought as to whether the vacancy will be filled.
4.10 All appointments are subject to annual change unless otherwise stated in the
replacements) runs for the municipal year, ending at the next Annual Council
Meeting.
4.11 A vacancy occurring during the municipal year will normally be referred to the Area
Committee for an appointment to be made, having regard to the principles as
described above.
4
For example it may be considered necessary or otherwise appropriate to appoint a specific Ward Member
Section 249 Local Government Act 1972 states that Aldermen and Honorary Freemen may attend and
take part in civic ceremonies but do not have the right to attend Council/committee meetings or receive any
persons should not to be treated as Councillors, and therefore cannot be appointed to outside bodies in
place of a Councillor if the request from an organisation is for a Councillor
5
Part 4 (h)
Page 3 of 4
Page 19
4.12 Area Committees may review the list of organisations to which they are asked to
make appointments at any time and make recommendations to the Member
Management Committee.
4.13 The Assistant Chief Executive (Corporate Governance) will have Delegated
authority to make an appointment where an organisation requires an appointment
prior to the next meeting of the relevant Area Committee, subject to all Members of
that Area Committee being consulted on the proposals.
4.14 That any instances of this delegation being used be reported to the next meeting of
the relevant Area Committee
Support for Elected Member Appointees To External Organisations
Lead officer: A lead officer will be identified by the Chief Democratic Services Officer in
consultation with the relevant Director for all relevant appointments in the Strategic and
Key Partnerships category .
This officer will work closely with the appointed Member(s) to provide briefings and
support. Further advice will also be offered by the Chief Finance Officer and/or the Chief
Officer (Legal Licensing and Registration) as appropriate.
Briefings: For organisations in the Community and Local engagement category, a lead
officer will not be allocated unless the Director and/or relevant Executive Member for the
service area deem that this will be beneficial. However, the representative may still seek
support and briefings from Council officers.
Induction: Partner/external organisations are expected to provide an induction into their
affairs for newly appointed Council representatives. In the case of Strategic and Key
Partnership Category appointments it is the lead officer’s responsibility to ensure that an
induction is arranged.
Part 4 (h)
Page 4 of 4
Page 20
Area Committee Appointments to Outside Bodies (East Outer) 2009/10
APPENDIX 2
Outside Body
Charity No of Review
/Trust Places Date
Current
No of
places to appointees
review
Cllr Review
Y/N Period
Group
Cross Gates & District Good Neighbours
Scheme
Yes
1
Jul-10
1
New body to
appoint to
Y
Annual
HOPE (Halton Moor & Osmondthorpe
project for Elders)
Yes
3
Jul-10
3
New body to
appoint to
Y
Annual
Neighbourhood Elders' Team
Yes
1
Jul-10
1
Vacancy
Y
Annual
Swarcliffe Good Neighbours Scheme
Yes
1
Jul-10
1
Councillor
Armitage
Y
Annual
Labour
Outer East Area Panel of East North East
Homes ALMO
No
1
Jul-10
1
Councillor Lyons
Y
Annual
Labour
Outer South East Area Panel of Aire Valley
Homes Leeds ALMO
No
2
Jul-10
2
Councillor Parker
Councillor Murray
Y
Annual
Labour
Labour
North East Divisional Community Safety
Partnership
No
1
Jul-10
1
Councillor
Dobson
Y
Annual
Labour
Area Children's Partnership
No
1
Jul-10
1
Councillor Murray
Y
Annual
Labour
Area Health and Social Care Partnership
No
1
Jul-10
1
Vacancy
Y
Annual
Labour
Area Employment, Enterprise and Training
Partnership
No
1
Jul-10
1
Councillor Murray
Y
Annual
Labour
13
13
13
Number of places
13
Places held pending review
13
Places currently filled beyond July 09
Number of places to fill
0
13
Number of Members in the Committee Area
12
Percentage of
Members on the
Committee
Notional
Places
Allocated
Labour
10.83
10
83
Liberal Democrat
0
0
0.00
Conservative
2
17
2.17
Other to list
Total
12
13
Page 21
Page 22
APPENDIX 3
INFORMATION ON OUTSIDE BODIES – EAST (OUTER) AREA COMMITTEE
1.0
Cross Gates & District Good Neighbours Scheme
In March 2009, the Council’s Member Management Committee agreed that
the East (Outer) Area Committee should annually appoint to this organisation
under the Appointments to Outside Bodies Procedure Rules.
This organisation is a registered charity (no. 1119526). Its Management
Committee consists of up to twelve Trustees and meets at least six times per
year. The Scheme provides a variety of activities and services to promote
healthy and independent living and to reduce social isolation to older people
aged 60+ living in the Cross Gates and surrounding LS15 districts. These
activities and services include groupwork, advocacy, advice and information
and practical support.
2.0
HOPE (Halton Moor & Osmondthorpe Project for Elders)
In March 2009, the Council’s Member Management Committee agreed that
the East (Outer) Area Committee should also annually appoint to HOPE under
the Appointments to Outside Bodies Procedure Rules.
This organisation is a registered charity (no. 1096626). The Management
Committee meets at least twice a year and consists of up to 16 Trustees. The
objectives of the organisation are for the benefit of the elderly living within
east Leeds to relieve poverty, sickness or distress and provide or assist in the
provision of facilities for general welfare, recreation and leisure time activities
with the object of improving the conditions of life of the elderly.
HOPE has indicated that up to three Members from the East (Outer) Area
Committee can be appointed to their Management Committee, but that these
appointments should be restricted to Members in the Temple Newsam Ward.
However this is problematical, as if HOPE applies for grant aid, all three
Members will have a prejudicial interest and the meeting will be inquorate.
3.0
Neighbourhood Elders’ Team
This organisation is both a registered charity (no. 1088836) and a company
limited by guarantee (no. 422178). It was first established in April 1995 by the
four churches in Garforth (Churches Together in Garforth). Charitable status
was obtained in 2001.
The Team is based in Garforth and provides services to older people in 13
villages in East Leeds. Its aims are: ‘to identify and respond to the needs of
older people and their carers, to provide services that fill the gaps in statutory
provision and enable older people to remain within their own community.’
Page 23
The Management Committee comprises six local people and there is a staff
team of three. Some 70 volunteers work with the charity in a variety of roles.
There is a vacancy on the Neighbourhood Elders’ Team Management
Committee following Councillor A McKenna’s resignation in May 2009. This is
an annual appointment.
4.0
This local voluntary organisation was established in 1994 to work with and for
older people and their carers living in the Whinmoor Ward, covering Stanks,
Swarcliffe and Whinmoor. It is based at St Gregory’s Youth and Adult Centre
on Stanks Gardens, Leeds 14. In 1996 the organisation became a registered
charity, (no. 1055018).
The Scheme’s aims are: ’to provide services which promote the health and
well being of older people and their carers to live independently within the
local community.’ The Management Committee comprises 13 local people.
There are four members of staff as well as a team of volunteers. Councillor
Armitage is the current appointee of the East (Outer) Area Committee to the
Management Committee of the Swarcliffe Good Neighbours Team. This is an
annual appointment.
5.0
ALMO Area Panels
Although the appointments to the ALMO Board of Directors are now made by
the Member Management Committee (see Paragraph 2.6 of report), Area
Committees appoint to the ALMO Area Panels. This Committee appoints one
Member to the Outer East Area Panel of East North East Homes ALMO and
two Members to the Outer South East Area Panel of Aire Valley Homes
ALMO.
Outer East Area Panel of East North East Homes
The two main roles of East North East Homes Area Panels are:
• To ensure that the organisation is providing a good service to its
customers; and
• To deliver environmental and community safety schemes that benefit its
customers.
The four Area Panels of East North East Homes are called ‘Inner North East’,
‘Outer North East’, ‘Inner East’ and ‘Outer East’.
The Outer East Area Panel covers Seacroft, Cross Gates, Halton Moor and
Osmondthorpe (Wykebeck and Nevilles).
The Area Panel meets every 6 weeks to discuss priorities they have identified
within Outer East areas. Priorities identified by the Panel so far are:
• Tenancy management
• Tenant involvement
• Repairs and empty properties, and
Page 24
•
Budgets.
The Panel also discuss Estate Investment Bids and smaller environmental
schemes which have been identified through an Estate Walkabout and which
have been put forward by local groups or tenants for funding approval. The
Outer East Area Panel also considers requests for funding from voluntary
organisations which deliver their work within Outer East.
The Panel consists of two Ward members, one Board representative and 12
tenants. The Council’s current representative from the East (Outer) Area
Committee is Councillor Lyons. Councillor Morgan was appointed by the East
(Inner) Area Committee. These are annual appointments.
Outer South East Area Panel of Aire Valley Homes Leeds
The main roles of Aire Valley Homes Area Panels are:
• To monitor the performance of Aire Valley Homes, including tenant
satisfaction with services; and
• To consult on new policy initiatives being considered by the Board.
The three Area Panels of Aire Valley Homes are called ‘Inner South’, ‘Outer
South’ and ‘Outer South East’.
The Outer South East Area Panel meets on a regular basis. The Panel has a
broad remit which includes managing an annual budget of £100,000 for
environmental projects and £10,000 for community activities. Their Terms of
Reference include:
• Budget responsibility
• Business Plan and Delivery Plan
• Tenant Inspection
• Performance
• Tenant Participation
• Tenancy Management
• Repairs and Improvements
• Lettings
• Tenant Satisfaction
• Staff Issues
• Service Development
The Panel is made up of six tenants, a Board Member and two Ward
Councillors. The Council’s current representatives from the East (Outer) Area
Committee are Councillors Parker and Dobson. These are annual
appointments.
6.0
District and Area Based Partnerships
In November 2008, the Council’s Member Management Committee agreed
that Member appointments to District and Area – based partnerships should
be categorised under the Appointments to Outside Bodies Procedure Rules
Page 25
(see Appendix 1) as ‘ Community and Local Engagement ‘ appointments, to
be made by the relevant Area Committee. For governance and administration
purposes, it has been decided to review these appointments annually.
At present, there are a number of area based partnership groups established
as part of Leeds Initiative – the local strategic partnership. These are:
•
•
•
•
Divisional Community Safety Partnerships
Area Children’s Partnerships
Area Health & Social Care Partnerships
Area Employment Enterprise and Training Partnerships
There are three of each of these theme based district partnership groups for
the City, all broadly co-terminus with the three Area Management wedges of
Leeds City Council. The exception to this is the Area Children’s Partnerships,
where there are to be five, corresponding to the former five Area Management
wedges across the City.
These partnership groups have requested that each Area Committee in their
patch nominate a local elected Member representative (or ‘champion’) to
participate in the work of the partnership and act as the link between the
partnership and the Area Committee.
Local, area based partnerships make an important contribution in determining
the local actions that can be taken to support the delivery of the strategic
outcomes and improvement priorities set out in the Leeds Strategic Plan. The
broad commitments and actions of these local partnerships are captured in
each Area Committee’s Area Delivery Plan (ADP), and they are accountable
to the Area Committees for these commitments. The accountability and
feedback to Area Committees will be through the regular monitoring reports
on each ADP and through an annual report from the partnership group to
each Area Committee. The Area Management Teams will support local
Member involvement and facilitate Member representatives to raise any
issues at their Area Committee as appropriate. It is further proposed that the
minutes of all such partnership meetings are available to all Area Committee
Members.
There is an expectation that Area Committee representatives will share their
knowledge and intelligence of the area, to help shape and determine the
priorities and action plans of the partnerships, ensuring they are
complimentary and supportive of the Area Committees’ ADPs. Direct
participation by elected Members on these local partnerships will strengthen
the role of Members and their voice as ‘community champions’ within our
partner agencies, and overcome any perceived ‘democratic deficit’ there may
have been. Elected Members’ participation will also help build the links
between local partnership working and the work of the Council through the
Area Committees.
The Committee’s current designated partnership representatives, or
‘champions‘, are as follows :-
Page 26
•
•
•
•
Divisional Community Safety Partnership – Councillor Dobson
Area Children’s Partnership – Councillor Murray
Area Health and Social Care Partnership – Vacancy
Area Employment, Enterprise and Training Partnership – Councillor
Murray
Page 27
Page 28
Agenda Item 10
Originator:
Beverley Yearwood &
Inspector James Croft
Tel: 2145947
Report of the East North East Divisional Community Safety Partnership
Outer East Area Committee
Date: 7 July 2009
Subject: North East Divisional Community Safety Partnership Annual Report
Garforth and Swillington
Cross Gates and Whinmoor
Kippax and Methley
Temple Newsam
Community Cohesion
√
x
xCouncil
X
Function
Narrowing the Gap
Delegated
Executive Function
available for Call In
√
Delegated Executive
Call In Details set out in
the report
Executive Summary
This report provides Members of the Area Committee with an overview of the
performance of the North East Divisional Community Safety Partnership and ward
based Neighbourhood Policing Teams. It will also include details of the initiatives
that have been delivered in local communities to reduce crime and disorder. The
report focuses upon the period 1st April 2008 to 31st March 2009.
Page 29
1.
The purpose of this report is to:
•
Update Members on progress and outputs of the Neighbourhood
Management Tasking Arrangements
•
Report on Thematic Sub Groups and activities
•
Report on the Performance of the NE Police Division and partnership
•
Summary of ward crime statistics, public confidence and user
satisfaction
•
Report on multi agency ‘Operation Champions’
•
Report on agreed community initiatives funded via Proceeds of Crime
confiscations (POCA).
Update on the structure of the North East Police Divisional community
safety partnership and Neighourhood Management Tasking
Arrangements
2.
The Divisional Community Safety Partnership (DCSP) Strategic Plan has now
been updated to included the Safer Leeds Priorities for 09/10. The document
will be the framework upon which the DCSP will develop activity and manage
performance against strategic outcomes of the city, Safer Leeds Strategy 08 –
11 and the Area Delivery Plan. The updated DCSP Strategic Plan for 09/10 is
attached in Appendix A.
3.
I have attached a brief of final divisional targets (09/10) based on actual
outturns (see Appendix B).
4.
A full review was undertaken in Quarter three of all the neighbourhood
management tasking teams (11). The aim of the review was to investigate
the development and effectiveness of the 11 neighbourhood management
tasking teams across the North East Police Division to identify good practice
that can be shared and areas of weaknesses where improvements can be
made. A questionnaire was devised covering the key aspects of the tasking
process to achieve the best range of relevant information from the co-chairs.
In order to complete the questionnaires and take into consideration the views
of the Neighbourhood Policing Team Inspectors and Co-Chairs, face to face
interviews have been carried out. In total 14 out of a total of 16 co-chairs
have been interviewed. In addition they have all completed tasking matrix’s
since implementation of the new recording system which have been
examined. Bi-annual meetings have now been introduced, the first meeting
took place in January 2009. The tasking intelligence package has now been
reviewed in relation to data protection and new procedures implemented to
ensure full compliance to legislation.
Page 30
Performance Framework / Tasking Teams
5.
The co-chairs have responsibility for monitoring performance and local
delivery which is overseen by the Area Community Safety Co-ordinators. The
introduction of the action template has proved valuable in recording evidence
of supporting locality focussed working. A summary of local actions from
each tasking team is now included in the quarterly Divisional Community
Safety Highlight report (Quarter 2 onwards).
POCA
6.
The North East Police Division allocated the DCSP 24K in total of funding that
had been confiscated from criminals through the Proceeds of Crime Act, to
support local groups with community projects/activities which helps deliver
local priorities and actions against strategic outcomes. A steering group was
set up to act on behalf of the DCSP to develop a methodology and rationale
for use of POCA funds within the steer of the DCSP. The working group
consists of a representative from Area Management, North East Police
Division, East North East Homes and a Local Ward Member. Each NPT has
been allocated 2.4k and 4.8k has been top sliced to the DCSP strategic pot.
7.
The criteria for use of the NPT area based pots are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
8.
A very localised activity solely delivered within that NPT area
Delivered by a registered community or residents group/organisation /
local agency or school
Promotes the area in a positive light
Is not using the money to carry on an existing activity
Ideally can raise match funding through use of the POCA Funds
Will agree to publicity and promotion of the activity as benefiting from the
proceeds of crime
Is not a religious or political activity
The neighbourhood management tasking groups have been submitting ideas
for use of the money through knowledge and relationships with local groups
and assisting with applications. A full summary of projects agreed and
rejected to date are highlighted in Appendix C. It is anticipated that further
Proceeds of crime funding will be transferred in June 2009.
Public Confidence and Satisfaction
9.
Operation Confidence commenced in February 2009, the overall objective of
the initiative was to increase public confidence in neighbourhood policing and
partnership work . The North East Police Division is now producing 11
newsletters highlighting partnership activity undertaken by the neighbourhood
management tasking and the neighbourhood policing teams. The leaflets
(128,000 in total ) will be hand delivered over a 4-6 week period every quarter.
Delivery will be undertaken by the Police Community Safety Officers
(PCSO’s)who will engage face to face with tenants and residents . The
newsletters are been produced and co-ordinated by the police divisions excel
Page 31
unit, however the tasking co-chairs and agencies have input into the content
via the tasking framework, in addition to promoting Operation Champion.
The second phase of the leaflets are now been distributed, on average
PCSO’s are engaging face to face with 1 in 4 households. Funding has been
secured from Safer Leeds, North East Police Division, Aire Valley Homes and
East North East Homes to continue this initiative until April 2010.
Key Achievements 08/09 – Neighbourhood management tasking teams
10.
Garforth & Swillington and Kippax & Methley
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
11.
Joint work to successfully gain ASBO.
Work to tackle ASB through case building for ASBO application and
seeking possession of property via joint work with AVH, ASBU and WYP.
Joint home visit with Signpost and WYP.
Trembler alarms funded for burglary hotspot in Kippax as part of
reassurance and crime reduction initiative.
Funding agreed for property marking initiative.
2 clean ups funded.
Relocation of Swillington POD funded.
Tenancy actions and ASB actions against various named families and
individuals for either repossession or ASBO orders
Motorcycle nuisance around Halliday Court sheltered complex in Garforth
- bikers and bikes identified by CCTV around the complex. WY Police off
road bikers took images and patrolled - several motor bikes confiscated.
Problem solved.
'Bird in Hand' public house - licence revoked and pub closed after
numerous complaints about ASB, drug taking etc.
Graffiti nuisance at Garforth skate park - Youth Service arranged meeting
with residents association with proposal to have artist boards as an
alternative
Trembler alarms purchased via tasking for burglary hotspots
Crossgates & Whinmoor
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Intelligence mapping/door step survey in crime hot spots by WYP and
Neighbourhood Wardens.
Police and BTP carried out raids on public houses in area in relation to
drugs issues.
Leaflet drop to residents by local Neighbourhood Warden regarding
underage drinking and smashed bottles. Outreach work undertaken by
Youth Service to engage the young people.
Tenant handbook introduced in Swarcliffe and Whinmoor by ALMO.
Funding allocated via tasking for Youth Alcohol project working with off
licenses.
Enforcement action taken regarding fly tipping.
Prolific vehicle crime offender identified by member of Tasking team from
photo ID.
Page 32
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
12.
Anonymous survey funded and distributed to households as part of
Operation Champion.
Young People's achievement event funded.
Funding agreed for property marking initiative.
Alcohol related ASB from underage drinkers - helped fund Operation
Buzzer. Evaluation has seen a big reduction in alcohol related ASB.
High level of break-in's to cars at Windmill Hotel. Police put in decoy car
and took stills of individual breaking into car. Photo brought to tasking for
identification. Warden identified individual who was then arrested.
individuals for either repossession or ASBO orders.
Stanks Parade - high levels of crime and vandalism. Security lighting
installed as well as individuals targeted.
Temple Newsam
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Operation Belle Ville – 24th and 25th September, days of actions both
environmental and community safety, arrests made, drugs warrants
executed, property seized, environmental enforcement actions taken ,
housing visits, 2000 crime anonymous crime surveys delivered to
residents.
Alcohol Initiative tackling underage drinkers and the off licenses selling to
them – Commenced September 2008.
Work with private landlord tackling prolific offender in Halton Moor Estate
Literature distributed to Wykebeck area of Osmonthorpe to promote
decrease in crime and the use of CCTV cameras in locality, reassurance
initiative
Green spaces which consist of former demolition land cleaned up by
ENEHL and put into a programme of works for lasting improvement to
estate
Probation services completing large scale anti graffiti campaign managed
by tasking although partially funded via SSCF, month long programme
Activity undertaken in locality to target nominals responsible for hate
crime on estate and support victims
The blocking off of the dirt track at the bottom of Cartmell Drive, Halton
moor where a serious assault took place and is being used for bringing
stolen property (intelligence) Funding agreed via tasking, work in
progress
Burglary Reduction project delivered in East Osmondthorpe, 40
properties target hardened through area committees funding and 44
properties through NRF funding. An additional £5,000 capital funding
has been secured from area committees to deliver the project to further
properties
Following concerns raised by local residents that the surveillance
cameras did not work or prevent crime in the area a leaflet promoting the
positive impact of CCTV has had in the area, for example the number of
arrests made following intelligence gathered by cameras, number of
arson/fires identified by cameras etc
Page 33
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Neighbourhood Wardens, ALMO staff and ASBU officers have been
invited to attend Leeds watch during evenings to monitor issues and
assist in the identification of perpetrators of ASB
Further funding provided from tasking to cover cost of additional
resources required for Operation Buzzer in Temple Newsam
Environmental work completed to cut back overgrown hedges and trees
obstructing the view of CCTV cameras.
Detached youth work to tackle ASB at Christ Church in Halton
individuals for repossession or ASBO’s.
Whitkirk and Woodland Neighbourhood watch scheme won the scheme
of the year award for ‘open door project’ regarding sneak-ins and this
reduced burglaries in the area by 30%
Operation Buzzer funded to tackle under age drinking in Temple
Newsam.
Police leafleting of Halton, Colton and Whitkirk to encourage residents to
be vigilant to help reduce Hanoi burglaries
Joint work with ENEHL and Police to pursue tenancy action.
.Cutting back of large trees that have been restricting the vision of the
CCTV cameras in ginnel thought to be used as access point for number
of domestic burglaries.
Painting/re-vamping of Youth Shelter agreed. Work to be completed once
weather has improved.
Thematic Sub Groups and Activities
13.
The following are some examples of work co-ordinated via the problem
solving groups.
14.
In January 2009 the Vehicle crime, Burglary and Drugs and Robbery sub
group were merged into the ‘ Serious Acquisitive Crime Group’ . The group
meets regularly on a six weekly cycle. Membership of the group was
reviewed and agreed, new intelligence package content now agreed with all
parners and been produced by Divisional Intelligence Unit.
15.
Offender Management Inspector now attending meetings, working with ASBU
and Housing regarding partnership intervention on red nominals and amber
nominals charged with drug and burglary offences.
16.
Micklefield Smartwater Initiative - Took place in April 2008, targeting St
Mary’s Walk, and Churchville Terrace.
Micklefield – Targeting Perps of ASB and Vehicle crime
17.
5 ASBO’s have now been to court and obtained full orders. Signpost
continue to provide intensive support for four families in the area.
Diversionary activities such as an evening football club on Wednesdays are
being delivered in the area.
Page 34
NE Divisonal Property Marketing Initiative
18.
Initiative planned to commence April 2009 as part of a project “Too Hot To
Handle”. £18k secured from 4 Area Committees and contribution from Safer
Leeds (£3k). The overall objective is to mark all property across the Police
Division .
Osmondthorpe Burglary Initiative
19.
Funding was secured from Outer East Area Committee (£15k) to target
harden specific hotspots. A variety of target hardening measures such as
burglary alarms and lighting were used. In total 82 properties have received
additional target hardening.
East North East ALMO Tenants
20.
Systems are now in place to notify the Police Division of new tenants across
East North East homes and Aire Valley Homes for crime prevention visits.
Halton Moor Cohesion Group
21.
Halton Moor Cohesion work was shortlisted for Yorkshire and Humber –
making a difference awards 2008 - Stepping up to the challenge.
22.
Evaluation of the key Initiatives adopted by the Halton Moor Hate
Crime Group between 2007 to 2008 (Information extracted from a draft
document. A full evaluation will be available shortly)
23.
Through the Halton Moor action plan, the following key initiatives and
activities were undertaken:Professional Witness
24.
The largest project undertaken consisted of an allocation of twenty thousand
pounds of revenue (Safer Leeds) to fund the professional witness
operations within this locality. To date one extended operation has been
completed and one standard length operation has also been completed,
completing spend for this project. The main exercise of this operation was to
target the long-standing criminal elements on the estate with the intention of
obtaining sufficient evidence for a good quality conviction and tenancy
enforcement activity to be taken against them. Unfortunately, this did not
happen.
25.
Evaluation: The initiatives went some way to achieving its objectives.
Evidence was obtained and some criminal activity was noted. One of the
individuals has since left the area and there has been a reduction in race hate
crimes in the locality. While this was a useful tool, the costs expended were
high for the relatively low amount of information obtained.
Page 35
26.
Recommendation: It would be difficult to argue again for such an operation
when little evidence was gathered and little enforcement action was
undertaken. If it is deemed, appropriate to use the services of professional
witnesses in the future for hate crime investigations, great care and
consideration must be given to the type of property used to house the witness
and protocols for obtaining a house used in the operation must already be in
place prior to the commencement of the operation. Careful consideration
should also be given in the selection of witnesses in terms of their sex,
ethnicity, age, household type and their physical appearance. For example,
although the professional witness in the Halton Moor operation made a point
of speaking Polish in view of the suspected perpetrators, there were no
comments made towards him, possibly due to his physical size. It is
recommended that operatives who do not appear so physically intimidating be
used in this type of operation in the future.
Covert CCTV Units
27.
A total of ten thousand pounds was allocated to provide six covert CCTV units
to protect victims and gather evidence against perpetrators in the Halton Moor
and Osmondthorpe area. This was as an extension to an existing contract
between the Divisional Community Safety Partnership Hate Crime Sub Group
and Gough and Kelly Security firm. it has certainly helped reduced fear of
victimisation. An interview process conducted by partners to the addresses
of the BME petition group asked for their views of how safe they felt on the
estate compared to six 11 months earlier. Of these responses, only one
person stated that he hadcontinued to suffer incidents and did not feel safer
than before. Among these
respondents were individuals who had received the CCTV equipment these
individuals expressed that they felt much safer with the systems installed.
28.
Evaluation:. To date there has been no evidence obtained from them leading
to enforcement actions being taken. There has,
however, been a great increase in the personal feelings of security amongst
those who have received these units which has increased confidence in
reporting and has, in turn, led to enforcement activities being undertaken.
29.
The key benefits of this initiative were as follows:
•
•
30.
The improved confidence in the BME community in Halton Moor and
Osmondthorpe that these units have helped to bring about.
The improved flexibility of agencies working to deploy covert CCTV units
in a short space of time to repeat victims addresses to deter offenders
and gain evidence to take enforcement action. This can now be carried
out to counter all eventualities in the future.
Recommendation: Although the deployment of the covert CCTV units has
not been successful within the context of evidence gathering, the installation
of the units has provided much needed reassurance for repeat victims and it
has acted as a deterrent for offenders. Therefore, whilst the installation of
CCTV units has very positive reassurance benefits, full consideration must be
Page 36
given to the requirements of the Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act
(RIPA) 2000.
Revenue Contribution Towards Installation of CCTV Units
31.
Two thousand pounds of revenue contribution was given towards the
installation of CCTV units. The evaluation of this provision is as above.
Installation of Metal Mickey CCTV Units
32.
Two thousand pounds was allocated for the installation of ‘Metal Mickey’
Leedswatch monitored CCTV units within this locality. One of which is
located on the community house at 119 kendal drive.
Installation of Fireproof Letterboxes
33.
Fireproof letterboxes are being installed across the estate for new tenants
moving into properties where they may be at risk of victimisation. The
specification has changed to that of an external letterbox being purchased
and installed by ENEHL during the void process and the letterbox on the door
being sealed.
34.
Evaluation: These have not been measured as such, although they have
been anecdotally through feedback from interviews with the BME petition
group, many of whom received these. It worked to further enhance the public
reassurance campaign that has commenced on Halton Moor Estate and has
helped to reduced fear of victimisation among the BME residents. It has
reduced to zero the number of fires started through letterboxes on the estate
in the last twelve months.
35.
Recommendation: It is a very quick and easy process to install fireproof
letterboxes, which all partners have bought into, and is popular with residents.
This initiative should be used where appropriate and is recommended.
Show Racism the Red Card’
36.
The ‘Show Racism the Red Card’ football based education package has been
implemented among local schools in the area with great success and has had
other fringe benefits that were not considered initially.
37.
Evaluation: The key benefits of this initiative were the positive comments
received from the young people around this subject. The programme is
designed to use real life situations to teach young people to empathise with
the victims of hate crime, particularly racial, and to deter them from becoming
perpetrators of such. In addition, this approach of external partners working in
the classroom has further improved the joined-up working approach with local
schools, in fact one of the schools visited has received its first award of the
Stephen Lawrence Standard, a year ahead of schedule.
38.
Recommendation: A steering group has been established to roll this initiative
Page 37
across other areas within East Leeds. It is recommended as a positive
mechanism for long-term change.
Community House
39.
Community facility, 119 Kendal Drive. Although this project has taken some
time to initiate, it now appears to be starting to see some great benefits. The
recent Operation Champion on Halton Moor estate was staffed by agencies
using this property. Following completion of the building works required for
DDA compliancy at the address, there will be a large number of agencies
using this address to provide improved services to residents within the Kendal
Drive area. It is also anticipated that this will serve to reassure residents of the
effectiveness of agencies on the estate. The lease has now been signed by
West Yorkshire Police and the official launch of the premises will take place
on the 17th June 2009 .
8. University of Leeds Research Reports
40.
The two research reports have been very influential upon the formulation of
the Halton Moor action plan. The racism reduction agenda report has set the
context of the Halton Moor work.
Halton Moor Section 30 Dispersal Order
41.
In November 07, due to empirical evidence which indicated a high level of
crime and anti-social behaviour on the Halton Moor estate, the Police applied
for and obtained a Section 30 dispersal order. This order gives police officers
the power to disperse groups of two or more youths, and to remove persons
under the age of 16 to their home address. A problem profile was undertaken
by the Divisional Intelligence Unit using various intelligence reports which
highlighted the concentration of specific streets where occupants appeared to
be repeatedly victimised. A dispersal order was granted on the 1st November
2007 and expired on the 20th April 2008.
42.
Evaluation: From the various data sources available and analysed, there
appears to have been a noticeable effect following the introduction of the
Section 30 Dispersal Order in November 2007. The levels of more severe and
threatening racial incidents appear to have reduced, and there has been an
associated reduction in the volume of tension reports received from the area.
However, there remains an underlying level of community tensions within the
estate area, especially involving anti-social and racist activity among youths
and children. There is also a perception of preferential treatment for minority
groups that could lead to further targeted intimidation and abuse. The North
East Division has carried out a full evaluation of the initiative.
43.
Recommendation: This is a Police led action involving partner agencies and
should be taken when the Police and partners deem it necessary in
accordance with their policies and procedures.
Page 38
Stephen Lawrence Education Standard Award
44.
Stephen Lawrence Education Standard Extended School Services are
working closely with the cluster of schools in the Temple Newsam ward to
adopt and progress the Stephen Lawrence Standard. Each school has formed
a working group and have audited the work they already do to contribute to
the Standard. One school has already attained the Standard. It must be
recognised that through the good efforts of the Extended Services Cluster
Managers and Head Teachers the school in the Halton Moor cluster have
agreed to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
45.
Review their polices
Begin evidence and start planning
New action plan for school, feedback to staff
Working with the rest of staff team
Prepare and deliver staff inset
Look again at action plan and launch and staff training
Meet team and continue the building the portfolio
Steven Lawrence focus week
Review of curriculum
13 West Yorkshire Police North East (Feb 2008) Halton Moor Section
To attend all these meetings and cluster meetings
Empowering the children in these issues
Review policy
Fuller audit
Work with parents
Contact L3 school for support
Involve children in the review of policy
Racial Harmony Group in schools
Look at international links
The cluster of schools are also developing closer working relationships and
embedding hate crime issues into the curriculum and extended services.
Cultural Exchanges
46.
A series of cultural exchange events with the Halton Moor Active Women’s
group and the Common Place Refugee Women’s Group. The two groups
attended each other’s international Women’s Day events in 2007 and 2008
and they went on a number of joint trips together to the Yorkshire Mining
Museum and The Deep in Hull. They also worked together on a series of quilt
making workshops.
47.
Evaluation: Feedback forms were filled in for several of the events. These
were all positive. Respondents from refugee communities particularly
welcomed the opportunity to meet people from the indigenous community.
Respondents from the women’s group enjoyed the activities and enjoyed
Page 39
mixing with people from new communities. All the events were successful,
they were well attended and feedback indicates that they were enjoyable and
informative for those who took part. The joint trips to the Mining Museum and
The Deep allowed children from both groups to play together and for
everyone to share food. The women’s day and refugee week events allowed
the women to have fun together in a variety of activities. The quilt making
workshops allowed for a more intimate interaction, with several of the Halton
Moor Women’s Group helping women from the refugee group with learning
English. It gave the Halton Moor women an opportunity for positive interaction
with women from other countries and cultures – something which most had
not previously experienced. It gave the refugee women’s group the
opportunity to interact with women from the white working class community. It
allowed both groups to share fun activities together and this helped them
develop trusting relationships with each other and reduce mutual fear and
misunderstanding. Both groups of women suffered from economic deprivation
and the joint activities allowed both groups and their children to take part in
activities not usually available to them.
48.
Recommendation: Community cohesion development work is essential and
should be an integral part of a hate crime reduction initiative.
Workshops with Schools
49.
Between 2007 and 2008 Stop Hate UK (SHUK) worked with extended
services and the RETAS organisation on a series of workshops in schools
where people from refugee backgrounds came and talked about their
experiences with school children. These workshops were also carried out with
housing and one stop centre staff and with the Youth Inclusion Project.
50.
Evaluation: No formal evaluation was conducted by RETAS, however,
feedback from teachers was very positive. A total of 4 sessions were carried
out with years 5 and 6 at Meadowfield and Corpus Christi Primary Schools.
Students generally responded well to the sessions and typically expressed
sympathy towards the stories of the refugees conducting the sessions.
However, the sessions with frontline Housing staff could have been better
adapted to the audience. It was felt that the people giving the sessions did not
know enough details on benefit and housing regulations regarding asylum
seekers. The session with the Youth Inclusion Project was hampered by the
disruptive attitude of some of the young people present. It was felt that better
management of the young people was needed for future sessions.
51.
Bollywood Production
52.
Stop HateUk helped set up a series of Bollywood dance classes in the two
local primary schools. An experienced dance tutor from south-Asian arts
worked with the young people and they performed at the Unity festival and at
the Halton Moor gala event.
Page 40
53.
Evaluation: Feedback was requested from pupils in both schools in order to
measure the impact of the sessions. They were asked what they thought of
the classes, whether or not they would like to be involved in a performance,
what they enjoyed most, what they would like to change next time and
whether or not they would like to find out more about different cultures. 9
pupils from Corpus Christi and 12 from Meadowfield completed feedback
forms and comments included the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
“The dance class was good. I liked meeting new people.”
“Very good and the teacher very nice.”
“I think it was so good and I don’t want it to stop!”
“It was OK but I didn’t geton with Corpus Cristi.”
“Good but Medofiled nasty.”
“Very good but they have to have more.”
“It was brilliant.”
“That Bollywood is good and it helps you to learn other things.”
“Good dancing licke Indiane dancing.”
“That Bollywood dancing isn’t what I thought it’s like.”
“That it is not boring and I want to do sometink else like this.”
54.
The majority of feedback indicated that those who took part in the Bollywood
dancing really enjoyed the experience and would like to be involved in future
opportunities such as drama, street dance and additional Bollywood dance
sessions. The only negative feedback that was recorded involved tensions
between pupils from the different schools. Meadowfield and Corpus Christi
Primary School pupils have rarely been offered the opportunity to socialise
out of school time in the past and so they found it difficult to interact at first.
This resulted in some bad behaviour. Once they had time to get to know
each other, however, a number of pupils indicated, “I liked meeting new
people”.
55.
Operation Champions
56.
Two Operation Champions were conducted, one on the 12th -14th February
2008 and the other mini Operation Champion on 24th -25th Sept 2008.
Establishing a Local Residents Group
57.
Development of a new local residents group that represents the ethnic
diversity of Halton Moor estate. It was developed through intensive
neighbourhood management (Re’new) and East North East Homes. It is too
early to ascertain the overall effect of this development at this stage.
However, early indication has shown that the members are very infused and
committed to making a difference. Highlighting, this new fledgling community
Page 41
spirit, David Cox ENEHL Community Involvement Officer, in an email to the
Halton Moor and Osmondthorpe Community Cohesion Group on the 11th
December 2008 remarked:
58.
“Last night’s (10th December 2008) community event on Halton Moor
(Corpus Christi Church Hall) was I'm pleased to say the best community
event that I've attended this year, the place was packed out, adults and kids
of various nationalities and cultures played bingo, sang Karaoke and danced.
The new community group raised some money by selling drinks and other
refreshments which will hopefully build towards a down-payment for other
ventures.”
Work of the East Divisional Hate Crime Group
59.
Halton Moor cases are discussed at the Leeds East Divisional Hate Crime
Group, which has adopted the Multi-agency Risk Assessment Conference
(MARAC) approach to supporting repeat/vulnerable victims of hate crime and
taking actions against identifiable offenders
North East Divisional Scrutiny Panels
60.
The inclusion of BME residents on the Divisional Police Scrutiny Panels. This
has allowed residents to be part of the hate crime process and from initial
reports has instilled confidence in the hate crime process amongst local
residents on the estate.
BME Representation on the Halton Moor Hate Crime Group
61.
The inclusion of two community representatives on the monthly cohesion
meeting (includes rep from BME community).
Local Partnership Newsletter
62.
Development of a community cohesion partnership newsletter to
communicate commitment undertaken by agencies to local residents. This
has enabled the local community to be aware of the multi-agency work taking
place on the estate. This action seeks to address residents concerns that they
were not aware of what action or initiatives were taking place on the estate to
tackle hate crime.
North East Divisional Police Hate Crime Policy Review
63.
North East Divisional hate crime policy reviewed and re-written. The policy
has now been implemented and all neighbourhood policing teams and
response officers were retrained between July – December 08 - The focus of
the training was ensuring that positive action is undertaken on every
occurrence.
Page 42
Hate Crime Protocol Guide for Police
64.
A hate crime protocol ‘guide for Police officers dealing with racial crimes was
developed focusing on positive action’ to be used as a reference guide
PCSO Mobile Phone Pilot (London Initiative)
65.
This initiative has been recently introduced and early indications show that
that the take-up is very positive.
Initial Response Visits
66.
Initial response visits were carried out by Victim Support and the Police.
67.
These early intervention visits allowed us to:•
•
•
•
•
•
•
68.
Identify problems at an early stage
Enabled target hardening
Offer initial practical support
Offer ongoing emotional support
Identify suspects and persistent offenders
Establish and maintain communication links between the partners and
victims which allowed two way feedback.
Provide reassurance
This approach had the positive outcome of letting victims know that the
partner agencies did care and were actively attempting to resolve their
problems.
Reassurance Visits
69.
Multi-agency reassurance/feedback visits to BME families/residents.
Underpinning these initiatives was the multi-agency partnership working,
strategic planning, joint visits carried out by agencies to both victims and
perpetrators, zero tolerance approach taken by staff towards inappropriate
comments. Myths and misunderstanding about the allocation of resources
were clarified by staff. In short, the Halton Moor Hate Crime Group has
carried out a number of actions over the last year which has lead to the
decline in the number of reported racist incidents. None of the 24 initiatives
could be singled out as making the fundamental difference on the estate,
however, taken as a whole with the golden thread of the coordinated efforts of
the partners binding these initiatives together, has made the Halton Moor
project a success story by any measure.
Implementation of exit strategy
70.
The exit strategy was drawn up to bring closure to the time limited Halton
Moor Hate Crime Group and to ensure the smooth transition from the work of
Page 43
the group to a more localised community empowered involvement. This
strategy was premised upon the need of insuring that the good work of the
group continues and that there are clear links between enforcement,
community engagement, reassurance and working with the local school
clusters. Below is a synopsis of the exit strategy.
71.
The document was divided into 8 key themed areas:•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
72.
Tension monitoring and crime analysis. Ensuing a seamless
integration between the tension monitoring reports and the local tasking.
Completing outstanding work. Ensuing that all of the outstanding
actions on the action plan are completed in timely fashion.
Community House. Ensuing the completion of the Community House
and ensuing that the house is fully utilised by various local agencies.
Ongoing issues. Continuing supporting initiatives within the school
clusters, Show Racism the Red Card and direct link with the NPT
Inspector (Mobile)
Community Group. Supporting the work of the newly established
community residents group initially for 3 months with the view to hand
over to the local housing office.
CCTV Cameras. Utilising the cameras to their maximum effectiveness.
Targeting Perpetrators. Housing, ASBU and Police working closely to
target known hate crime perpetrators.
One Stop. Continue the close liaison with the One Stop Centres, Police
and ASBU meeting on a weekly basis.
Alleygating
Problematic Ginnels - ASB/Crime
73.
Field End Car/Halton – Planning permission approved, gate fitted and fully
completed – Positive feedback from community members received.
Whinmoor/Whitelaithes
74.
Alleygating report completed and approved by local access forum, highways,
now awaiting planning permission, design and costing carried out. Funding
was identified but the project was withdrawn due to objections in notice
period which could not be overcome.
Oakham Way - Osmondthorpe
75.
Alleygating order successful and gates now fully installed.
Hate Crime Sub Group
76.
The North East Hate Crime Sub Group continues to case study victims and
perpetrators of hate crime. The group has been identified as good practice
and has now been replicated across Leeds.
Page 44
77.
Concerns from agencies and feedback from victims of hate crime regarding
re-housing of victims and frequent delays resulted in a meeting with strategic
landlord regarding management lets for victims of hate crime /similar principle
to procedures for DV MARACS. This has now been ratified by the strategic
landlord.
Domestic Violence Sub Group
78.
The Domestic Violence Sub Group has been restructured to incorporate
objectives from the governments Every Child Matters agenda. Children’s
Services East and North East Partnerships are working closely with the
DCSP. The membership of the group has been reviewed and extended which
will give greater capacity to delivery locally. Some of the delivery will be cross
cutting service boundaries but ultimately this will strengthen partnership work .
The group held its first merged meeting June.
79.
Domestic violence posters have now been sent to all children’s centres to
raise public awareness.
80.
The sub group co-ordinated multi-agency action during the 16 Days of Action
as follows:
•
•
3 Days of Action – similar to Operation Behave, targeting domestic
violence offenders run by Police Division. Numerous arrests were made
and outstanding cases built.
Domestic violence page (Safer Leeds) now developed and linked to each
NPT website.
Domestic Violence MARAC
81.
82.
The North East Divisional MARAC continues to meet monthly to develop
multi-agency interventions to support victims of domestic violence.
Total ASBO’s in North East Division
37 ASBO's have been secured across Leeds in 2008/09.
83.
Current asbos obtained by ward: 08/09
• Garforth & Swillington - 1
• Kippax & Methley - 1
• Crossgates & Whinmoor - 1
• Temple Newsam - Nil
84.
ASBO warnings have been served:
• Garforth & Swillington - 1
• Kippax & Methley - Nil
• Crossgates & Whinmoor
• Temple Newsam - 3
Page 45
ABC's
85.
A total of 21 ABC's were agreed during 08/09 (by Police Division)
(These figures are not inclusive of those undertaken by the Arms Length
Management Organisation)
Page 46
86.
Performance of North East Police Division and ward crime statistics
North East Leeds DCSP - Operational Performance Matrix 2008/09
Indicators
08/09
Target
RAG
Year
End
Performance Comments
April-March
Creating safer environments by tackling crime
Reduce the level of serious
acquisitive crime
Reduce the level of domestic
burglaries
Reduce the level of theft of motor
vehicle
Reduce the level of theft from
motor vehicle
Reduce the level of robbery
Reduce the level of assault with
injury
Reduce the level of serious violent
crimes
7293
7829
3161
3733
1018
1031
2398
2456
714
609
2036
1954
227
197
Up 4.2 against previous year (314 more
offences)
Up 11.2% against previous year (375
more offences)
Up 0.6% against previous year (6 more
offences)
offences)
Down 15.3% against previous year (110
fewer offences)
fewer offences)
fewer offences)
Improving community confidence and public satisfaction
Increase the proportion of
residents who agree that their
local area is a place where people
from different communities get on
well together
Reduce the proportion of residents
who believe that anti-social
behaviour increased in their local
area
+0.8% variation from target
62.0%
62.8%
-20.5% variation from target
35.7%
15.2%
Page 47
Improving lives by reducing the harm caused by substance misuse
-0.3% variation from target
Ensure that 98% of appropriate
arrestees are tested for drugs
98.0%
97.7%
Supporting victims and reducing the risk of victimisation
*Increase the number of reported
incidents of domestic violence
*Reduce repeat victimisation as a
proportion of domestic violence
incidents
5539
3700
43.0%
45.5%
offences)
Compared with 48.6% against previous
year
Reducing and managing offending behaviour
Reduce the re-offending of priority
offenders
87.
15.0%
N/A
N/A
Not available from WYP performance
review.
Overall violent crime has seen a significant reduction with 269 fewer offences
compared against the previous year. However, domestic burglary has
increased by 11.2% across the division, a total of 375 more offences. Burglary
reduction is currently a key priority for the partnership during 09/10.
Page 48
Crime & ASB: 08/09
88.
The below statistics show crime and anti-social behaviour from 1st April 2008
to 31st March 2009 compared to the same dates the previous year for this
ward.
Crime & ASB Comparison: 2007/2008 to 2008/09
CRIME
AGGRAVATED TWOC
ARSON
ASSAULT
BURGLARY DWELLING
BURGLARY OTHER
CRIMINAL DAMAGE - BUILDING NON
DWELLING
CRIMINAL DAMAGE - DWELLING
CRIMINAL DAMAGE - MOTOR VEHICLE
CRIMINAL DAMAGE - NON SPECIFIC
ROBBERY
THEFT FROM PERSON
THEFT FROM VEHICLE
THEFT OF VEHICLE
TWOC
Grand Total
2
18
121
103
140
3
8
110
80
188
1
-10
-11
-23
48
% Inc /
Dec
50.00
-55.56
-9.09
-22.33
34.29
41
62
104
51
14
10
88
37
5
796
38
41
81
68
10
6
79
22
17
751
-3
-21
-23
17
-4
-4
-9
-15
12
-45
-7.32
-33.87
-22.12
33.33
-28.57
-40.00
-10.23
-40.54
240.00
-5.65
ANTISOCIAL BEHAVIOUR CALLS
730
687
-43
-5.89
2007/8
2008/9
Difference
Kippax & Methley
CRIME
AGGRAVATED TWOC
ARSON
ASSAULT
BURGLARY DWELLING
BURGLARY OTHER
DWELLING
ROBBERY
THEFT FROM PERSON
THEFT FROM VEHICLE
2007/8
Page 49
2008/9
1
31
102
112
135
6
9
141
118
129
33
75
135
70
4
4
126
15
53
96
45
5
2
76
% Inc /
Difference Dec
5
500.00
-22
-70.97
39
38,24
6
5.36
-6
-4.44
-18
-22
-39
-25
1
-2
-50
-54.55
-29.33
-28.89
-35.71
25.00
-50.00
-39.68
THEFT OF VEHICLE
TWOC
Grand Total
56
9
893
30
20
745
-26
11
-148
-46.43
122.22
-16.57
846
775
-71
-8.39
NPT Public Confidence and User Satisfaction Summary
Garforth, Swillington, Kippax & Methley
Public Confidence
Confidence in local policing
NPT ASB
% of residents who think ASB has
increased
NPT Awareness
% of residents aware of their NPT
March 2008
40.4%
User Satisfaction
Overall satisfaction
Ease of contact
NPT Actions takenl
NPT Progress
NPT Treatment
March 2009
44.1%
43.5%
22.0%
% Increase
0.4%
% Decrease
21.5%
24.7%
36.4%
% Increase
12.2%
March 2008
72.7%
94.0%
69.5%
59.6%
90.8%
March 2009
80.3%
91.6%
73.2%
66.5%
89.9%
% Change
+8.0%
-2.6%
+3.7%
+6.9%
-0.9%
Crossgates & Whinmoor Ward
Crime & ASB:
89 .
The below statistics show crime and anti-social behaviour from 1st April 2008
to 31st March 2009 compared to the same dates the previous year for this
ward.
CRIME
AGGRAVATED TWOC
ARSON
ASSAULT
BURGLARY DWELLING
BURGLARY OTHER
DWELLING
ROBBERY
THEFT FROM PERSON
THEFT FROM VEHICLE
Page 50
2007/8
2
14
261
181
166
2008/9
3
18
209
348
193
Difference
1
4
-52
167
27
% Inc /
Dec
50.00%
28.57
-19.92
92.27
16.27
59
208
191
79
21
42
137
53
167
221
74
12
28
153
-6
-41
30
-5
-9
-14
16
-10.17
-19.71
15.71
-6.33
-42.86
-33.33
11.68
THEFT OF VEHICLE
TWOC
Grand Total
68
11
1440
37
41
1557
-31
30
117
-45.59
272.73
8.13
1324
1257
-67
-5.06
2007/8
2
32
214
412
180
2008/9
7
17
225
383
208
Difference
5
-15
11
-29
28
% Inc /
Dec
250.00
-46.88
5.14
-7.04
15.56
42
278
205
89
23
16
157
52
6
1708
21
210
180
38
23
17
145
38
30
1542
-21
-68
-25
-51
0
1
-12
-14
24
-166
-50.00
-24.46
-12.20
-57.30
0
6.25
-7.64
-26.92
400.00
-9.72
1373
1083
-290
-21.12
Temple Newsam Ward
CRIME
AGGRAVATED TWOC
ARSON
ASSAULT
BURGLARY DWELLING
BURGLARY OTHER
DWELLING
ROBBERY
THEFT FROM PERSON
THEFT FROM VEHICLE
THEFT OF VEHICLE
TWOC
Grand Total
NPT Public Confidence and User Satisfaction in the Police
Crossgates, Whinmoor & Temple Newsam
Public Confidence
Confidence in local policing
NPT ASB
% of residents who think ASB has
increased
NPT Awareness
% of residents aware of their NPT
User Satisfaction
Overall satisfaction
Ease of contact
NPT Actions Taken
NPT Progress
NPT Treatment
March 2008
37.5%
16.0%
% Increase
4.8%
% Decrease
20.9%
32.5%
37.7%
% Increase
5.2%
March 2008
78.7%
87.1%
75.2%
62.7%
94.1%
March 2009
76.3%
89.8%
77.8%
65.4%
90.8%
% Change
-2.4%
+1.7%
+2.6%
+2.7%
-3.3%
36.9%
Page 51
March 2009
42.2%
Report on the multi agency Operation Champions
90.
An Operation Champion review meeting was held with Safer Leeds and
partners across Leeds with regard to the delivery of Operation Champion
during 09/10. The DCSP consulted with all Neighbourhood Policing
Inspectors and co-chairs of tasking. It was agreed that rather than have 3
days of action in each month targeting specific wards, which meant that some
areas would only see Operation Champion once or twice a year that each of
the 8 NPT’s would have one day of action every 6 weeks which links to the 6
weekly tasking framework and intelligence packages on target areas. This
would mean increasing the number of days from 36 days to 71 days (January
to December 2009). A review has been scheduled for mid July 2009.
91.
Operation Champion has been delivered in Outer East on the following days:
•
•
•
•
•
•
92.
4th 5th 6th June 08 - Garforth and Villages
11th-13th November 08 - Crossgates/Whinmoor
28th and 29th Jan – Osmondthorpe – Burglary theme
5th March – Whinmoor/Swarcliffe
23rd Feb - Methley
25TH March – Micklefield
In addition an extra Operation Champion was delivered over a 2 day period
the Osmondthorpe area on the 17th and 18th April - which involved two NPT
teams and all partner agencies. This was agreed through the neighbourhood
management tasking framework to increase public reassurance and target
ASB.
CCTV Van Deployment
93.
A separate reported on CCTV will be provided to Area Committees by Leeds
Watch.
Implications for Council Policy and Governance
94.
There are no implications for the Council policy and governance.
Legal and Resource Implications
95.
There are no legal implications
96.
There are no resource implications. However, the Area Committee currently
supports the Neighbourhood Management arrangements by delegating Well
Being Budget to the Area Manager as an enabling fund for tasking teams.
Page 52
Recommendations
98.
The Area Committee is asked to note the contents of this report of the North
East Divisional Community Safety Partnership .
99.
The Area committee is also asked to note the rising trend for burglaries and to
support the prioritisation of actions to tackle this through partnership working
at DCSP and neighbourhood level.
Background Papers
There are no background papers
Page 53
Appendix A
Updated 14thApril 2009 / Awaiting ratification of performance targets for Safer Leeds ( Divisional performance matrix)
North East Divisional Community Safety Partnership
Performance Framework/Strategic Outcomes
2008-2011
Page 54
Our Mission - what we want to achieve
The overall mission of North East Divisional Community Safety Partnership is :
‘To secure sustainable reductions in crime and disorder and address the fear of crime in North East
Leeds ’.
Page 55
Our Strategic Outcomes
OVERALL VISION AND STRATEGIC CONTEXT
Page 56
The Leeds Initiative (the Local Strategic Partnership) guides the work of all partnerships in the city towards
achieving the long term ambition of the Vision for Leeds (2004-2020) of ‘making sure everyone has a better
quality of life now and for generations to come’ The Vision commits Leeds Initiative and its partnerships to make
sure they: ‘tackle crime and community safety in every one of the Vision’s programmes of work’
The Leeds Strategic Plan (2008-2011) will set out how partners across the city will deliver measurable outcomes
agreed with Government Office. The LSP has a number of themes. Within each theme are Strategic Outcomes
which have a set of Improvement Priorities. These priorities will have a varying degree of relevance and local
priority to different areas of the city.
Area Committees will be responsible for developing, agreeing and monitoring a local interpretation of the LSP
through Area Delivery Plans (ADPs). Key partnership priorities, including those of the DCSP, are included in the
ADP and listed on page 4 of this document. There is opportunity however to use this local delivery/service
planning and public accountability framework for the work of the DCSP.
The North East Divisional Community Safety Partnership is an operational arm of the Safer Leeds Partnership
(CDRP) which supports the delivery and co–ordination of activity at a local level.
To ensure consistency of approach across the DCSPs of the city, each will place equal emphasis on delivering
these Strategic Outcomes:
Page 57
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reducing offending and managing offending behaviour
The above 5 Safer Leeds outcomes translate across into the Leeds Strategic Plan mainly under the “Thriving
Neighbourhoods” theme under the Strategic Outcome (and associated Local Improvement Priorities) of:
•
Reduced crime and fear of crime through prevention, detection, offender management and
changed behaviours (Local Improvement Priorities: reduce crime and fear of crime, reduce
offending, reduce the harm from drugs and alcohol to individuals and society, reduce anti-social
behaviour)
There are further cross-cutting LSP outcomes that the DCSP will contribute towards but not have the lead role:
•
•
•
Improved quality of life through mixed neighbourhoods offering good housing options and better
access to services and activities (Thriving Neighbourhoods)
More inclusive, varied and vibrant neighbourhoods through empowering people to contribute to
decision making and delivering local services (Stronger Communities)
Improved community cohesion and integration through meaningful involvement and valuing
equality and diversity (Stronger Communities)
• The Divisional Community Safety Partnership will contribute towards delivery of the ‘Every Child
Matters’ government agenda through this plan
Page 58
• The East and North East Children Leeds wedge leadership teams will be responsible for developing
an integrated children’s services response to delivering personalised services for children and
young people across the five outcomes of Every Child Matters. The DCSP and the Wedge
Leadership Teams will work closely together and seek to reduce duplication of effort and maximise
joint service responses to cross cutting issues
1.
The public have the right to be safe and feel safe in their own home, on the streets and the places they go. Tackling serious crime and diffusing
tensions
in our communities is vital to peoples’ quality of life.
Operational Performance targets
Reduce the level of serious acquisitive crime
Reduce the level of domestic burglaries
Reduce the level of theft of motor vehicle
Reduce the level of theft from motor vehicle
Reduce the level of robbery
Reduce the level of assault with injury
Reduce the level of serious violent crimes
Page 59
Priorities
Reducing serious
acquisitive crime:
(Burglary, robbery, theft of
and theft from motor vehicle)
09/10
Our Delivery Activities & Accountability
(09/10)
Serious Acquisitive Crime Group
§
Deliver a range of targeted campaigns to increase potential victims’ awareness, prompt action and prevent
opportunities for acquisitive crime to take place.
§
Identify and deploy suitable situational crime prevention measures in key locations using a targeted approach.
§
Maximise the use of available technology, e.g CCTV, ANPR, Smartwater etc to deter and detect crime and
prioritise deployment of partnership resources
§
§
Neighbourhood Management Tasking X 12
Identify and target offenders committing acquisitive crime.
Reducing violent crime:
(Assaults & wounding and
alcohol fuelled violence)
§
§
§
§
.
Page 60
Prevent, identify and respond
to community tensions.
Neighbourhood Management Tasking x 12
Deliver activities that focus on alcohol related crime locally/ Target Activities around licensed premises and
working in partnership with Licensed Public Houses
Development of over 21 scheme with local shops
Drugs and Robbery Sub Group
Deliver activities that focus on reducing the incidence of weapon enabled crime, including the possession of
knives and firearms
YOS E+ NE
Deliver weapons awareness programmes to all active yos cases known to carry weapons
DCSP - Consider Designated Public Place Orders(DPPO’S) where appropriate
§
Neighbourhood Management Tasking x 12 /Neighbourhood Wardens
Continue to develop and implement the intelligence assessment and response to community tensions, ensuring
partners work closer with and within the communities where the greatest risks have been identified.
Sharing of local intelligence
Hate crime sub Group
Follow up local tension issues across NE by multi-agency approach
§
Prevent Community Officer /Community Engagement Field Officer
§
§
§
§
To support the potholders in identifying individuals in East and North East who may be vulnerable to recruitment
by violent extremists.
To ensure support is provided through existing partnership meetings and community frameworks
2.
Substance misuse affects the well being of individuals, families and neighbourhoods; it damages the health of individuals and undermines family life
as well as having huge social and economic costs to the city. Reducing drug and alcohol related crime is vital to making people safer and
improving lives.
Operational Performance targets
Priorities
Page 61
Addressing alcohol
misuse through a
combination of
prevention, control and
treatment.
09/10
(09/10)
§
§
§
§
§
§
Operation Champion
Develop with partners, effective communication and public information mechanisms to carry key prevention
messages to promote a culture of responsible drinking.
Neighbourhood Management Tasking
Work with licensed premises to ensure that the sale of alcohol and its consumption are managed in a
responsible manner.
Evaluate success of Operation Buzzer and identify funding for hot spot areas
YOS E + NE
All young people screened for substance misuse and specialist intervention provided by substance misuse
worker
Deliver a session on alcohol awareness to young people known to the service
NE and East Children’s Leeds Leadership Team
Develop and implement local solutions to address increasing teenage conceptions by providing joint service
responses to underage drinking and other substance misuse that can lead to unsafe sexual behaviour.
3.
Victims have the right to expect that crimes they have reported are investigated and to receive information about what happens, the chance to
explain how the crime or incident has affected them and for their interest to be taken into account. All victims should be treated with respect
and sensitivity and be offered emotional and practical support.
Operational Performance Targets
09/10
Increase the number of reported incidents of domestic violence
Reduce repeat victimisation as a proportion of domestic violence incidents
Priorities
Page 62
Supporting victims and
reducing the risk of
victimisation:
(09/10)
§
Domestic violence
§
§
§
Hate crime
§
Domestic Violence Sub Group
Develop and deliver activities to support the refreshed city wide Domestic Violence Strategy including, raising
public awareness, improving services to women, improving services to children, continued development of
community support, supporting effective civil and criminal justice responses, developing preventative and
educational work with children and young people, supporting the sustainability of domestic violence services and
developing effective offender management interventions.
Improve capacity for delivering Domestic violence initiatives by merging the Domestic Violence sub group with
the Domestic violence children and young people’s forum. Co-ordinate good partnership work that cuts across
two service areas
NE MARAC
Identification of and early intervention with victims and perpetrators of domestic violence to prevent escalation.,
Provide support for victims of DV via case study approach and multi-agency intervention
Hate crime sub group /Gipton Cohesion group
Develop and deliver activities to support the refreshed city wide Hate Crime Strategy including, increasing
victims’ confidence in the reporting of hate crime incidents, improving service responses to victims of hate
incidents, improving service responses to deal with perpetrators of hate crime, continue to develop preventative
and educational activity to address hate incidents and implementation of actions to tackle hate crime in
§
§
§
Children and young people
§
Page 63
4.
response to local assessment of need.
Work with local communities in identifying community solutions to addressing hate crime and develop good
practise
Develop joint agency service standards in dealing with hate crime
Supporting the North East and East Leadership team and their partnerships in delivering the ' stay safe theme’
ensuring the views and concerns of young people, their parents and carers are taken into account when
identifying and developing community safety responses. Utilising safer schools partnerships to build
relationships between young people and services as well as an avenue to support learning about safety in the
home, streets and neighbourhoods and delivering targeted early year’s preventative schemes and targeted
diversionary programmes.
Strengthen relations between the Police Youth liaison officers and extended cluster services coordinators to
support the delivery of the stay safe element of the cluster plans .
Reducing offending and managing offending behaviour
The community has a specific right to expect public agencies to work with known offenders. By placing increasing emphasis on managing or
modifying the behaviours of offenders who create most harm in our communities, this will reduce the risk of them offending again and also reduce
crime.
Operational performance targets
08/09
Reduce the re –offending of priority offenders
15%
Priorities
Reducing offending
behaviour by addressing
risks and harms.
(08/09)
Neighbourhood Management Tasking x 12
§
Sharing local intelligence and multi agency problem solving around prolific offenders
§
Referrals to specialist agencies, e.g Signpost
YOS E +NE
§
§
§
§
§
§
Page 64
5.
Individually tailored programmes based on assessed risks and needs delivered to all sentenced young people
and parents by a multi agency team
Community Pay Back Team – Probation services
Maximise use of community payback scheme and consult with communities on identifying issues to be
addressed
NE and East Children’s Services Leadership Team
North East and East Children’s leadership team and their local partnerships to understand local need and
personalise our collective service response to the most socially excluded young people and particularly those at
risk of entering the criminal justice system .
North East Division Offender Management Team
Work with partner agencies to ensure that all partners support the delivery of integrated Offender Management
Model (IOM)
Ensure prisoners have proper release plans with pathways to appropriate support agencies
Maximise use of intelligence sharing across partner agencies
Communities expect public agencies to tackle anti-social behaviour in their localities in a responsive and effective manner. Communicating,
engaging
and involving local people in those issues of most importance to them is a vital component to providing public reassurance and reducing the fear of
crime.
Operational Performance Targets 09/10
Increase the proportion of residents who agree that their local areas is a place where people from different communities get on well together
Reduce the proportion of residents who believe that anti social behaviour increased in their local area
Priorities
Tackling anti-social
(08/09)
ASB Panel & Neighbourhood management Tasking
behaviour and damage
through a combination of
prevention, diversion and
enforcement activities.
§
§
§
Page 65
§
§
§
Improve public
reassurance and the fear
of crime by actively
communicating, engaging
and involving local
people.
§
§
§
§
Continue to utilise effectively a range of tools for tackling ASB and damage (e.g. ASBOs, ABC, dispersal
powers, parenting classes or orders, crack house closures as well as powers in the Clean Neighbourhoods and
Environment Act 2005) as part of a package of responses to local issues.
Signpost East
Continue to support the implementation of the Family Support and Parenting Strategy and programmes to
support parents whose children are involved in or at risk of being involved in ASB activity, in particular targeted
diversionary programmes.
North East and East Childrens Services Leadership Team
Work closely with Extended Services and cluster co-ordinators(18) to strengthen communication with local
schools , children’s centres and youth provision.
Maximise opportunities to deliver initiatives in schools via PSCHE
Leeds Watch and North East Division CCTV Officer
Work closely with the City Council on their on action to improve the security of homes, public buildings and
public spaces.
Maximise usage of CCTV footage in order to take enforcement action
Operation Champion /Neighbourhood Management Tasking x 12
Co-ordinate single days of multi agency action
Continue with the targeted rolling programme of neighbourhood crime and grime initiatives such as Operation
Champion.
ASB Problem Solving Group
Develop partnership mechanisms for measuring how satisfied victims of ASB are with the service the police
and city council provide.
Thematic Problem Solving Groups/Neighbourhood Management Tasking
Continue to actively promote community safety messages and increase awareness of crime prevention and
community safety services.
DCSP
Develop good news stories/Develop effective Media strategy
Operation Confidence - Develop an annual programme of quarterly newsletters from NPT’s and
neighbourhood management tasking teams
§
§
§
§
§
§
§
Neighbourhood Management Tasking Teams x 12
Ensure agencies respond effectively to local need by integrating neighbourhood policing practice with area
management delivery programmes.
Communicate with local people through ‘Face the People’ events.
Co-ordinate feedback to local communities via neighbourhood wardens and police community support officers.
Deliver crime prevention messages and good news stories in agency newsletters
Proceeds of Crime Working Group
Develop the Proceeds of Crime Act community award scheme
Divisional press officer and partnership to collectively promote the work carried out in the community by
maximising press releases, success stories
Page 66
Divisional Targets Brief – Final targets based on actual outturns
Appendix B
North West Leeds
Target
% change
2009/10
North East Leeds
Target
% change
2009/10
City and Holbeck
Target
% change
2009/10
Policing Plan Key Performance
Indicators
2009/10 Force
Target
Data Source
1
Increase the proportion of residents
who agree that the police and local
council are dealing with the antisocial behaviour and crime issues
that matter in their area
49%
Police Authority Public
Perception Survey
40.8%
45.8%
5%
45.0%
50.0%
5%
40.9%
45.9%
5%
2
who believe that the police do an
excellent or good job in their local
area
42.8%
Perception Survey
45.8%
47.3%
1.5%
49.6%
50.8%
1.2%
45.3%
46.8%
1.5%
3
Increase the overall satisfaction of
service users
84.3%
WYP Victim Surveys
(telephone surveys
undertaken by swift
research)
84.1%
85.4%
1.3%
83.3%
84.4%
1.1%
85.2%
86.5%
1.3%
4
Reduce the satisfaction gap between
White and BME Victims
6.1%
WYP Victim Surveys
(telephone surveys
undertaken by swift
research)
4.6%
6.1%
1.5%
8.5%
6.1%
-2.4%
13.0%
6.1%
-6.9%
5
Reduce the level of acquisitive crime
(house burglary, robbery and vehicle
crime)
50,709
NICHE
8326
8026
-3.6%
7829
7547
-3.6%
5007
4827
-3.6%
tbc
PNC Convictions
16,261
NICHE
1828
1791
-2%
1956
1917
-2%
1923
1885
-2%
17.8%
Perception Survey
17.5%
16.2%
-1.3%
15.2%
14.2%
-1.0%
20.0%
18.7%
-1.4%
57.5%
Perception Survey
60.1%
61.6%
1.5%
62.8%
64.0%
1.2%
55.9%
57.4%
1.5%
KPI
Page 67
6
7
8
9
Reduce the re-offending of priority
offenders
Reduce the number of assaults
resulting in injury
Reduce the proportion of residents
who believe that anti-social
behaviour has increased in their local
area
who agree that their local area is a
place where people from different
communities get on well together
Outturn
2008/9
Outturn
2008/9
tbc
Outturn
2008/9
tbc
tbc
KPI
10
11
Policing Plan Key Performance
Indicators
Reduce the number of serious
violent crimes
Increase the proportion of sanction
detections for domestic violence
2009/10 Force
Target
Data Source
North West Leeds
Outturn
Target
% change
2008/9
2009/10
North East Leeds
Outturn
Target
%
2008/9
2009/10
change
City and Holbeck
Outturn
Target
% change
2008/9
2009/10
1,504
NICHE
175
172
-2%
197
193
-2%
207
203
-2%
53.0%
NICHE
52.9%
53.0%
0.1%
56.5%
56.5%
0.0%
51.7%
53.0%
1.3%
12a
Increase the volume of confiscation
orders
172
£5.164m
Economic Crime Unit
(Joint Asset Recovery
Database (JARD))
35
20
-15
23
20
-3
30
20
-10
12b
Increase the value of confiscation
orders (£000's)
172
£5.164m
Economic Crime Unit
(Joint Asset Recovery
Database (JARD))
751k
213k
-605k
41k
213k
168k
208k
213k
137k
>5,863
NSPIS HR
606
>606
-
572
>572
-
558
>558
-
3.7%
NSPIS HR
4.2%
3.7%
-0.5%
4.1%
3.7%
-0.4%
3.5%
3.7%
0.2%
13
Page 68
14
Maintain or increase the number of
the workforce in public facing roles
Reduce the proportion of working
hours lost to sickness
Appendix C
POCA Grant Applications 2009/10 ENE AREA DIVISION
Page 69
Ref No
Date Original
Idea Rec’d
NPT
AREA
Local officer
contact
Current position
POCA 01
13/12/2008
No specific project submitted – simply a request to support
the organisation as they provide a valuable link for the Police
with older people. Recommendation is for approval subject
to the development of a specific local project/event by NET
with support from PCSO Taylor.
Neighbourhood Elders
Team (NET)
5
PCSO Shaun
Taylor /
Chris Jones
Email sent to asking for
a specific project to be
submitted
£500
POCA 02
15/12/2008
Following the overwhelming success of Year 1 of the
Project, using the BAD MUMMY programme, they propose
to continue to provide an educational theatre programme to
engage, support and enable schools and young people’s
projects to address domestic violence and child protection
issues. The new programme “losing it” will also address
issues around community division and cohesion. The bid is
subject to finding match funding.
Theatre in Education
4
Martin Hackett
REJECTED
£500
POCA 03
03/03/2009
Helen Martin of All Saints school runs an out of school club
called "The Green Gym". This is purely voluntary &
environmental friendly. Helen is desperate for funding to
continue & develop the project which enables children from
the school to learn about the environment. They grow their
own produce which is then cooked by the school & the eaten
by the children. She has won an environmental award for the
project. At the moment she can not grow the produce
throughout the winter months. She would like to bid for a
Poly tunnel (approx cost £300 -£400) & some plant pots &
seeds etc.
All Saints Primary
School
2
Ins Jackie
Hawke
Awating completed
application form
£500
Project
Organisation
Requested
POCA Panel
Decision
REJECTED
- ongoing
project not
very
localised or
specific
Date
Application
Received
Total
Approved
£0.00
£500.00
Ref No
Date Original
Idea Rec’d
POCA 04
03/03/2009
Project
Organisation
NPT
AREA
Local officer
contact
Current position
Requested
POCA Panel
Decision
Total
Approved
We at East Leeds are a clubmarked club which meets with
all the relevant governing body legislation set down.In the 30
years we have been running we have produced no more
than 65 professional players as i explained last week we
would like to strengthen our commuinity ties in working with
the police and youth services in the ls9 area. We feel that
the benefits to the area by our involvement would be safer
streets,giving afocus to youths in the area by somewhere to
go to be come fitter,healthier and being part of a team. The
club plans to run this scheme over twenty weeks in the
summer on three nights with qualified rugby coaches who
all have up todate CRB checks to supervise these
youths.We discussed last week about hopefully this
becoming a yearly event in the ls9 area , i would lke to give
you a promise of the club being in for the long haul, as i feel
this could benefit the whole commuinity. I hope this will
support our bid for £2,500 yours in sport.
Money for set up costs for the Kitchen enterprise at Mandela
Centre - User group.
East Leeds Amateur
Rugby League Club
2
Ins Jackie
Hawkes & Cllr
Brett
£2k contribution
awarded by Inner East
Area Committee - so
£500 balance needed.
Awaiting confirmation
this is the case from
Anna Turner and Jim
Croft
Mandela Centre User
Group
3
Chapel
Allerton
REJECTED
£500
REJECTED
- too vague
£0.00
POCA 06
Sponsorship of proposed new Festive Lights for Chapel
Allerton shopping centre/streets.
Chapel Allerton Traders
3
Cllr Dowson
REJECTED
£500
REJECTED
- difficult
precedent to
set - ongoing
costs
£0.00
POCA 07
To devise and implement a scheme to reward the positive
behaviour and contributions of young people in the area of
Chapeltown. The Police in partnership with other agencies
and bodies operating in the Chapeltown area to identify
young people who do something positive for their
community. The scheme may include the signposting of
youths, currently not engaging and at risk of causing ASB or
involvement in crime, into programmes and groups where
they can make a more positive contribution. Rewards will be
administered by Youth services and PCSO`s with the
opportunity to be allocated opportunities for access to
sporting and leisure services within the area. Other rewards
may take the form of sports clothing or equipment.
Youth Services/Police
1
Ins Reed/Pat
Brooke –
applying for
STRATEGIC
POT to
support Gang
Strategy work.
No app form received
POCA 05
£2,500
Date
Application
Received
Page 70
£2,500
£500.00
£2,500.00
Ref No
Date Original
Idea Rec’d
Project
Organisation
NPT
AREA
Local officer
contact
Current position
Requested
Page 71
POCA 08
Restoring the swings at The Bumps. Involve paint striping,
sanding, painting and installing new chains and seats. Also
the flooring would essentially need cleaning could be done
with the Probation service for a few hundred quid.
Probation Service –
Community Payback
Team
9
Cllr Lobley
Awating completed
application form
£500
POCA 09
The club is run at Collingham Primary School at a weekend
and is entirely funded by donations from parents to pay for
kit and time of coaches to train and divert into constructive
activities young people of primary school age in the village.
A bid of £400 is submitted to pay for new nets, balls and
related kit to help it carry on into next year
Collingham Junior
Football Team
7
Ins Marcus
Griffiths
PAID
£400
POCA 10
To create internal storage space to enable development of
partnership working with Youth Services – through ReFresh
project currently involving 35 children aged 7-12. Total cost
£2k so agreement would be subject to match be found.
Stainbeck Church
3
Chapel
Allerton
REJECTED
£1,000
POCA 11
To pay for extra sessions of the motor cycle course helping
divert young people into positive local activity. Match may be
found from Area Committee through local Member
support/pot.
Prince Phillip Centre –
BUMPY Project
3
Cllr Dowson
REJECTED
Contribution towards purchase of £2k bike stands for primary
school children. Letter received from school council making
request.
Our Lady's Primary
School, Seacroft
8
Bev Yearwood
POCA Panel
Decision
Date
Application
Received
Approved
26.03.09
Total
Approved
£400.00
REJECTED
- not a
definable
project as
such ongoing cost
£0.00
£500
REJECTED
- ongoing
project
£0.00
PAID
£500
Approved
26.03.09
£500.00
POCA 12
25.03.09
POCA 13
03/03/2009
£500 towards kit, equipment, training costs
Amaranth JFC
4
Martin Hackett
PAID
£500
Approved
24.03.09
£500.00
POCA 14
03/03/2009
Burmantofts Boxing Club require some new gym mats and
benches for the club - not doing this. Instead, Shower
Refurbishment Improvement
Burmantofts Boxing
Club
2
Ins. Jackie
Hawkes
Processing payment
£500
Approved
22.04.09
£645.00
POCA 15
26.03.09
Football team under 11s who's first season together in any
team or structure are doing well. Also there is 35 of the
young people training in this team 3 times a week. £500
requested to buy a new away kit.
Chapeltown Football
Youth Develpoment
Centre
3
Ins Tony Reed
PAID
£500
Approved
26.03.09
£500.00
POCA 16
25/03/2009
Stainbeck Church and Hall - to fit a secure locking
mechanism which will be controlled via the intercom system
but allow emergency exit. Facilities used by the Childrens
Centre, Youth Club and parents.
Stainbeck Community
Outreach and
Development Enterprise
3
Peter Craske
PAID
£565
Approved
07.04.09
£565.00
Ref No
Date Original
Idea Rec’d
Project
Organisation
NPT
AREA
Local officer
contact
Current position
POCA 17
Bramham Ark Pram Service. Held at Bramham Village hall with 10 x under 5s attending. Want help buying toddler
chairs, cups, changing mats, religious toys and general
items. Designed to promote/increase attendance at church.
All Saints Church
Parochial Parish
Council
7
PC Byfield
POCA 18
Bramham Junior Football Club - football kit and football nets
Bramham Football Club
7
PC Byfield
Processing payment
Requested
not specified
POCA Panel
Decision
Date
Application
Received
Total
Approved
£500
REJECTED
- unable to
fund
religious
activity
Approved
24.04.09
£500.00
£0.00
Page 72
POCA 19
25.03.09
Swarcliffe Good Neighbours have recently spent time
decorating public areas within the community centre. As part
of the work they would like to improve the outside seating
and gardening area including putting up hanging baskets
and planting to improve the outside space and make it
accessible for the older people attending their sessions.
Swarcliffe Good
Neighbours St
Gregory's Youth & Adult
Care Centre
4
Samantha
Lowe/ Ken Hill
PAID
£200
Approved
03.04.09
£200.00
POCA 20
25.03.09
Whinmoor Wanders
4
Samantha
Lowe/ Janice
Linley
PAID
£266
Approved
22.04.09
£266.00
POCA 21
25/03/2009
Whinmoor Wanderers is a voluntary group providing social
activities and support to older people from the local
neighbourhood. The group is based at Fieldhead Community
Centre. If successful the funding will be used to enable the
older people to access the outside space at the centre
during spring and summer.
The funding is requested to buy new equipment for a music
and movement group (Jabadao) for pre-school children in
the Chapeltown and Harehills area.
Leeds NHS - 7 Day
Response
6
Sylvia
Shatwell/Insp
Reed
PAID
£300
Approved
07.04.09
£315.00
POCA 22
25.03.09
Police Playday - Easter Play Scheme Proposal for Tuesday
th
14 April 2009 to involve NPT and Education Workers at the
urban farm.
Meanwood Valley
Urban Farm/NPT
3
Robert Plant
(MVUF)/PC
Gilchrist
Processing order
£500
Approved
15.05.09
£500.00
POCA 23
25.03.09
Potternewton Adult Learning Centre - group of adults with
learning disabilities. The purpose is to help them understand
other peoples needs & give them an insight into some of
there issues other less fortunate people have.
Potternewton Centre
Amenity Fund
3
Insp Reed
PAID
£200
Approved
27.04.09
£200.00
POCA 24
27.03.09
Boys group - Personal development with boys and young
men aged 13 – 17 years living in the Seacroft and
Killingbeck Ward area. Group work sessions for a
programme of 10 weeks starting 3/4/09.
Seacroft Youth
Programmes
8
Claire
Billingham
App received
£510
Approved subject to
application
Ref No
Date Original
Idea Rec’d
POCA 25
26.03.09
Project
Scheme called the St Richards Holiday Club & based at St
Richards Church, Ramshead Hill, this group caters for
Easter & summer holiday time for local children aged 5-11
years. The main activities are arts, crafts & design-based
which encourages young children to come & spend their
time constructively within a supervised group & which
therefore prevents them from being drawn into hanging
around on the streets & so running the risk of being drawn
into ASB & similar.
Organisation
St Richards Church Holiday Club
Page 73
NPT
AREA
Local officer
contact
Current position
8
Insp Ed
Chester
Email request received
- check with John
6
Ins Adams
REJECTED
7
Pat Watson/
Ann
Falkingham
Awaiting completed
application form
POCA 26
Ex-Tradex building - contribution toward new facilities for
young people
POCA 27
Healthy Lifestyle Programme - Alwoodley. 12 week
accredited programme based at Open House and Northcall
POCA 28
Replacement of central heating system at Seacroft Village
Hall
Seacroft Village Hall
Management
Committee
8
Cllr Selby
REJECTED -
To replace some books & toys that the children like to play
with - 20 children aged between 2 and 5.
Clifford Pre School
7
PC Mark
Byfield
Brief proposal received
POCA 29
06.04.09
?
Youth Services/
Cranmer & Lincoln
Youth Project
Requested
POCA Panel
Decision
Date
Application
Received
Total
Approved
£500
REJECTED
- ongoing
activity/
scheme
£0.00
£5,000
REJECTED
- too much.
Happy to
consider
smaller
application
for specific
item
£0.00
£850
£500 contrib
approved
subject to
form
£500.00
£3,000
REJECTED
- not a stand
a lone
project which
is ready to
go - refer to
Area Cttee
£0.00
not specified
Approved
subject to
form been
completed
£250.00
Date Original
Idea Rec’d
POCA 30
30.04.09
POCA 31
29.04.09
POCA 32
21.04.09
Page 74
Ref No
NPT
AREA
Local officer
contact
Current position
Queensview Residents
Association
8
Bev Yearwood
£300
Killingbeck & Seacroft
Gala Committee
8
John Woolmer
£200-300
Approved
subject to
form been
completed
Yorkshire Amateurs
3
PCSO Rob
Kennerley
Application received
13.05.09
£500
Approved
subject to
form been
completed
Project
Organisation
Queenview is a sheltered housing block of flats in Seacroft
with mostly elderly residents. We ould like to est up a cinema
club mainly for the weekends as this time can be quite
lonely. This would be done in our community rooms. We
would possibly put a small charge for residents towards the
cost of videos. Initially we would be looking for a TV & Video
equiptment to set up the project. Dont have definate costs
but would think about £300-£400 would be needed.
Anna has allocated £1,000 for the gala but we have just
about used this and still need a DJ and publicity. The aims of
the gala this year (4th July) is to replace the forum with a
celebratory event, information and education on
organisations and services such as NPT, Arson Task Force,
Enforcement, Environmental Services, Employment,
Children's Services etc. Also to have a fun and
entertainment aspect with music, dancing, activities, singing,
fun fair, food and free to use inflatables (which we have had
to reduce from 4 to 2 due to lack of funds) With the use of
free inflatables and activities we have found that families
have stayed for the full gala and have then benefit from the
information and advice available. Any funding would be
muchly appreciated by the committee and would be
managed by the gala committee who are constituted and
have a bank account.
Improvements at the ground - paint dressing rooms & all
internal walls, funding to pay for materials for paint all
outside rallings & spectators stands.
Requested
POCA Panel
Decision
Date
Application
Received
Total
Approved
Ref No
Date Original
Idea Rec’d
POCA 33
Project
Organisation
Aberford Albion Junior Football Club is a new project which
was developed in April 2009, the club has established a
management committee and has its own bank account. The
club was developed as a result of a group of parents with
children interested in playing football, coming together, and
with no youth related activities within the village. The club is
based at the Aberford Albion Football group; the club is
affiliated to the FA, with policies and procedures in place,
qualified level 3 coaches. The club has had a number of
local games and will be playing in a local league from
September. The club’s trials have taken place and a team
has been selected. The team trains one evening per week
and play matches on Sunday’s. Aberford Albion Football
Club has agreed to support the Junior Club with use of their
facilities and pitches.
NPT
AREA
Local officer
contact
7
John Woolmer
Aberford Albion Junior
Football Club
Current position
Proposal circulated to
panel for comments
Page 75
TOTAL
NPT AREA ALLOCATIONS
NPT AREA
Strategic Pot
Burm & Rich Hill
Chapel Allerton
Cross Gates & Temple
Garforth & Villages
Gipton & Harehills
Harewood & Wetherby
Killingbeck & Seacroft
Round/Moor/Alwoodley
TOTALS:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ALLOCATION
AWAITING DECISION
APPROVED
BALANCE
£
£
£
£
4,800
2,400
2,400
2,400
2,400
2,400
2,400
2,400
2,400
0
0
0
0
500
0
0
510
500
2,500
1,645
1,765
966
0
315
900
500
0
2,300
755
635
1,434
1,900
2,085
1,500
1,390
1,900
24,000
1,510
£8,591
13,899
Requested
250 max
£24,291
POCA Panel
Decision
Date
Application
Received
Total
Approved
awaiting by
22.05.09
£9,341.00
Page 76
Agenda Item 11
Originator: Martin Hackett
Tel: 3950705
Report of the South East Area Manager
East Outer Area Committee
Date: 7th July 2009
Subject: Well Being Budget (Revenue) 2009/10
All Outer East Wards
Community Cohesion
x
Council
Function
Delegated Executive
Function available
for Call In
Narrowing the Gap
x
Delegated Executive
report
Executive Summary
This report provides information on commitments for 2009/10 and project work
funded from the 2009/10 budget.
1.0
PURPOSE OF THIS REPORT
1.1
The Well Being Budget allocation for 2009/10 is £244,127 which includes £23,400
carry over from 2008/9.
1.2
This report will remind Members of commitments it has for 2009/10; it will also provide
updates on projects funded from this years budget.
1.3
This report will highlight how project work is helping to deliver outputs and outcomes
against Area Delivery Plan priorities.
2.0
BACKGROUND INFORMATION
2.1
The Well Being Budget available to spend in 2009/10 is £244,127.
2.2
In 2009/10, the Area Committee has a number of commitments.
•
CCTV maintenance and monitoring costs
Page 77
•
•
50% contribution to Warden for Swarcliffe pending warden review
100% contribution to Warden for Garforth & Halton pending warden review
2.3
Outer East Area Committee is responsible for 11 CCTV cameras linked to
Leedswatch. Details of the costs for monitoring, maintenance and other associated
costs are detailed in this report.
2.4
At the time of writing this report the Neighbourhood Warden position is still under
review and the costs to the Area Committee are subject to that review.
2.5
The remainder of the budget has been broken down into the following funding
streams:
•
•
•
•
•
•
2.4
Small Grants - £10,000
Probation scheme - £15,000
Tasking Teams (4 Teams with £10k in each budget) - £40,000
Gardening Service - £38,000
Community Engagement £20,000
Additional activities for young people - £32,000
This is costed at £222,000 which is slightly over programmed.
3.0
MAIN ISSUES
3.1
Gardening Scheme.
3.1.1 In 2009/10 The gardening scheme for OAP’s and disabled residents is being
delivered by Swarcliffe Good Neighbours.
3.1.2 To date there have been 144 garden referrals and 6 decorating referrals received and
121 completed. These are broken down by ward below:
Gardens
• Crossgates & Whinmoor Ward
• Garforth & Swillington Ward
• Kippax & Methley Ward
• Temple Newsam Ward
23
28
31
62
Decorating
• Temple Newsam Ward
• Kippax & Methley Ward
1
5
Page 78
3.2
Activities for Young People
3.2.1 A programme of summer activities will take place in all 4 Outer East wards. These
activities have been supported from the Well Being Budget and are publicised locally.
Details of the events and numbers participating will be reported to Community Forums
as well as at a future meeting of Area Committee.
3.2.2 Details of work planned in Kippax & Methley are an example of the projects funded by
Area Committee:
Kippax Motorcycle Project
To provide one 12 week course in basic motorcycle mechanics which will train 8
young people up to NVQ level 1 standard, as well as teaching them safe motorcycle
riding skills. This course will be targeted at 8 young men from the Kippax area who
are known to the youth service (and other agencies) because they display particularly
challenging behaviour that adversely affects other young people and the wider
community.
The course will be held at Armley Lazer centre and will cost a total of £1520 including
transport to and from the venue. On successful completion of the course, participants
will qualify for future visits to the ‘Bumpy’ project for off-road trials bike sessions
during school holidays.
In addition to the outcomes outlined above, this course will be utilised to build strong
relationships between the targeted group and youth workers at Kippax Kabin, to bring
them into the community of young people at the Kabin and to divert them from
potentially criminal behaviour.
Holiday Activity Programmes
In addition to providing staff to support the extensive programme at Brigshaw School,
The Youth Service will provide 4 holiday activity programmes to youth groups in;
Allerton Bywater, Micklefield, Kippax and Methley.
The plan is to allow each of the youth groups to allocate a £1,000 budget to spend on
activities (from Area Committee Well Being). This way, as well as accessing activities
that they want, young people will also be developing transferable skills such as
budget planning and learning to take responsibility for themselves. Youth workers will
be guiding & advising young people towards appropriate activities which will typically
include: Go-Karting, climbing, Ice-skating, various sports sessions, activity days,
skiing, visits to theme parks, art/craft sessions, DJ workshops etc.
The majority of activities would take place during the summer break, with some funds
held back for a much smaller programme for October.
Kippax motorcycle project - £1520
Holiday projects x 4
- £4,000
Total - £5,520
Page 79
3.3
Neighbourhood Wardens
3.3.1 Outer East Area Committee currently funds the salaries of 1.5 Neighbourhood
Wardens, these being the Warden for Swarcliffe and the Warden from Garforth and
Halton.
3.3.2
A separate report is on the agenda to cover the wider issue of the Neighbourhood
Warden service but until that position is clearer Area Committee is requested to
continue to fund both these posts.
3.4
Small Grants
3.4.1 The details of all small grants processed since the beginning of the financial year are
detailed on Appendix 1.
3.5
Probation ‘Community Payback’ scheme
3.5.1
Area Committee contributed £15,000 towards the funding of this project in 2009/10.
Appendix 2 details some of the work carried out since April.
3.6
CCTV
3.6.1
At the Area Committee meeting held on the 24th of March 2009 it was reported that
Leeds Community Safety would fund half the costs of running the cameras from April
2009.
3.6.2 This position has now been clarified with Leeds Community Safety. From 1st April
2009 they will be paying half the cost for the monitoring and maintenance of the
cameras but the Area Committee will still be responsible for the full BT and YEDL
costs.
3.6.3
In 2008/9 Outer East Area Committee paid £48,000 in CCTV costs. At the Area
Commiittee meeting held in March it was reported that this figure was likely to be
around £24,000. However, this figure is now likely to be nearer £38,500 based upon
the following:
•
•
Monitoring and maintenance per camera - £2,000
BT and YEDL costs per camera - £2.5k (approx cost that varies).
3.6.4 The budget for 2009/10 has now been amended to reflect this and is detailed on
Appendix 3. Due to the carry over from 2008/9 the budget can still meet this higher
cost.
4.0
IMPLICATIONS FOR COUNCIL POLICY AND GOVERNANCE
4.1
The details described in this report and the recommendation fits with existing Council
policy and governance arrangements.
Page 80
5.0
LEGAL AND RESOURCE IMPLICATIONS
5.1
There are no new legal implications arising from this report.
6.0
CONCLUSIONS
6.1
The Well Being funds continue to be used to improve service delivery in Outer East
Leeds and meet Area Delivery Plan outputs and outcomes at a local level. Area
Committee is asked to make note of the gardening service, community payback
scheme and summer activities for young people and the position of Well Being funded
Neighbourhood Wardens.
7.0
RECOMMENDATIONS
7.1
Area Committee is requested to note progress and raise any questions.
7.2
Area Committee is requested to continue funding the posts of 1.5 Neighbourhood
Wardens until the review into that service has been completed. On completion of the
review these posts will be considered further by Area Committee.
7.3
Area Committee is requested to note that CCTV costs for 2009/10 will be higher than
previously reported and approve the revised budget for 2009/10 which also includes
the carry over from 2009/10.
Background papers
Outer East Area Committee Report 8 July 2008 – Area Delivery Plan 2008-11
Executive Board Report 16 July 2008 – Area Committee Roles 2008/09
Well Being (revenue) report 24 March 2009.
Page 81
Page 82
Appendix 1 - Outer East small grant position as at 9 June 2009 (from 09/10 budget)
Fieldhead Carr Community Centre
Management Committee
Ref
Paid?
Promotion of Fieldhead Carr Community Centre
OE/09/01/S
Yes
Woodview Tenants Association
Woodview Picture Palace
OE/09/02/S
Whinmoor 'B' Residents Association
Whinmoor in Bloom
OE/09/04/S
£
500.00
500.00
500.00
1,500.00
Firthfields Community Association
Ref
Firthfields Green Scheme
Kippax & Methley
Page 83
Micklefield Parish Council
Temple Newsam
OE/09/03/S
Ref
Micklefield in Bloom - parkway shrub bed
Paid?
500.00
500.00
Paid?
OE/09/05/S
Ref
£
£
376.00
376.00
Paid?
£
-
Page 84
Appendix 2 to Well Being Report Probation Service Work Schedule
Number
Location
1 Whinmoor
2 Osmondthorpe
Page 85
2 Allerton Bywater
3 Swarcliffe
4 Allerton Bywater
5 Swillington
Type of work
Ward
Opposite 12 Sherburn Road, Farndale
Approach (on Terminuse), Corner of new
Whinmoor Way/Swarcliffe Avenue, next to
127 - to remove grass and dig 5 x 6 ft beds
and plant shrubs at the above locations for
whinmoor in bloom
East Osmondthorpe including area around
Wykebecks and Nevilles - environmental
improvements including litter pick, cutting
down of overgrown shrubs for community
clean up for 27th April 2009
St Mary's churchyard, Station Road,
Allerton Bywater - general tidy, strimming
and mowing round the graves
Brayton Green bungalows, Swarcliffe,
General tidy up of garden area, weeding,
removal of dead plants and cutting back
Allerton Bywater Cricket Field, Station
Road Opposite the Millennium Village site
painting the boundary fencing around the
filed white
Churchyard/graveyard at St Pary's Church
Church Lane Swillington remove
overgrown weeds, vegetation, grass.
Clearing and generaly tidying up
Contact
Date referred
Nathan Vaughn Neighbourhood
Warden 07891 279500
06/04/09
Temple Newsam
Sam Lowe telephone 3950275
06/04/09
Kippax and Methley
Steve Murray, Allerton Bywater
Parish Council
[email protected]
06/04/09
Nathan Vaughn Neighbourhood
Warden 07891 279500
05/05/09
Kippax and Methley
Parish Council
[email protected]
06/05/09
Janet Sellars 2146835 - Kippax
Housing Office, Aire Valley Homes
15/05/09
6 Garforth
7 Allerton Bywater
8 Halton Moor/Sutton estates
Page 86
9 AllertonBywater
Entrance into Halliday Road from side of
Factory shop. Raised beds are to the rear
of factory shop around car park. Remove
overgrowth and weekds also the wall reGarforth and Swillington
bricking in parts where it is damaged to
allow Garforth in Bloom to plant in this area
(photos attached)
Allerton Bywater Boat Fields, Boad Lane, Flagged footpath starts at the Boat Inn and
Kippax and Methley
ends after approx 800 metres in the
direction of Castleford, clearing overgrown
flagged area and edging both sides
Halton Moor and Sutton estate. Delivery of
leaflets/newsletter to each household on
Temple Newsam
estate. Leaflet delivery is required on
18th/19th June or 22nd/23rd June
St Mary's churchyard, Station Road,
Allerton Bywater - Rubbing Benches down Kippax and Methley
for staining
10 Allerton Bywater
Cricket Field - Rubbing Boundary fence
down for painting
Kippax and Methley
11 Allerton Bywater
St Mary's Church Strimming and tidying
around graves
Kippax and Methley
12 Allerton Bywater
Cricket Field - Painting boundary fence
Kippax and Methley
13 Allerton Bywater
Cricket Field - Painting boundary fence
Kippax and Methley
Lynn Hibbert tel: 2146836 mobile
07891 271474 e-mail
[email protected]
01/06/09
Parish Council
[email protected]
04/06/09
Sam Lowe telephone 3950275
09/06/09
Parish Council
[email protected]
Parish Council
[email protected]
Parish Council
[email protected]
Parish Council
[email protected]
Parish Council
[email protected]
10/05/09
10/05/09
17/05/09
22/05/09
29/05/09
Appendix 3 - Outer East
WELL-BEING REVENUE BUDGET SPENDING PLAN FOR 2009/10
£
BUDGET
244,127.00
Total Budget for 2009/10
Safer Neighbourhoods/Reassurance
80,500.00
CCTV Maintenance across East Leeds
CCTV maintenance and monitoring costs for CCTV already in situ *
0.5 warden cost for Swarcliffe
1 warden for Garforth/Halton
£
38,500.00
14,000.00
28,000.00
Small Grants Scheme
10,000.00
To continue existing scheme of grants of £500
max to help community groups.
10,000.00
Environmental Work
15,000.00
15,000.00
Probation scheme
Neighbourhood Management
78,000.00
40,000.00
38,000.00
Tasking Teams
continue Gardening scheme for elderly
Community Engagement
20,000.00
To enable the implementation of the Area
Committee community engagement strategy,
running of community forums, community
events and galas *.
20,000.00
Young People
32,000.00
To fund additional youth and out of school
activities in each ward to meet local needs and
opportunities identified through Forums
32,000.00
Total Planned Spend for 2009/10:
235,500.00
Over programmed by:
-8,627.00
* signifies on going commitments
Page 87
Page 88
Agenda Item 12
Tel: 3950705
Report of the South East Leeds Area Manager
Date: 7th of July 2009
Subject: Outer East Area Committee Capital Budget 2009/10
Community Cohesion
x
Council
Function
Delegated Executive
Function available
for Call In
Narrowing the Gap
x
Delegated Executive
report
Executive Summary
The Area Committee capital budget allocation for 2009/10 is £160,200. This is made up of
the annual allocation and previous years underspend. The budget has been split evenly
across the 4 Outer East Wards.
This report requests that Area Committee supports several new projects.
1.0
1.1
This report outlines project proposals requiring funding from the capital budget.
1.2
It also updates Members on breakdown of spend by Ward.
2.0
2.1
The Outer East Area Committee has a capital budget allocation of £160,200 in
2009/10.
2.2 This report recommends that Area Committee supports a number of projects in the area
from the capital budget.
Page 89
3.0
Main Issues
3.1
St Mary’s Church, Kippax
3.1.1 The above church is a landmark in Kippax and requires major repair work to its roof.
3.1.2 The roof has had major and minor leaks over recent years with numerous repairs
having been carried out. Unfortunately these repairs have merely ‘patched up’ the
leaks. It now requires more extensive work that has been costed at £4,700.
3.1.3 The church is well used by residents of the village.
3.1.4 The request if for Area Committee to contribute towards the total cost with a grant of
£750. The remainder of the cost will be met through fund raising and the church
budget.
3.1.5 This proposal supports the following local improvement priority of the Area Delivery
Plan:
Culture - Improve community facilities and increasing the use of community
facilities.
3.2
Woodrow Allotments, Methley
3.2.1 The Woodrow allotments have 34 plots which are all taken; there are also over a
dozen applicants on the waiting list for plots.
3.2.2 The allotment site is in good condition and clearly very well used. However, the fence
has been patched and repaired over the years and it is now at a stage where the
vertical post is rotting in the ground and the fence is leaning into the footway causing
a public hazard.
3.2.3 There have been periodic bouts of vandalism and stealing from the plots leading to
demands from users to better secure the site.
3.2.4 This project is to replace the existing wood and paling fence with a 1.8m weld mesh
type fence.
3.2.5 The total cost of the project is £14,000. Half the cost will be met by Parks &
Countryside with Area Committee requested to fund the other half.
Plan:
Health & Well Being – Reduce the rate of increase in obesity and raise physical
activity for all.
Page 90
3.3
Garforth Jubilee Brass Band
3.3.1 Garforth Jubilee Brass is a community band that is focused on teaching and
developing brass instrument playing to young people in Garforth and the surrounding
villages.
3.3.2 The group loan instruments to young people for a £10 deposit to allow them to try
brass without the need for their families to find the hundreds of pounds for a new
instrument. This opportunity, combined with the low cost tuition (£1 per week)
enables young people from all backgrounds to learn to play an instrument.
3.3.3 This year Garforth Jubilee Brass Band is seeking to replace their old stand banners to
give the band more identity and enhance their professional image. The cost for the
new banners is £700 .
3.3.4 The group also request a supply of black waistcoats, at approximately £10 per
waistcoat, for performances. A total of 30 waistcoats are required bringing the cost to
£300. The combined cost totals £1,000.
Plan:
Culture - Support community cultural events and activities.
3.4
Swillington Parochial Hall Refurbishment
3.4.1 The above hall is owned and managed by Swillington Educational Trust and is based
on Church Lane, Swillington.
3.4.2 The hall is used as a community facility and pre-school nursery as well as being used
for activities such as weight watchers, coffee mornings etc.
3.4.3 Although well used the facility is in poor condition and in urgent need of refurbishment
and provision of new furtniture and equipment. Some work is urgent and failure to
carry out this work in the near future will cause further deterioration.
3.4.4 The work is broken down into three categories:
•
•
•
Structural repairs (including walls, ceilings etc) - £4,000
Internal repairs (including some fixtures and fittings) - £4,000
Internal redecoration of the building - £5,500
3.4.5 Outer East Area Committee is requested to award £13,500 to fund the cost of these
improvements.
Plan:
Culture – improve community facilities and increase the use of community facilities
Page 91
3.5
Environmental improvement work to highway at Hollyshaw Lane/Selby Road
junction at Halton
3.5.1 At the above junction is sited a flowerbed which is ringed by bollards, a flagged area
and public benches.
3.5.2 These form part of the highway and over the course of time this location has fallen into
disrepair with the benches needing to be replaced, several flags broken and
damaged, and a number of the bollards left leaning.
3.5.3 The cost to improve the area is as follows:
•
•
Replace benches, re-set concrete bollards and renovate flags around
flowerbed - £2,980
remove roses and re-plant with shrubs - £1,250
Total - £4,230
Plan:
Environment - To improve the condition and appearance of open/public spaces.
3.6
Youth Project in Kippax
3.6.1 Kippax Parish Council in partnership with LCC Youth Service have provided Youth
Shelter in the grounds close to Kippax Leisure Centre. The cost of the project was
£14,000.
3.6.2 It was originally anticipated that the cost would be nearer £12,000 with the remaining
£2,000 that the Parish Council had secured to be spent on a ‘Ball Wall’. However, the
Police advised that the shelter should include solar lighting and this raised the cost to
nearer £14,000.
3.6.3 The request from the Parish Council is for Outer East Area Committee to meet the
£2,000 cost to provide a ‘Ball Wall’ close to the shelter. This will provide a useful
facility for young people that is convenient but away from residential properties thus
reducing potential nuisance.
3.6.4 Kippax Parish Council will be responsible for maintenance and safeguarding the ‘Ball
Wall’.
Plan:
Culture – Providing new and improved sports and leisure facilities across Outer
East
Page 92
3.7
Children’s Playground at Glebelands Garforth
3.7.1 The above playground was dismantled approximately 18 months ago due to the poor
condition of the apparatus.
3.7.2 Garforth Residents Association made a successful bid to Grantscape in September
2008 for funding to re-instate the equipment. The work is scheduled to start during the
summer of 2009.
3.7.3 Although local residents were consulted there is no provision in the schedule of works
for disabled play facilities. Parks and Countryside have recommended a ‘Wicksteed
Revolva’ roundabout be installed to meet the needs of disabled children. The cost is
£5,000.
Plan:
Culture - Providing new and improved sports and leisure facilities across Outer
East
3.8
Highways work at Cross Hills, Kippax
3.8.1 Improvements in excess of £200,000 were carried out in Kippax High Street from the
Town & District Centre (T&DC) Regeneration programme. These improvements have
enhanced its appearance greatly and have been welcomed by Ward Members,
traders, local residents and members of Kippax Parish Council.
3.8.2 One section of Kippax High Street at Cross Hills that leads to Kippax Kabin (Youth
Service facility) is privately owned and in a poor condition. This area could not be
improved under the T&DC project.
3.8.3 The judging for Kippax in Bloom is imminent and it is generally felt that if this section
of the footpath is not re-laid this will impact upon the chances of Kippax being
successful.
3.8.4 The cost of the work (provided by LCC Highways) is £3,000.
3.8.5
The owner of the land has been informed that although the Area Committee may
carry out work to the surface this does not mean that it accept future maintenance
responsibility.
Plan:
Page 93
3.9
Garforth Guides
3.9.1 Garforth Guides has 450 members who regularly attend its activities held at Barley
Hill Road, Garforth. Unfortunately its base is in the middle of a development site
where the developer has gone into liquidation leaving the buildings, paths etc left
unfinished. This has left the guides site potentially dangerous and not fit for purpose.
3.9.2 This proposal is to carry out work that will improve the outside environment
surrounding the Guide HQ at Barley Hill Road. It will also improve the safety aspect of
the area which, with the deterioration of pathways, has become a serious issue.
3.9.3 The schedule of work is as follows:
Repair Entrance and Pathway from Barely Hill Crescent onto site. Cost £1550.00
plus VAT
Provide external Lighting for the site and Pathways within the area, so as not to
cause nuisance to neighbours on Barley Hill Crescent. Cost £700.00 plus VAT.
Prepare and rotovate and level. grassed area, removing stones and other hazards
£1000.00
Lay Grass to appox 700 square meters £1400.00 plus VAT.
Provide a BBQ/Alter Fire Area for Scouts and Guides. Cost £300.00 plus VAT.
Repair All damaged worn pathways throughout the site £500.00.
•
•
•
•
•
•
3.9.4 The request is for Area Committee to award £6,000 to this project.
3.9.5 This proposal supports the following local improvement priorities of the Area Delivery
Plan:
3.10
Providing bicycles for PCSO’s
3.10.1 This request for funding has been made by the Neighbourhood Policing Team
Inspector for Temple Newsam and Cross Gates & Whinmoor.
3.10.2 The application is for the purchase of 4 bikes per ward at a cost of £620 each from
Halfords. The purchase of the bikes will enable the PCSO's and PC's to react and
respond quickly and effectively to Policing issues across the area.
3.10.3 The Total cost is:
Temple Newsam ward - £2,480
Cross Gates and Whinmoor ward - £2,480
3.10.4 The benefits of providing these bicycles include:
•
Enable the PC's to utilise a more visible and accessible form of transport to cars.
Page 94
•
•
•
Enable officers to access ginnels and other inaccessible areas that cars do not
allow.
Enable PCSO's to respond quickly.
Residents have responded most positively to the mounted officers expressing
that they are easier to stop and talk to and provide more reassurance due to
their increased visibility.
3.10.5 Members for both wards have been consulted on this proposal. Cross Gates &
Whinmoor Members view is that they are prepared to pay 50% of the cost if West
Yorkshire Police(WYP) pay the other 50%. At the time of writing this report WYP
have indicated that they are unlikely to be able to meet this cost. This situation
should be clearer at the Area Committee meeting.
3.10.6 If WYP are unable to meet 50% of the cost Area Committee will be requested to
cover the full cost of the bicycles to be used in Temple Newsam and not fund the
PCSO bicycles in Cross Gates & Whinmoor.
Plan:
Thriving Places – Create safer environments by tackling crime and anti-social
behaviour
3.11
Kippax North Community Cycling Group
3.11.1 This cycling group operates from Kippax North Primary School. It encourages safe
cycling, competitive cycling and improving fitness. It also intends to develop bicycle
maintenance skills.
3.11.2 The project is supported by the British Cycling Association.
3.11.3
The total project cost is £17,350 which includes provision of a cycle track and
storage/workshop facilities.
3.11.4
The request is for Area Committee to pay for the costs of a storage container. This
will provide safe storage for bikes as well as a workshop facility. The cost of the
container is £1,350.
Plan:
Health & Well Being – reduce the rate of increase in obesity and raise physical
activity for all.
3.12
3.12.1 Fieldhead Carr Community Centre Management Committee was recently established
by users of the centre and interested local residents. The purpose of the group is to
increase the number of users accessing the centre, encourage further lettings and
provide a vibrant centre for residents that meets local needs.
Page 95
3.12.2 The committee has scheduled an open day to re-launch the centre for the 8th August
and as part of this have been carrying out improvements to the building including the
re-painting of the centre.
3.12.3 The request to Area Committee is to assist with the improvements to the centre
including:
• New durable flooring for the corridor
• Fixture and fitting of lockable notice boards
• Fixture and fitting of wall mounted medals display cabinet
• External metal, lockable notice board to promote activities in the centre and
other local services. The notice board will be located close to the community
centre.
• Name sign to be fitted to the front of the centre.
3.12.4 The aim of the works is to assist in making the centre maximize its potential as a
community asset. The total cost of the works is £3197.33. Property Management
Services have contributed to the project by installing hand dryers in the toilets and
providing paint for the internal decorating of the centre.
Plan:
3.13
3.13.1 Swarcliffe Good Neighbours Scheme is a local voluntary organisation, working with
and for older people and their carers living in the Cross Gates and Whinmoor Ward,
covering Swarcliffe, Stanks and Whinmoor.
3.13.2 The organisation wishes to expand their service to create a Computer Café to
provide older people with the opportunity to develop basic computer skills.
3.13.3 The cost of the project is £2425.41. This will include the purchase of 3 new stand
alone computer systems and associated software.
3.13.4 The classes will be run on a weekly basis providing the opportunity to develop basic
computer skills in a user friendly environment offering individual support, building
their confidence and self esteem. The courses will last for a month providing
intensive support to students by a volunteer IT tutor. The project is anticipated to
support 36 older people a year. Once students have gained confidence they will be
referred for further educational courses with Thomas Danby.
3.13.5 The computers will be maintained by Swarcliffe Good Neighbours Scheme.
Plan:
Page 96
Harmonious Communities – Support to voluntary, community and faith sector to
deliver priority service provision.
Learning - Increase the proportion of vulnerable groups engaged in education,
training or employment
4.0
Implications For Council Policy and Governance
4.1
The details described in this report and its recommendations fit with existing Council
policy and governance arrangements.
5.0
5.1
There are no new legal implications arising from this report.
6.0
Conclusions
6.1
The report requests funding to support several projects across Outer East Wards.
6.2
The report provides details of expenditure to date with a breakdown of funding by
Ward on Appendix 1.
7.0
Recommendations
7.1
Members are requested to approve funding for the following projects:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
St Mary’s Church - £750
Woodview Allotments - £7,000
Garforth Jubilee Brass - £1,000
Swillington Parochial Hall - £13,500
Environmental Project at Hollyshaw Lane junction - £4,230
Kippax ‘Ball Wall’ - £2,000
Glebelands playground facilities - £5,000
Cross Hills Highways work - £3,000
Garforth Guides - £6,000
PCSO bicycles in Temple Newsam - £2480
PCSO bicycles in Cross Gates & Whinmoor - £1240 (subject to 50%
contribution from WYP)
Kippax North Community Cycling Group - £1,350
Fieldhead Carr Community Centre Management Committee - £3197.33
Swarcliffe Good Neighbours Scheme- £2425.41
Background papers
Outer East Area Committee Report 8 July 2008 – Area Delivery Plan 2008-11
Page 97
Page 98
Appendix 1 - Outer East Area Committee Capital Budget 2009/10
Project
St Marys Church
Woodview Allotments
Garforth Jubilee Brass
Swillington Paroichial Hall
Glebelands Park
Cross Hills Highways
Garforth Guides
Kippax Ball Wall
Hollyshaw Lane Environmentals
PCSO bikes
Kippax North Cycling project
Fieldhead Carr improvements
Swarcliffe Good Neighbours
Total
Allocation
Balance
Temple Newsam
Kippax & Methley
£750.00
£7,000.00
£1,000.00
£13,500.00
£5,000.00
£3,000.00
£6,000.00
£2,000.00
£4,230.00
£2,480.00
£1,240.00
£1,350.00
£6,710.00
£40,050.00
£33,340.00
£14,100.00
£40,050.00
£25,950.00
£25,500.00
£40,050.00
£14,550.00
£3,198.00
£2,426.00
£6,864.00
£40,050.00
£33,186.00
Total
£750.00
£7,000.00
£1,000.00
£13,500.00
£5,000.00
£3,000.00
£6,000.00
£2,000.00
£4,230.00
£1,240.00
£1,350.00
£3,198.00
£2,426.00
£50,694.00
£160,200.00
£109,506.00
Page 99
Page 100
Agenda Item 13
Originator: Sue Speak
Tel: 0113 2478079
Report of the Director of City Development
7th July 2009
Date:
Subject: EASEL Area Action Plan public consultation and process
Temple Newsam
√
Council
Function
X
Delegated Executive
Function available
for Call In
√
Community Cohesion
√
Narrowing the Gap
√
Delegated Executive
report
Executive Summary
An Area Action Plan (AAP) is being prepared for East and South East Leeds (EASEL).
The purpose is to provide a land use and spatial planning framework within a ‘key area of
change’ within the city. Consultation has previously been carried out on “Early Issues”
“Alternative Options” and “Preferred Options.” This report advises members of the public
consultation and information sharing which is taking place on major changes made to the
AAP since publication of the Preferred Options in June 2007, and gives further guidance
on the AAP publication and submission process.
1.0
1.1
To advise Area Committee of the public consultation and information sharing which is
currently taking place on major changes to EASEL Area Action Plan (AAP) and advise
of the next steps in progression of the Plan, which involve publication of the AAP,
submission to the Secretary of State and Public Examination. A copy of the
consultation leaflet is attached as Appendix 1.
2.0
2.1
Extensive consultation has previously been undertaken during the course of
development of the Area Action Plan. This is currently documented in the “Report of
Consultation on the Alternative Options”, June 2007 and the “Report of Consultation
on Preferred Options published in September 2007 available on the council’s website
(www.leeds.gov/ldf). The entire consultation process and outcome (including
changes made to the plan) will be drawn together in a redrafted “Consultation
Page 101
Statement” which will be submitted to the Planning Inspectorate as part of the
Submission Draft AAP. The City Council has to be able to demonstrate that the
consultation process has allowed for effective engagement of all interested parties
and accords with the council’s own “Statement of Community Involvement”.
2.2
Government advice indicates that “consultation should be proportionate to the scale of
issues involved in the plan.” This means that it is not necessary to seek the views of
all householders and stakeholders at each stage in the plan process. The important
issue is to ensure that those who are most directly affected, are made aware of
changes to the plan and still have the opportunity to influence it prior to publication.
Consultation can be undertaken on a targeted basis i.e. within specific communities or
individual residents groups, any time until practicable prior to publication of the plan.
In practice this means that consultation needs to be completed by the end of the
summer period if the AAP is to be published early in 2010, which is the current
anticipation.
3.0
Main Issues
3.1
Significant changes between the Preferred Options and the Submission Draft AAP,
which have currently been identified are summarised in para 3.6. The most
fundamental of these is the identification of “Future Regeneration Areas” which is
discussed in more detail below.
3.2
The AAP previously allocated specific sites for housing within three phases. In Halton
Moor and Osmondthorpe these included cleared housing or school sites, a previous
housing commitment and an area of greenspace ( see H20 – 24 and HC12 on the
attached leaflet). The exception to this was the area which included Rathmell Road,
Westminster Crescent, Coronation Parade and Ingleton Drive, which was identified for
new housing within a larger site H23. The majority of the Halton Moor estate was
identified as a “Potential change area”, with a view to some areas being redeveloped.
Residents interpreted from this that the whole of the Halton Moor estate was to be
demolished and this caused natural anxiety regarding the future of their homes.
3.3
The council is required through the AAP process to estimate the scale of change
which might occur across the plan area, including the amount of new housing and
other facilities which may be delivered. This is a difficult task for two reasons:
(i) The scale of the EASEL area means that it is difficult to undertake detailed
development planning. The AAP, therefore, deals with strategic change and will
establish broad planning policy for the area.
(ii) Sites within the first two phases contain land which has a realistic possibility of
being developed within the next 10 years. It is difficult to predict change beyond the
first 10 years of the AAP, or indeed of any plan. Government guidance, however,
requires the council to plan for a longer timeframe ( at least 15 years from the date of
adoption). In the circumstances, government accept that specific allocations are only
required for the first 10 years of a plan, beyond that it is only necessary to show broad
areas from which future housing supply may be derived.
3.4
The position in terms of the scope for change will become much clearer when
Neighbourhood Plans are prepared allowing a finer grained assessment of
development opportunities and property condition within the area. In these
Page 102
circumstances it is not desirable to make firm allocations which could have the effect
of blighting areas and causing uncertainty regarding their future, and it is more
appropriate to identify potential for change by identifying them as “Future
Regeneration Areas” and adopting the same approach across the EASEL area.
3.5
The areas identified as Future Regeneration Areas appear to have the most scope for
delivering change as a result of inter- related factors, some or a number of which may
relate to each area:
• there is a high level of council ownership and limited variety in housing type
and choice
• they contain undeveloped or unused areas with development potential to
produce mixed tenure, mixed income areas
• there is a concentration of deprivation (on the Index of Multiple deprivation)
and high levels of benefit dependency
• they lie adjacent to areas which are to be redeveloped and their inclusion
could allow for more comprehensive change within the area
• property condition varies but some may not be sustainable beyond 10 -15
years given uncertainties regarding future funding of maintenance works
• there are instances of low demand and difficulty in letting property.
The council has no current plans to demolish property within these areas. There is
scope for development on undeveloped areas within them, improving variety in
housing type and choice and scope to improve property if funding becomes available
through the sale of existing sites. The long term future of these areas will be
determined by Neighbourhood Plans which will agree priorities for improvement in
close consultation with those living and working in Neighbourhoods across the EASEL
area.
3.6
The main changes to sites within the AAP are summarised briefly below. The sites are
described in more detail in the public consultation leaflets attached as Appendix One.
Halton Moor
• The “Potential Change Area” previously identified is now propose to be
reallocated as a “Future Regeneration Area”. Proposals for the area will be
considered in detail with residents through the Neighbourhood Planning
process.
• Rathmell Road, Westminster Crescent, Coronation Parade, and Ingleton Drive
previously proposed as a new housing site are reallocated as part of the above
“Future Regeneration Area.”
• Two sites which have recently obtained planning approval at Carden Avenue
and Boldmere Road are identified as housing commitments HC16 & 17.
• The proposal to allocate a new local centre within site H21 at Neville Road has
been reconsidered because of concern about the impact on existing shops and
issues of viability.
Osmondthorpe
• The Neville’s housing area west of Osmondthorpe Lane, which was previously
allocated for employment is now proposed for mixed use (M12). This means
that there is scope to retain housing within the site in combination with other
Page 103
•
•
3.7
3.8
uses compatible with housing. The site will need to be considered in
conjunction with any proposals on the adjoining Osmondthorpe rail sidings.
Parts of Wykebeck Avenue, Wykebeck Mount and Neville Square previously
proposed as a new housing site as part of H20 are re-allocated as a “Future
Regeneration Area”.
A new railway station in the area between Neville Hill and A64 has been ruled
out on the grounds that there is insufficient capacity on the line, and the cost of
signaling, track and engineering works is likely to be prohibitive.
The consultation leaflet lists a series of meetings and events at which officers are to
be present to explain changes to the AAP. The leaflet has been sent to all
households directly affected by changes – this amounts to nearly 6,000 households
across the EASEL area. The leaflets have been distributed on a neighbourhood basis
i.e. households receive the front and back page of the leaflet and the relevant extract
for their neighbourhood.
In addition to the events outlined on the leaflet, meetings have been held with
residents representatives from the Neville’s / Osmonthorpe Lane area and Halton
Moor residents are to organize their own consultation event to which officers will be
invited.
Next steps
It is hoped to complete the consultation by end August at the latest. Following this, the
plan will be redrafted in the light of comments received and will be presented to the
Development Plan Panel, Executive Board and Council prior to publication and
submission to the Secretary of State. Once the plan has been published, residents
and all other consultees have 6 weeks in order to allow representations. This is not a
consultation; all consultation must take place prior to this – it is merely the time
allowed for representations. Any representations are then sent to the AAP Inspector
and considered through the Public Examination process.
4.0
Implications for council policy and governance
4.1
None
5.0
Legal and resource implications
5.1
6.0
6.1
7.0
7.1
Once adopted (following Independent Examination), the Area Action Plan will form
part of the Development Plan for the area.
Conclusions
This report advises members about the public consultation which is taking place on
EASEL AAP, details the major changes since publication of the AAP Preferred
Options and outlines the next steps towards publication of the AAP.
Recommendations
The Area Committee is asked to note the consultation process and next steps in the
process of preparation of the EASEL Area Action Plan.
Page 104
Background Papers
Report of Consultation on the Alternative Options”, June 2007
Report of Consultation on Preferred Options published in September 2007
Page 105
Page 106
Page 107
Page 108
Page 109
Page 110
Agenda Item 14
Tel: 3950705
Report of The Director of Environment and Neighbourhoods
Date: 7 July 2009
Subject: Area Committee Roles for 2009/10
Community Cohesion
Council
Function
Delegated Executive
Function available
for Call In
Narrowing the Gap
X
Delegated Executive
report
Executive Summary
This report presents the Area Committee with details of their area function schedules and
roles for 2009/10, which were agreed by the Executive Board on 17th June 2009 and include
details of further enhanced roles of Area Committee responsibilities from this year onwards.
1.0
1.1
To report to the Area Committee their Area Function schedules and roles for 2009/10
as agreed by the Executive Board on 17th June 2009.
2.0
2.1
Each year the Executive Board agrees the functions delegated to the Area
Committees. The Area Functions Schedule section in the Council’s Constitution (Part
3, section 3C) is then amended accordingly and this information is presented to each
of the 10 Committees.
2.2
This report does not propose any changes to the Terms of Reference for Area
Committees or to their relationship to the Executive Board and its Members for
2009/10.
2.3
In 2008/09 Area Committees and service managers across the Council, embarked on
an ambitious programme of local service delegations. The implementation of these,
has been taking place throughout the year, and will continue to the end of 2009/10.
Page 111
2.4
This report therefore does not propose any alterations to the number or scope of Area
Functions delegated to Area Committees in 2008/09. A full schedule of the delegated
functions and other roles for Area Committees for 2009/10 is are attached in appendix
1 and appendix 2 of this report. There are no significant changes proposed, which
would require amendments to the constitution.
2.5
Throughout 2009/10 work will continue to further develop the roles for Area
Committees in relation to a number of services where they will have increased
influencing, developmental and consultative responsibilities. This includes the
enhanced role of Area Committees in relation to Ground maintenance and Area
Based Regeneration Schemes and Town and District Centre Projects, which are
included at appendix 2 of this report.
3.0
Main Issues
3.1
The Area Committee Roles for 2009/10 (Area Functions) were agreed by the
Executive Board on 17th June 2009.
3.2
Area Committees have been receiving regular reports on the progress of devolved
responsibilities in relation to the agreed delegated functions and other roles for
2008/09 over the past 12 months.
3.2
There are two newly defined responsibilities for the Area Committees in 2009/10 for
Grounds Maintenance and Project and Programmes, these are included in appendix 2
of this report.
3.3
A full updated copy of the delegated functions are attached for 2009/10 at appendix 1
and with other roles for 2009/10 attached at appendix 2.
4.0
4.1
The work described in this report and the recommendation fits with existing Council
policy and governance arrangements
5.0
5.1
There are no new resource or legal implications arising from the proposed extended
roles of the Area Committees.
6.0
Conclusions
6.1
Each year the Executive Board is required to agree the functions delegated to the
Area Committees. The Area Functions Schedule section in the Council’s Constitution
(Part 3, section 3C) is then amended accordingly and this information is presented to
each of the 10 Committees.
6.2
There are no proposed changes to the existing Area Functions which would require a
change to the Terms of Reference for Area Committees or to their relationship to the
Executive Board and its Members for 2009/10.
Page 112
6.3
There are two newly defined responsibilities for the Area Committees in 2009/10 for
Grounds Maintenance and Project and Programmes.
7.0
7.1
Recommendations
The Area Committee is asked to note:
7.1.1 The agreed the Area Functions and Other Roles for 2009/10 as detailed in
appendix 1 and 2 of this report.
List of Background Documents:
Area Committees Terms of Reference
Council Constitution
Page 113
Page 114
Appendix 1
Area Committee Roles
for 2009/10
Area Functions
Note: This gives details of functions delegated to the Area
Committees.
A related document gives details of services where Area
Committees have an enhanced role in influencing,
developmental and consultative responsibilities.
Page 115
Page 1 of 28
Area Functions Information – 2009/10
Area Well Being Budgets
Pages 3 - 6
Community Centres
Pages 7 - 11
Pages 12 - 16
CCTV
Pages 17 – 23
Neighbourhood Management Co-ordination
Pages 24 - 28
Page 2 of 28
Page 116
Area Functions Information – 2009 / 10
FUNCTION:
Area Well Being Budgets – Capital and Revenue Allocations
DESCRIPTION
HEADLINE INFORMATION:
Well being budgets delegated to Area Committees to support local priorities.
OVERVIEW OF RESOURCES:
Annual Revenue and Capital allocation for each Committee area.
Officer support from Area Management Teams.
TYPE OF INFORMATION TO BE AVAILABLE AT AREA COMMITTEE LEVEL:
Regular reports to Area Committees on allocations, project approvals, monitoring of spend
and activity.
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Cllr Les Carter
RESPONSIBLE OFFICERS:
DIRECTOR: Neil Evans
CHIEF OFFICER: Stephen Boyle
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Liz Jarmin
Page 3 of 28
Page 117
OUTCOMES AND PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
LINK TO LEEDS STRATEGIC PLAN OUTCOMES:
Area Delivery Plans cover local priorities for well being spend and these are linked to the
Leeds Strategic Plan outcomes and improvement priorities.
GOVERNANCE
DESCRIPTION OF WHAT PROPOSED RESPONSIBILITY COVERS:
Taking of decisions and monitoring of activity relating to utilisation of well being budgets
within the framework of the Council’s Constitution and in accordance with Local Government
Act 2000.
MANAGEMENT AND CO-ORDINATION
PROPOSED ARRANGEMENTS FOR SERVICE / FUNCTION IN 2009/10:
TYPE AND DETAIL OF PROPOSED ARRANGEMENTS:
Centrally Managed
Service With Management
Contacts for Each Area
Locally Managed Service
With Some Central
Support/Technical
Expertise/Co-Ordination
Area Management Teams provide support to enable
effective administration of well being budgets in each
area. Some central technical support /co-ordination
particularly in relation to financial management.
LINKS TO KEY PLANS / STRATEGIES / LEGISLATION / STATUTORY
REQUIREMENTS:
Council Constitution
Local Government Act 2000
Area Delivery Plans
Page 4 of 28
Page 118
HEADLINE CITYWIDE FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR RESPONSIBILITIES
Citywide Budget For Service / Function 09/10
£000s
Net Revenue Budget
3,225
Net Capital Budget (incl. unallocated spend
to 31/03/09)
2,120
Key Funding Sources
£000s
Funding Provider
LCC:
Revenue Base
Capital Base
Unallocated Revenue carried forward from 08/09
Unallocated Capital carried forward from 06/09
2,046
1,000
1,179
1,120
Net Budget 2009/10
5,345
%
DESCRIPTION OF WHAT THE BUDGET REPRESENTS:
Revenue and Capital allocations to the Area Committees.
DESCRIPTION OF THE FORMULA USED FOR APPORTIONING BUDGET ACROSS
DIFFERENT AREAS:
Continuation of previously agreed formula based on population and deprivation in each area.
REASONS WHY THIS PARTICULAR FORMULA WAS SELECTED:
Based on formula used previously and agreed by Executive Board.
DETAIL OF ANY SIGNIFICANT SERVICE / BUDGET VARIATIONS ACROSS THE CITY:
Reflects population and deprivation characteristics of different areas.
Page 5 of 28
Page 119
AREA COMMITTEE BREAKDOWN – Area Well Being Budgets – Capital and Revenue Allocations
East
Inner
Outer
North East
Inner
Outer
North West
Inner
Outer
2,046,570
296,600
220,690
176,980
143,220
219,440
203,800
247,860
207,960
153,450
176,570
1,178,621
116,213
23,437
137,749
148,138
34,565
302,018
152,422
100,923
27,351
135,805
3,225,191
412,813
244,127
314,729
291,358
254,005
505,818
400,282
308,883
180,801
312,375
1,000,000
125,900
113,300
90,800
73,500
112,600
104,600
109,400
106,700
72,600
90,600
1,119,600
238,900
46,900
50,700
145,400
194,500
115,800
73,000
141,000
76,800
36,600
2,119,600
364,800
160,200
141,500
218,900
307,100
220,400
182,400
247,700
149,400
127,200
City Wide
Net Revenue
Budget
Net Capital
Budget
Page 120
Base budget for
09/10
Carry forward from
08/09
Total available to
allocate 09/10
Base budget for
09/10
Unallocated carry
forward from 08/09
Total available to
allocate 09/10
South
Inner
Outer
West
Inner
Outer
Notes:
•
The revenue well being base budget allocation reflects a 2% inflationary uplift on last year’s figures
•
‘Carry forward from 08/09’ represents the balance of what was not actually spent in 08/09. In some cases Area Committees may have already made allocations
against this amount and spend will take place in 09/10.
•
The ‘total available to allocate’ revenue figures represent the amounts for Area Committees to allocate to local priorities over the course of the year (assuming that
none of the carry forward amount is already allocated). As in previous years, it is assumed that not all the allocation will be actually spent within the financial year.
For budget management purposes it is assumed that £250k will be carried forward into the next financial year. This will be monitored by Officers in Environment
and Neighbourhoods over the course of the year.
Page 6 of 28
FUNCTION:
Community Centres
DESCRIPTION
Responsibility for a portfolio of community centres vested with Regeneration Service. This
covers overseeing revenue budgets, operational arrangements and the use of the centres,
agreeing and implementing a schedule of charges and discounts for directly managed
centres and making asset management and investment proposals to ensure the portfolio is
sustainable and meets local needs.
72 community centres city wide
Managed by Regeneration Service
Caretaking, cleaning, lettings, surveying and maintenance provided by Corporate Property
Management Service
List of centres and management arrangements with data sheets and budget information,
Lettings and Pricing policy.
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Cllr Les Carter – Environment and Neighbourhoods
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Sue Wynne
Page 7 of 28
Page 121
Harmonious Communities
IMPROVEMENT PRIORITIES:
HM-1a An increased number of local people engaged in activities to meet community needs
and improve the quality of life for local residents
HM-1b An increase in the number of local people that are empowered to have a greater
voice and influence over local decision making and a greater role in public service delivery
HM-2a Enable a robust and vibrant voluntary, community and faith sector to facilitate
community activity and directly deliver services
HM-2b An increased sense of belonging and pride in local neighbourhoods that help to build
cohesive communities
GEOGRAPHY & FREQUENCY OF RELEVANT LOCAL PERFORMANCE INFORMATION:
(E.g. SOA, ward, quarterly, yearly)
Annual survey – resident perception of neighbourhood and local facilities
Data sheets for each centre updated at least annually
GOVERNANCE
This covers overseeing revenue budgets, operational arrangements and the use of the
centres, agreeing and implementing a schedule of charges and discounts for directly
managed centres and making asset management and investment proposals to ensure the
portfolio is sustainable and meets local needs.
PRACTICAL ARRANGEMENTS – HOW WOULD LOCAL MEMBERS DEAL WITH THE
PROPOSED RESPONSIBILITY:
Ward members are involved in discussions about significant changes to particular centres.
Proposals on significant issues which affect one or more centres in a Committee’s portfolio
are then subject to a report to the Area Committee.
HOW / WHEN WOULD THE SERVICE / FUNCTION REPORT TO THE AREA
COMMITTEE:
(E.g. formal and informal arrangements, frequency)
Mid year and year end update on portfolio and budgets.
Reports as required on key issues affecting centres in the committee’s area.
Page 8 of 28
Page 122
Centrally Managed
Facilities Management (caretaking, cleaning,
maintenance, lettings) is provided by a central team in
Corporate Property Management.
With Some Central
Co-ordination, technical support and budget management
Support/Technical
is provided by a central team in Regeneration.
Local support, management of day to day issues,
development of proposals and consultation is undertaken
by staff in each of the Area Management Teams.
REQUIREMENTS:
Facilities Management staff ensure that relevant legislation is followed when operating and
maintaining public buildings.
LINKS TO OTHER CITY COUNCIL SERVICES:
Community space in other council buildings complements the space available in community
centres.
LINKS TO OTHER PUBLIC SECTOR PARTNER SERVICES:
Support the delivery of a number of community based services provided by the council and
other partners.
CONTRACT / COMMISSIONING
DESCRIPTION OF ANY CONTRACT / COMMISSIONING / SERVICE LEVEL
AGREEMENTS FOR SERVICE / FUNCTION:
Service Level Agreement with Facilities Management in place for caretaking, cleaning,
facilities management and lettings
ANY KEY CURRENT / FUTURE ISSUES FOR AREA COMMITTEE TO BE AWARE OF
REGARDING SERVICE / FUNCTION
Lettings and Pricing Policy being agreed by all Area Committees for implementation in
2008/09 – 2009/10
Budget detail is complicated and some elements have a time lag e.g. utilities costs therefore
caution is required when looking at budget information at any point in time.
Corporate Property Management are responsible for repairs and maintenance of buildings
and securing funding to address backlog maintenance.
Page 9 of 28
Page 123
£000s
Net Revenue Budget
3,127
Net Capital Budget
Key Funding Sources
£000s
Funding Provider
LCC
Income from Charges
LCC – other Council Services
External bookings and office use
Net Operational Costs
Other( Non Operational Centres & Overhead)
Other
Net Budget
%
3,712
-243
-297
3,172
-45
3,127
Revenue costs associated with the operation of the community centres.
DETAIL OF ANY NON CONTROLLABLE ELEMENTS:
Provision of insurance cover and liability
Non-controllable capital asset charges.
These elements cannot be effectively monitored or controlled at an area level.
DIFFERENT AREAS:
Budgets apportioned based on revenue figures for centres in each area, adjusted each year
to account for changes in the portfolio and operating costs of each centre.
Backlog maintenance budget for the city will be prioritised according to service requirements
and local needs
Suits this function and allows monitoring of costs for individual centres.
Any revenue savings generated in year can be re-invested into other community facility
priorities within the same area.
Budget for each centre depends on size, usage and income. There are therefore significant
variations between budgets from centre to centre.
Time lag in receiving meaningful information on budgets centres by centre due to nature of
charges (e.g. utility bills) and income.
Seasonal fluctuations affect budgets e.g. utility costs higher in second part of year.
Page 10 of 28
Page 124
AREA COMMITTEE BREAKDOWN – Community Centres
City Wide
Total
East
Inner
Outer
North East
Inner
Outer
North West
Inner
Outer
South
Inner
Outer
West
Inner
Outer
Resource Availability
Community
Centres
Net Revenue
Budget
Notes:
Directly Managed
Managed by
Community Orgs.
Net Budget for
09/10
Mid year progress
Year end outcome
50
11
7
2
3
5
4
8
8
1
1
22
1
4
1
1
2
3
0
4
3
3
893,450
337,650
187,790
371,150
431,120
170,480
510,960
112,520
3,172,020
89,990
66,910
Page 125
centres in the Regeneration service portfolio as of 1st May 2009.
2 Centres which are being / have been disposed of and ones which are anticipated to be added to the portfolio from other services are
not included in these figures
1 Covers
Page 11 of 28
FUNCTION:
DESCRIPTION
30 Neighbourhood Wardens deployed in specific areas which provide a local patrolling
function, assistance in dealing with anti-social behaviour, co-ordination to maintain the
physical appearance of areas and offer support to local residents with environmental and
community safety issues. Area Committees will continue to oversee local budgets and
operational arrangements and links to area delivery plan priorities. The function schedule
reflects the current deployment of wardens across the City.
28 Neighbourhood Wardens and 2 Senior Wardens.
Managed locally by Area Management teams.
Regular reports from Area Management Teams on performance and deployment.
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Cllr. Les Carter
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Sue Wynne
Page 12 of 28
Page 126
SO: Environment
IP: Address neighbourhood problem sites, improve cleanliness and access to and quality of
green spaces
NI: 195
SO: Thriving Places
IP: Create safer environments by tackling crime.
NI: 24
SO: Harmonious Communities
IP: Increase the sense of belonging and pride in local neighbourhoods that help to build
cohesive communities.
NI: 1
Area Management Area
Quarterly
GOVERNANCE
This covers overseeing revenue budgets, operational arrangements.
Ward members are involved in discussions about significant changes to Warden service in
their areas. Proposals which affect the deployment of Wardens overall in an area are subject
to a report to the Area Committee.
COMMITTEE:
Regular updates to Area Committees from Area Management Teams on deployment /
service priorities.
Half yearly update on outputs and service status.
Page 13 of 28
Page 127
Centrally Managed
With Some Central
Support/Technical
Operational management, local support, development of
proposals from within Area Management teams.
Budget management, recruitment, training, service
planning is co-ordinated centrally within the Regeneration
Division.
REQUIREMENTS:
Staff ensure that relevant legislation and priorities set out in the Area Delivery Plan for each
Area Committee are followed.
Close links with other Council services particular in multi agency crime and grime operations
(Operation Champion) and Environmental Action Teams.
Close links with other agencies (particularly the West Yorkshire Police) about tackling
hotspots of crime and anti-social behaviour and close links with a range of partners
particularly in multi agency crime and grime operations (Operation Champion)
SLAs with RSLs
Information sharing protocol with West Yorkshire Police
Page 14 of 28
Page 128
NRF Transitional Grant and LPSA Reward Grant have been secured for 09/10. This funding
is at a significantly reduced level to NRF Transitional Grant secured for 08/09. A full service
restructure is to take place between May and September 09 to address the budget shortfall
and to realign the service with the Health and Environmental Action Teams.
£000s
Net Revenue Budget
704
Net Capital Budget
Key Funding Sources
£000s
Funding Provider
LCC
NRF / LPSA
RSLs
Net Budget
277
397
30
704
%
39.5
56.5
4
100
Staffing and equipment costs for neighbourhood wardens.
DIFFERENT AREAS:
Pro rata per location of Neighbourhood Wardens.
Suits this type of function
Page 15 of 28
Page 129
AREA COMMITTEE BREAKDOWN – Neighbourhood Wardens
City Wide
No of Wardens
Net Revenue
Budget
Notes:
Budget for 09/10
Mid year progress
Year end outcome
East
Inner
Outer
North East
Inner
Outer
North West
Inner
Outer
South
Inner
Outer
West
Inner
Outer
30
9.5
2.75
4.5
0.75
2.5
0
7
0
1
2
704,110
222,968
64,543
105,617
17,603
58,676
0
164,292
0
23,470
46,941
Figures reflect current deployment of Wardens.
Page 130
Does not include additional Wardens funded through local Area Committee and ALMO contribution
Page 16 of 28
FUNCTION:
CCTV
Leedswatch provides a monitoring service for public space surveillance cameras covering
open spaces across Leeds. The CCTV control room is staffed and cameras are recorded 24
hours per day, 365 days a year. The service also provides two mobile CCTV vans for
deployment within communities across Leeds.
•
•
•
•
Provide 24 hour 365 days a year monitoring of CCTV in areas of operation.
Contribute to reducing the fear of crime by facilitating the apprehension and prosecution of
offenders and assisting in preventing and aiding detection of crime committed in public
areas where CCTV in areas of operation.
Liaise with Area Management/Divisional Community Safety Partnerships and
Neighbourhood Policing Teams on multi-agency operations.
The Private Security Industry Act ensures that all CCTV staff are security vetted, trained
and licensed by the Security Industry Authority (SIA)
34 CCTV operators are employed to carry out the 24/7 operations. There are 385 Public
Space CCTV cameras across the city (including Urban Traffic Control cameras) and the
majority of costs are related to fixed cameras and staffing.
Leedswatch produce a weekly CCTV report which is sent out to Ward Members,
Enforcement, ASBU, Area Management and West Yorkshire Police. The service is currently
in a transition period of moving into new premises and upgrading to a digital recording
system. It is hoped that this enhancement will be complete by March 2009.Approval has also
been given to enter into a partnership with Leeds passenger Transport Executive (METRO).
Negotiations are at an advanced stage for Metro to share the new CCTV control room facility.
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Councillor Les Carter
CHIEF OFFICER: Simon Whitehead
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: John Birkenshaw
Page 17 of 28
Page 131
Environment
Cleaner, greener and more attractive city through effective environmental management and
changed behaviours.
Thriving Places
Reduced crime and fear of crime through prevention, detection, offender management and
changed behaviour.
Improved Community cohesion and integration through meaningful involvement and valuing
equality and diversity.
Leedswatch produce a weekly CCTV report which is sent out to Ward Members,
Enforcement, ASBU, Area Management and West Yorkshire Police.
GOVERNANCE
Public Space surveillance CCTV has to comply with Human Rights Legislation and data
Protection Act and all CCTV operators must be Security Industry Authority (SIA) trained and
Licensed. All operators must also comply with the Leedswatch Codes of Practice.
There is no scope for devolved governance arrangements in terms of determining the target
areas for CCTV due to the nature of the function.
Area Committees will, through area management, be able to access information about joint
Operations (e.g. ASBU operations) in advance having been informed of the chosen target
areas and advise on specific issues they wish to see tackled during the operations.
Liaison with Leedswatch Management concerning operations and co-ordinated jointly by the
Area Community Safety Co-ordinator and the relevant Neighbourhood Policing Team
Inspector.
Page 18 of 28
Page 132
HOW / WHEN WOULD THE SERVICE / FUNCTION REPORT TO THE AREA COMMITTEE:
Formal reports are provided to Area Management on a quarterly basis.
Page 19 of 28
Page 133
The function is managed by Leedswatch – coordination
Centrally Managed
through Liaison with Leedswatch Management concerning
Service With Management operations and co-ordinated jointly by the Area
Community Safety Co-ordinator and the relevant
Neighbourhood Policing Team Inspector.
With Some Central
Support/Technical
LINKS TO KEY PLANS / STRATEGIES / LEGISLATION / STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS:
Council Business Plan 2008-2011
Leeds Strategic Plan 2008-2011
Area Delivery Plans
Safer Leeds Annual Plan
Divisional Community Safety Partnership Plans
Safer Leeds Service Plan
Crime & Disorder Act 1998
Leedswatch work closely with ASBU, Enforcement, Peace & Emergency Planning, Land
Drainage, Licensing, Security Services, Planning Department, Highways, ALMO’s, Area
Management Teams.
Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership – Safer Leeds Executive and Safer Leeds Board.
GOYH – Home Office
Leedswatch have CCTV links to Metro, Bradford, Wakefield, Huddersfield and Calderdale
Local Authorities and share images with Urban Traffic Control, Land Drainage and Peace and
Emergency Planning.
Page 20 of 28
Page 134
Leedswatch have SLA’s in place for all CCTV installations within Area Management, ALMO’s,
West Yorkshire Police.
A 5yr BT Contract for CCTV Fibre Provision.
A CCTV Contract expandable up to 5 yrs for CCTV Installations and Maintenance.
£000s
Net Revenue Budget
1,305
Net Capital Budget
Key Funding Sources
£000s
Funding Provider
LCC
Neighbourhood Renewal Fund
Net Budget
1,305
%
100
1,305
Staffing, Premises, Supplies and Services, travel and reallocations excluding maintenance.
DIFFERENT AREAS:
Apportionment has been made on the number of camera in each area, with the exception of
£92k BT line rental which has been made on the basis of actual costs.
Page 21 of 28
Page 135
Delegated budgets account for most fixed costs apart from city wide and centralised
functions.
Page 22 of 28
Page 136
AREA COMMITTEE BREAKDOWN – CCTV
City Wide
Number of cameras
Budget for
09/10
Net
Mid year
Revenue
progress
Budget
Year end
outcome
129
1,305,450
East
Inner
Outer
5
50,590
2
21,670
North East
Inner
Outer
19
193,310
4
North West
Inner
Outer
11
43,310 111,170
0
South
Inner
Outer
75
753,990
7
West
Inner
Outer
4
70,060
40,370
Page 137
Notes:
1. This year the area management function schedule has been compiled using current information from BT Redcare. Only cameras
that are managed and maintained by LCC are included in the schedule, this is a change from previous years where a distinction
between costs for LCC cameras and other (rechargeable) cameras could not be made.
Page 23 of 28
2
20,980
FUNCTION:
Neighbourhood Management Co-ordination
DESCRIPTION
Identification of priority neighbourhoods across Leeds that require more intensive resources
to drive service improvements and better local outcomes. This includes improving the coordination of key services across the council and local partners and piloting new ways of
working.
Neighbourhood Improvement Plans cover dedicated resources for neighbourhood
management work. This includes Safer Stronger Community Fund (SSCF) allocations in
eligible neighbourhoods and other specific resources agreed through the Area Committee.
Priority neighbourhoods agreed through Area Delivery Plans.
Neighbourhood Improvement Plans for each individual area to be agreed and monitored by
Area Committee.
Area Committees to give thematic approval of any locally available budgets for
neighbourhood improvement work (e.g. SSCF, Area Committee Well Being).
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Cllr Les Carter
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Liz Jarmin
Page 24 of 28
Page 138
Links to a range of strategic plan outcomes and improvement priorities apart from those
which are explicitly related to the city as a whole.
Quarterly progress and monitoring reports to be collated by service.
Annual report to be produced for Area Committee Members.
GOVERNANCE
Area Committees will oversee all neighbourhood management programmes in their area.
This covers a responsibility for approving areas to be included in Area Delivery Plan,
approving Neighbourhood Improvement Plans, monitoring progress annually and agreeing
thematic priorities for any locally available funding.
Centrally Managed
With Some Central
Support/Technical
Directly through or in partnership with Area Management
Teams. Centrally based team in Regeneration Service
provides support, co-ordination and policy development.
REQUIREMENTS:
Local Government White Paper
Local Government Act 2000 – well being powers
Sustainable Communities Five Year Plan (2005)
LINKS TO OTHER SERVICES:
Links to range of council and partner services, particularly environmental, community safety,
health, youth, jobs and skills.
Page 25 of 28
Page 139
Some of this work reliant on targeted central Government funding which is not likely to be
available to Leeds in the future.
£000s
Net Revenue Budget
751
Net Capital Budget
0
Key Funding Sources
Safer and Stronger Communities Fund
£000s
%
751
100
This is the 2009/10 allocation available to Leeds for Intensive Neighbourhood Management
Work.
DIFFERENT AREAS:
Only areas which fell within the 3% most deprived SOAs nationally were eligible for funding
under the Intensive Neighbourhood Management scheme. Target areas were selected and
agreed with Government Office for Yorkshire and the Humber to comply with SSCF
programme guidance in the context of the Leeds Local Area Agreement. Resource
allocations to areas broadly reflect the number of SOAs within the 3% most deprived within
each target area. There are seven target areas.
Funding was apportioned in this way as it was in line with the requirements of funders and
also enabled Leeds to target its most deprived neighbourhoods.
Page 26 of 28
Page 140
As outlined above only seven areas were eligible to receive INM funding.
Page 27 of 28
Page 141
AREA COMMITTEE BREAKDOWN – Neighbourhood Management Co-ordination
City Wide
SSCF
Budget for 09/10
Net Revenue
Mid year progress
Budget
Year end outcome
Notes:
751,000
East
Inner
Outer
North East
Inner
Outer
270,000
135,000
North West
Inner
Outer
53,000
South
Inner
Outer
240,000
West
Inner
Outer
53,000
1 Figures shown are SSCF contributions to Intensive Neighbourhood Management Work in eligible neighbourhoods.
2 Well Being and partner agency contributions agreed locally and part of Neighbourhood Improvement Plans.
Page 142
Page 28 of 28
Appendix 2
Area Committee Roles
for 2009/10
Other Roles
Note: This gives details of services where Area Committees
have an enhanced role in influencing, developmental and
consultative responsibilities.
A related document gives details of functions delegated to
the Area Committees.
Page 143
Page 1 of 47
Other Area Committee Roles – 2009/10
Pages 3 - 5
Community Greenspace
Pages 6 - 9
PCSOs, Neighbourhood Policing Teams and Multi Agency
Crime and Grime Operations
Pages 10 - 13
Environmental Action Teams
Pages 14 – 16
Street Cleansing
Pages 17 – 20
Highways Maintenance
Pages 21 – 23
Local Children and Young People Plans
Pages 24 - 29
Health and Wellbeing (Including Adult Social Care)
Pages 30 – 33
Conservation Area Reviews
Pages 34 – 38
Area Based Regeneration Schemes and Town and District
Centre Projects
Page 38 - 42
Grounds Maintenance
Page 43 - 46
Advertising on Lampposts
Page 47
Page 2 of 47
Page 144
Area Committee Roles – 2009 / 10
FUNCTION:
DESCRIPTION
Overview of local engagement activities linked to improvement of local services and Area
Delivery Plan priorities.
Local engagement activities delivered primarily through Area Management teams.
Allocations of Well Being resources agreed by Area Committees.
Local partner inputs e.g. Police, PCT, Leeds VOICE.
Area based community engagement plan to be produced setting out minimum standards
including:
• Community profile – update of local intelligence twice a year with information about
local stakeholders and how to reach local communities
• Calendar of planned communication and engagement activities - including information
in About Leeds for all households, minimum of one ward based engagement event per
annum linked to priority setting and themed discussions at Area Committees
• Additional activities with particular neighbourhoods and communities linked to Area
Delivery Plan priorities
• Annual report to Area Committees and Executive Board to give overview of progress.
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Cllr Les Carter
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Rory Barke
Page 3 of 47
Page 145
HM 1a – Increased number of people engaged in activities to meet community needs and
improve quality of life
HM 1b – Increase in number of local people empowered to have greater voice and
influence over local decision making and greater role in public service delivery
HM 2a – Enable robust and vibrant voluntary, community and faith sector to facilitate
community activity and directly deliver services
HM 2b – Increase sense of belonging and pride in neighbourhoods
GEOGRAPHY & FREQUENCY OF RELEVANT LOCAL PERFORMANCE
INFORMATION:
Annual report to Area Committees.
Information to be disaggregated to ward/neighbourhood level as appropriate.
Performance Indicators currently collated at City Wide level through annual survey.
GOVERNANCE
Area Committees responsible for overseeing and monitoring the work of the Area
Management Teams in relation to local engagement activities.
Area Committees to agree plan and consider annual report.
Ward Members directly involved in ward/neighbourhood based activities.
HOW / WHEN WOULD THE FUNCTION REPORT TO AREA COMMITTEES:
Community Engagement Plan to be considered by Area Committee alongside Area
Delivery Plan.
Annual report setting out progress and future priorities along with summary of information
about engagement work of other key services and local partners.
Other specific reports/updates as required during the year.
Page 4 of 47
Page 146
With Some Central
Support/Technical
Area Management teams lead on range of community
engagement work in partnership with other services and
local partners. Area Management teams and central team
provides support to other consultation and engagement
activities undertaken by the Council and partners.
REQUIREMENTS:
Leeds Strategic Plan, Council Business Plan, Equality Standard, Compact for Leeds,
Parish and Town Council Charter
Strong links to many council services as the majority of services undertake engagement
and consultation activities with a locality dimension. Key links to other Regeneration
Teams, Corporate Communications Team and Equalities Team.
Key partners are Voluntary Community and Faith Sector, Police and PCT.
Government emphasis on Empowerment – White Paper Summer 08
Participatory Budgeting work currently underway in two areas of Leeds (Inner West, Outer
South).
BUDGET / RESOURCES INFORMATION
Area Committees and partners allocate specific budgets and staff resources for
community engagement activity.
Area Management Teams seek partner contributions to local engagement activities.
Page 5 of 47
Page 147
FUNCTION:
Community Greenspace
DESCRIPTION
73 community parks vested with the Parks and Countryside Service. These include a
wide variety of recreation facilities, sports pitches, play areas, formal and informal
horticultural features, etc.
Community parks are managed and maintained by the Parks and Countryside service.
Leeds Quality Park (LQP) assessments for assessed sites
Residents’ perception information from Satisfaction Surveys (2004, 2005, 2006)
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Cllr John Procter – Leisure
DIRECTOR: Jean Dent
CHIEF OFFICER: Martin Farrington
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Mike Kinnaird
This service has direct and indirect links to a number of strategic Plan outcomes
The service is implementing the Parks Urban Renaissance programme utilising £3.7m for
improvements to 21 community parks during 2005/09. However, less than a third of the
city’s community parks have been included within this programme and work is ongoing to
identify the funding requirement to bring all community parks to the minimum acceptable
standard identified within the Green Flag criteria.
INFORMATION:
Page 6 of 47
Page 148
Performance Indicator (reported annually): The percentage of parks and countryside
sites assessed internally that meet the Green Flag criteria
GOVERNANCE
Area committees influence the development and use of community parks and are
consulted about proposals for the development and use of community parks, for example
proposals for refurbishment, installation of new play equipment, etc.
Executive Member involvement in sensitive/contentious issues.
Development of major policy and proposals through Executive Board.
Ward members (and community groups) are consulted about proposals for the
development and use of community parks, for example proposals for refurbishment,
installation of new play equipment, etc.
Area Committee involvement sought where proposals impact on more than one site within
a Committee’s portfolio.
COMMITTEE:
Ward members are involved in discussions about the development and use of community
parks.
Proposals on significant issues which affect one or more community parks in a
Committee’s portfolio are also subject to a report to the Area Committee.
Regular update/progress reports to Area Committees.
Page 7 of 47
Page 149
Operational management of day to day issues (user liaison, horticultural work, event
management, and general maintenance, etc.) is provided by area based teams in Parks
and Countryside.
Area based teams are supported by the professional services of a central workshop,
countryside and access team, forestry team, training section and quality assurance unit
(amongst others).
The service maintains a flexible approach to enable resources and expertise from an area
to be brought across to another area when required to ensure the successful completion
of projects.
Development of proposals and consultation is undertaken by staff in each of the area
management teams, with support in the form of co-ordination, technical support and
budget management being provided by a central team in Parks and Countryside.
A report that provides an overview of the service and sets out some of the challenges
faced along with key performance management initiatives has been prepared and will go
to the June 2009 round of Area Committees. The report seeks to provide a positive ‘way
forward’ for delivering the extended role of the Area Committee ensuring that the benefits
of the revised roles are secured. In particular it sets out at an area level progress made in
attaining Leeds Quality Park standard for community parks. It also sets out investment
need for playing pitches and fixed play along with progress made in this regard.
Centrally Managed
Park based horticultural staff are supported by
professional and/or technical central services
With Some Central
Support/Technical
REQUIREMENTS:
- Vision For Leeds
- Cultural Strategy
- The Parks and Greenspace strategy
- Fixed Play Strategy
- Playing Pitch Strategy
- Leeds Forest Strategy
- Rights of Way Improvement Plan (and statutes relating to PROW)
- Every Child Matters
- The emerging Physical Activity Strategy
- Leeds Childhood Obesity Prevention and Weight Management Strategy 2006 - 2016
- Older Better A strategy to promote a healthy and active life for older people in Leeds
2006–2011
- The Leeds Health and Wellbeing Plan 2005 -2008
Page 8 of 47
Page 150
Community access at other P&C managed Greenspace complements the
recreational/educational/conservation opportunities available in community parks.
P&C work with schools in community parks and other sites to provide an environmental
education resource.
Police
Primary Care Trusts
Concessions (e.g. ice cream, hot food, etc.)
Page 9 of 47
Page 151
FUNCTION:
PCSOs, Neighbourhood Policing Teams and Multi Agency Crime
and Grime Operations
DESCRIPTION
• Co-ordination of Neighbourhood Policing Teams linked to political wards each with an
NPT Inspector and PCSOs.
• The aim is to contribute to the reduction of Crime and Disorder (including ASB) by
providing a visible presence on the street.
• PCSO’s provide reassurance to communities through high visibility patrols and
improved public contact.
• Crime and grime issues are tackled through local tasking arrangements where
partnership activity is co-ordinated.
• Dedicated NPT Inspectors
• Dedicated 5 PCSOs per ward with an additional 3 in the Richmond Hill and
Burmantofts Ward and an additional 2 in the Gipton and Harehills Ward.
• Resources across partner agencies linked to neighbourhood management tasking
arrangements.
• The provision of a range of services, via uniformed patrols of PCSOs to reassure,
reduce anti social behaviour and the fear of crime
• Pre planned days of action to tackle crime and grime in targeted areas based on need
as determined by Police based National Intelligence Model, co-ordinated locally by
Area Community Safety Co-ordinators and relevant NPT Inspector.
• Operations are supported financially through the normal day to day operational
resources of those taking part with some additional funding available through Safer
Leeds to provide promotional and publicity material plus some help with skips and
venue hire, where required.
•
•
•
Quarterly report prepared in each police division on PCSOs.
Annual themed Community Safety Area Committee Report.
Information on activity undertaken is available through the Area Community Safety
Co-ordinators at area management level.
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Les Carter
CHIEF OFFICER: Stephen Boyle / Simon Whitehead
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Paula Gardner / Rory Barke
Page 10 of 47
Page 152
Environment
Cleaner, greener and more attractive city through effective environmental management,
victim support and changed behaviours.
Thriving Places
Reduced crime and fear of crime through prevention, detection, offender management
and changed behaviour.
Improved Community cohesion and integration through meaningful involvement and
valuing equality and diversity.
Environment
Address neighbourhood problem sites; improve cleanliness and access to and quality of
green spaces.
Improve the quality and sustainability of the built and natural environment.
Thriving Places
Create safer environments by tackling crime.
Reduce offending by managing offending behaviour better.
Improve lives by reducing the harm caused by substance misuse.
Reduced bullying and harassment.
Enable a robust and vibrant voluntary, community and faith sector to facilitate community
activity and directly deliver services.
Increase the sense of belonging and pride in local neighbourhoods that help to build
cohesive communities.
INFORMATION:
•
•
•
•
•
Annual themed report to Area Committee
DCSP Strategic Performance Framework – 6 monthly review
Neighbourhood management tasking meetings
Safer Leeds Executive Report – quarterly
Information is produced after each operation which shows the activities and outputs
carried out by each agency. This information is available through the Area Community
Safety Co-ordinator within Area Management
Page 11 of 47
Page 153
GOVERNANCE
•
•
•
NPTs and PCSOs managed by West Yorkshire Police (WYP)
Multi agency crime and grime meetings intelligence led by WYP but with involvement
and influence by Area Committee of Council services (linked through Area Community
Safety Co-ordinators).
Area Committees can advise on specific issues they wish to see tackled during the
operations
•
•
Through invitation and involvement at multi agency operation pre briefs
Area Community Safety Co-ordinators to act as link officers between Council and NPT
Inspectors for influencing PCSO activity
COMMITTEE:
Annual themed Community Safety Area Committee Report
Centrally Managed
•
With Some Central
Support/Technical
•
•
WYP have management responsibility for PCSO and
NPTs
Multi agency operations and neighbourhood
management taskings jointly managed by WYP and
Area Management
Central support and co-ordination in Safer Leeds
REQUIREMENTS:
• Council Business Plan 2008-2011
• Leeds Strategic Plan 2008-2011
• Area Delivery Plans
• Divisional Community Safety Partnership Performance Framework 2008-2011
• Section 17 Crime and Disorder Act 1998
Page 12 of 47
Page 154
PCSOs routinely link with street wardens and environment teams. Participation is
variable depending on the nature of the target areas and the problems therein.
Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership
GOYH – Home Office
Multi agency operations and NPTs engage in partnership with a range of partners such
as:
West Yorkshire Fire Service, Arson Task Force, Arms Length Management
Organisations, Youth Offending Teams, Enforcement Area Action Teams, Youth
Services, Anti Social Behaviour Unit
The deployment of match funded PCSOs is subject to an agreed Contract between Leeds
City Council and West Yorkshire Police effective until 31st March 2010.
Page 13 of 47
Page 155
FUNCTION:
DESCRIPTION
The EATs are responsible for a range of neighbourhood related enforcement activities
including noise nuisance, waste in gardens, overgrown vegetation, littering, placards, Aboards, graffiti, waste from domestic and commercial bins, drainage, pest control etc. The
teams carry out the enforcement and preventative work, rather than the litter picking,
waste collection etc role. The teams are based in 3 locations, co-terminus with area
management areas.
Each team comprises approximately 20 staff and will deal with reactive and proactive
work within each area. Close links with Neighbourhood wardens and NPTs are
maintained.
Area Committees have received a paper discussing proposals on how interaction
between the Committees and the teams can take place. Each Area Committee has
agreed a set of actions to facilitate this. An Area Champion has been chosen for each
Area management Area to relay information between HEAS and Area Committees.
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Councillor Steve Smith
CHIEF OFFICER: Andrew Mason
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Graham Wilson
The work contributes to many of the SOCs, but the key ones affected are:
Cleaner, greener and more attractive.
Health & Wellbeing – healthy life choices and protecting against risks
Reduced fear of crime
Business improvement priorities will focus on using good quality information to deliver
better outcomes.
INFORMATION:
The teams are aligned with area management areas. Quarterly performance reviews will
be conducted by the service.
Page 14 of 47
Page 156
GOVERNANCE
Lead/Exec Member involvement in contentious issues
Several aspects of service rely on external funding and hence have external finance and
performance reporting requirements
Each Area Committee has now determined the best way to link with the EATs.
Centrally Managed
With Some Central
Support/Technical
Locally managed service with significant support from
central support and co-ordination.
A service manager and deputy will be available for each
team.
REQUIREMENTS:
A range of statuary requirements and legislation impact on the work of this service.
Street scene operations, other environmental health services, community safety,
regeneration, housing, highways, ALMOs, building control, legal, licensing (not exhaustive
list)
Trading standards, env agency, highways agency, police, statutory undertakers, duty
bodies (not exhaustive list)
Page 15 of 47
Page 157
FUNCTION:
Street Cleansing
DESCRIPTION
Mechanical sweeping of adopted carriageways and footpaths, manual litter picking and
litter bin emptying.
Current resources across the city are
• 17 compact suction pavement sweepers
• 10 medium carriageway suction sweepers
• 2 large carriageway suction sweepers
• 51 manual de-littering staff
• 10 Litter patrol teams ( litter bin emptying +shop front sweeping + supporting delittering staff)
Guideline schedule of street cleaning.
NI 195 measure of environmental cleanliness. (From April 2008 replaces BV199). Please
note that the NI 195 information is done citywide and not at an area level. The citywide
information can be reported at area committees which is why we are trying to introduce
DLEQS
Environmental Protection Act Code of Practice - zoning information and responsibilities.
Service Plan – Service plans have not been presented at Local Levels as they are service
specific and not localised. However, work has been carried out to reflect in the Area
Delivery Plan, NIPs etc, what services Streetscene can offer at a local level.
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Councillor Steve Smith
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Stephen Smith
Page 16 of 47
Page 158
To create a Cleaner, Greener and more Attractive city through effective environmental
management and changed behaviour.
•
•
To address neighbourhood problem sites
To improve cleanliness and access to and the quality of green spaces.
INFORMATION:
Subject to funding availability it is proposed to carry out DLEQS surveys at the medium
SOA level to provide a measure of environmental quality and identify problem areas. This
information will be used to achieve the most efficient allocation of resources.
NI195 reports every 4 months with an annual report every 12 months. The worst 3% SOA
currently have specific DLEQS surveys done as part of the INM programme funded
through NRF
GOVERNANCE
Local oversight of Street Cleaning functions – mechanical sweeping of adopted highways,
footpaths and carriageways. Manual de-littering of adopted footpaths, litter bin emptying.
•
•
•
•
Ward members will be involved in discussions about service developments (priority
areas).
Area Committee sub-groups established to improve elected member involvement
in service development and delivery
Regular update/progress reports to Area Committees.
Proposals on significant issues and or changes to service to be presented to Area
Committees as formal reports.
Page 17 of 47
Page 159
COMMITTEE:
•
•
•
NI 195 results collated every 4 months and reported annually in a formal report.
DLEQS surveys have been carried out annually in the worst 3% SOAs and the
information reported annually as part of the INM programme
Service Delivery Issues – reported as and when required both formally and
informally
Centrally Managed
X
With Some Central
Support/Technical
REQUIREMENTS:
• Vision for Leeds to create a cleaner, greener and safer city and contribute towards
narrowing the gap.
• Environmental protection Act – obligation to keep the streets clean and free form
litter
• Key objective is to become the Cleanest City in Europe by 2020
• EPA Code of Practice on Street Litter and Refuse – Streetscene Service provide the
link with all services within the Council that have a responsibility for land and keeping
it clean and litter free.
• Links with other service areas within Environmental services i.e., waste strategy,
refuse collection, gully emptying, graffiti removal, fly-tip removal, public convenience
cleaning, needle picking, grounds maintenance, Intensive Neighbourhood
Management, environmental enforcement, environmental health.
• Links to other Council Services – ALMOs, parks and Countryside Highway Services.
• PEPU
•
•
•
West Yorkshire Police – operation champion
West Yorkshire Fire and Rescue Services – operation champion
West Yorkshire Probation Service
Page 18 of 47
Page 160
Streetscene Services carry out this function on behalf of Highways Services who have the
statutory responsibility for the highways across the city.
These services are currently provided seven days per week.
Current operational boundaries are not co – terminus with area management wedge or
ward boundaries. Any redevelopment of the service to match these boundaries may incur
short to medium term costs
Page 19 of 47
Page 161
FUNCTION:
Highways Maintenance
DESCRIPTION
Responsibility for keeping highway safe for all users and carrying out planned
maintenance. Providing modern and reliable street lighting, traffic management systems
for safe travel and managing road space to avoid congestion and disruption.
Resources to deliver highways maintenance programme
Consultation with Ward members on planned maintenance programme and traffic
management schemes.
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Cllr. Andrew Carter
DIRECTOR: Jean Dent
CHIEF OFFICER: Gary Bartlett
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Helen Franklin
Primarily:TR1 – Increased accessibility and connectivity through investment in a high quality
transport system and through influencing others and changing behaviours.
Also:TP-1 (reduce crime through changed behaviours – link to improved street lighting)
ENV-1 (respond to climate change – link to management of highway drainage and
green space)
HW-1 (promoting healthy life styles – link to provision of walking and cycling
networks)
EE-1 (supporting business – link to ensuring road network managed to facilitate
the transport needs of business)
Page 20 of 47
Page 162
Primarily TR-1c, Improve the condition of the streets and transport infrastructure by
carrying out a major programme of maintenance and improvements.
INFORMATION:
Annual survey on Streetscene/Streetscape.
GOVERNANCE
-Commenting on annual and forward programme of planned maintenance of local roads
-Commenting on traffic management proposals affecting local roads
-minor maintenance schemes to keep highway safe.
Ward members comment in writing to Highways or have a meeting to express their views.
-Service comes under the Chief Officer, Highways and Transportation, of City
Development
-Executive member involvement in sensitive and contentious issues including
maintenance programme.
-Highway Policy and Plan approved by Executive Board
COMMITTEE:
Reporting / consultation primarily via Ward Members as per current arrangements
Page 21 of 47
Page 163
Highway Maintenance planned programme of works,
major design and construction schemes and traffic
Centrally Managed
management schemes undertaken by the Chief Officer
Highways & Transportation after consultation with Ward
Members.
With Some Central
Support/Technical
REQUIREMENTS:
-Highways ensure compliance with Highways Act, Traffic management Act, Traffic Signs
and Regulation, Road Traffic act, Road traffic Regulations Act and Health and Safety Act.
-Highway Maintenance Policy and Plan
- Central Government Guidelines on management of highway network.
-Street Scene services, Park & Countryside, Housing, Transport services.
Bus companies, Utilities, Emergency services, and Highway Agency of DfT.
Service Level agreement with transport services for maintenance of fleet. Highways fleet
is used by the depots to deliver highway maintenance function and winter service.
Page 22 of 47
Page 164
FUNCTION:
Local Children and Young People’s Plans
DESCRIPTION
Development and review of local area actions, as an integral part of the area delivery
plan, which will identify and drive local priorities, and inform and influence the citywide
Children and Young People’s Plan of the Children Leeds Partnership. Partnership actions
within the ADP will predominantly be taken from extended services cluster plans.
Responsibility for performance monitoring to achieve identified citywide and local priorities
and realise the 5 Every Child Matters outcomes.
Operating within the context of the Children’s Trust Arrangements, resources remain with
partners and providers, the role of the Children and Young Peoples Plan being to
influence the use of those resources, often collectively, to meet the needs of children and
young people more effectively, thereby improving outcomes.
The area delivery plan, will provide information at area committee level. The plans are
formulated and shaped by the use of local data and intelligence and discussion with
councillors and include localised action plans within the framework of the children and
young people plan priorities. The development and review of these plans, through
partnership with local partners and stakeholders will ensure an increased ability to secure
improvements to local services impacting on children, young people and their families,
with reporting and performance monitoring provided at a meaningful local level for area
committees.
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Councillor S Golton - Children’s Services
DIRECTOR:
Rosemary Archer
CHIEF OFFICER:
Mariana Pexton
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Amanda Jackson
Page 23 of 47
Page 165
Improved outcomes for children and young people, the vision being all children and young
people in Leeds to be happy, healthy, safe, successful and free from the effects of
poverty.
This vision informs the planning and work of the Director of Children’s Services Unit. The
vision is at the centre of what we do, leading us to improve the lives of children and young
people of Leeds.
Specific priorities identified within the CYPP as a means of improving outcomes are
attached as an annex.
Specific priorities identified within the CYPP as a means of improving outcomes are
attached as an annex.
INFORMATION:
Annual review of citywide and local children and young people’s plans.
Resident perception annual survey.
Participation events / feedback.
Extended Services Cluster plans
Page 24 of 47
Page 166
GOVERNANCE
The Children and Young People’s Plan and ADP outlines the key priorities for the five
wedge based Children Leeds Partnerships which are part of the Leeds children’s trust
arrangements.
The Children’s Trust approach is based on a strategic commissioning model, with the
Director of Children’s Services Unit forming the core strategic commissioning unit working
with key children’s service providers both within and outside the council.
The Director of Children’s Services Unit has set an accountability and integration
framework to ensure a coherent approach to service planning and accountability and
delegation arrangements for council services. The unit coordinates all performance
information from within existing departments using the corporate framework and is
currently developing a fully integrated performance management system as part of the
structure for children’s services.
The committee will have a local democratic oversight, demonstrated by endorsing the
area delivery plan and local priorities identified within it.
The committee will have an additional monitoring function, ensuring the 5 ECM outcomes
and the improved integration of children’s services e.g. as with the Breeze Youth
Promise, are embedded as part of the delivery objectives of the wedge based Children
Leeds Partnership and Area Delivery plans for the Area Committee.
Local members, within their designated corporate roles would act as champions for
children’s services and act to influence where appropriate. Each area committee has
nominated a ‘children’s champion’ who will be a strong link to the area committee and the
Children Leeds Partnership.
There would also be other specific roles such as Corporate Parent, or for example, where
members are involved in children’s centres, act as school governors or as members of
ALMO boards or regeneration boards.
COMMITTEE:
There will be regular reporting to the area committee, in a number of forms. The new role
for members of strategic theme champion within area committees, will allow a regular and
consistent update of ongoing activities, with the provision of regular reports and
presentations to the area committee regarding local progress in improving outcomes.
Additionally there may be informal arrangements in place with ward councillors regarding
specific ward related issues.
Page 25 of 47
Page 167
The Director of Children’s Services Unit is responsible for the strategic management and
leadership of children’s services but does not have day-to-day operational management
responsibilities for the key children’s services. Operational management for council run
services, for example Early Years and Youth Services, are delivered and managed by the
relevant Chief Officer. These Chief Officers, along with providers such as Education
Leeds, Leeds Primary Care Trust and the voluntary sector, together with the Director of
Children’s Services form the Children’s Services Leadership Team, which operates within
the context of the wider children’s trust arrangements.
Centrally Managed
Undertaken by Chief Officers on behalf of the Director of
Children’s Services
With Some Central
Support/Technical
Locality Enablers, on behalf of the Director of Children’s
Services, coordinate and influence the work of partners in
the development of local partnership plans.
REQUIREMENTS:
The Children and Young Peoples Plan
The Children Act 2004
Education and Inspections Act
The Childcare Act.
Every Child Matters Agenda – the 5 outcomes
The National Service Framework (NSF) for Children, Young People and Maternity
Services
The Five Year Education Strategy
The Ten Year Childcare Strategy
Choosing Health
Youth Matters
Care Matters
The Ten Year Youth Strategy - Aiming High
The Children’s Plan
The CYPP supports the ‘Vision for Leeds’ and the Local Area Agreement through
recognizing how improvements in these strategic aims will benefit the lives of children and
young people in Leeds.
City Council Services e.g. Social Care, are partners within the local Children Leeds
partnerships and therefore have an active part in achieving the outcomes within the local
plan. Increasingly this relationship is reaching into other less obvious areas, such as
housing, which impact significantly on outcomes for children and young people.
Page 26 of 47
Page 168
Other Public Sector Services, e.g. health and police, are partners within the local Children
Leeds partnerships and therefore have an active part in achieving the outcomes within
the local plan. This is particularly the case for those partners named as ‘relevant partners’
such as police and probation. Representatives of the area Local Safeguarding Children’s
Board and also the Area Management Board (Education) are also members of the local
Children Leeds partnership. Wherever appropriate Children Leeds partners will work
within other partnership arrangements – notably the District Community Safety
Partnership.
Some partners, including council services, will act in the role of provider/commissioner.
The agreement acknowledges and places on record a leadership role for the specific area
of work being undertaken by the partner on behalf of the Director of Children’s Services. It
provides for the leadership of, and a framework for, securing effective partnership working
to develop new strategies, initiatives, pilots or projects as required. The Agreement
document will form an appendix to the Service Improvement Plan/Business Plan of the
partner service / agency.
Further discussion will be required in 2009 / 10 with Area Committees to take
consideration of legislative changes through the apprenticeships, skills, children and
learning bill.
Emerging post 14 requirements – area implications.
The Leeds Inclusive Learning Strategy – area implications
Page 27 of 47
Page 169
National priority
Leeds Strategic
Plan priority
Narrowing the
gap
Leeds Strategic
Plan priority
Narrowing the gap
6
7
8
National priority
4
5
Priority for
inspectors
3
Priority for
inspectors
2
Priority for
services
1
Priority for
services
Our immediate priorities
Priority for
parents
Priority for
children
Appendix to Local Children and Young People’s Plan Function
Schedule.
Improving outcomes
Improving outcomes for Looked After
Children
Improving attendance and reducing
persistent absence from school
Improving early learning and primary
outcomes in deprived areas
Providing places to go and things to do
Raising the proportion of young people in
education or work
Reducing child poverty
Reducing teenage conception
Reducing the need for children to be in care
Working together better
Enabling integrated working
Priority for
children
Our long term ambitions.
All Children and Young People:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Priority for parents
9
10
Strengthening safeguarding
Are safe and secure
Are safe and supported in stronger
communities
Are helped to narrow the gap
Are thriving in learning
Are safe and supported in stronger families
Enjoy life and have places to go and things
to do
Make the right choices
Make a good start
Are supported by excellent, integrated
working.
Page 28 of 47
Page 170
FUNCTION:
Health and Wellbeing
DESCRIPTION
Health and well-being: the Council is required to play a key role in improving health and
tackling health inequalities for the people of Leeds including the delivery of high quality
social care services. The Director of Adult Social Services holds accountability for these
actions, by ensuring coordinated and focused activity across Council services and with
key partners such as NHS Leeds. (especially the neighbourhood public health team)
Practice Based Commissioners and the new “arms length” NHS Leeds Community Care
services. The new Health and Wellbeing Partnership Plan (2009-12) emphasises the
need for action to be visible and effective at the local level. Area Committees will play a
key role in influencing local priorities and action, and monitoring the health and well-being
related targets linked to the Leeds Strategic Plan. The Healthy Leeds Partnership,
working through Leeds initiative, has already organised workshops in each of the three
administrative areas to lay the ground for local health and wellbeing partnerships.
Adult Social Care will support Area Committees and the developing local partnerships in
this work by appointing three locality health improvement managers (jointly funded by
NHS Leeds) to take up post during the summer. Adult Social Care will also liaise both
directly and indirectly (through Healthy Leeds) with key partners and services to present
regular reports on the outcomes being achieved at the local level and seeking member’s
views on priorities and action plans.
Resources to deliver Health and Wellbeing improvement priorities within the Leeds
Strategic Plan
(E.g. service plan, development plan, service standards, action plan, local priorities
Service Plans
Health and Wellbeing Partnership Plan 2009-2012
NHS Leeds Local Delivery Plan and World Class Commissioning Programmes (e.g.
Partnerships, Health Inequalities, Infant Mortality)
EXECUTIVE MEMBER: Councillor Peter Harrand
DIRECTOR: Sandie Keene
CHIEF OFFICER: John England
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: John England
Page 29 of 47
Page 171
Reduced health inequalities through the promotion of healthy life choices and improved
access to services.
Improved quality of life through maximising the potential of vulnerable people by
promoting independence, dignity and respect.
Enhanced safety and support for vulnerable people through preventative and protective
action to minimise risks and maximise wellbeing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Reduce premature mortality in the most deprived areas
Reduction in the number of people who smoke
Reduce alcohol related harm
Reduce rate of increase in obesity and raise physical activity for all
Reduce teenage conception and improve sexual health.
Improve the assessment and care management of children, families and vulnerable
adults.
7.
Improve psychological, mental health, and learning disability services for those who
need it
8.
Increase the number of vulnerable people helped to live at home
9.
Increase the proportion of people in receipt of community services enjoying choice
and control over their daily lives
10. Improve safeguarding arrangements for vulnerable children and adults through
better information, recognition and response to risk
INFORMATION:
The City Council and NHS Leeds are working on a joint performance management
system for these priorities
SOA level – citywide
Quarterly and annually
Page 30 of 47
Page 172
GOVERNANCE
The primary focus should be the outcomes, improvement priorities and targets within the
Strategic Plan relating to health and well-being.
Through the Area Delivery Plan, and by working with key partners such as the Leeds PCT
and Practice Board Commissioning Groups. The Area Committee role is one of influence,
and an important conduit for the early identification of health priorities for the local area.
COMMITTEE:
We are seeking to agree with NHS Leeds on joint reporting mechanism for the health and
well-being theme. How this will happen will depend in part on how the local health and
wellbeing partnerships developed but it is likely that there will be reports to each Area
Committee on at least an annual basis, and more frequently, as required, for those area
committees covering SOA’s with greatest health inequality indices.
Page 31 of 47
Page 173
City Council co-ordination accountability – Director of Adult Social Services co-ordinated
via the Health and Well-being Strategic Leadership Team. Joint arrangements with Leeds
PCT and other key stakeholders are through the Healthy Leeds Partnership and the
recent formation of the Joint Strategic Commissioning Board under the aegis of the
partnership.
Centrally Managed
Delivery structures under development, drawing from the
Children’s Services model.
With Some Central
Support/Technical
REQUIREMENTS:
Health and Well Being Strategy (under development)
The health and well-being theme within the Strategic Plan has links to all five Directorates
within the Council. There is a particularly strong link with Children’s Services, as many of
the specific targets relate to children and young people. However the outcomes we are
working to achieve in the medium to long term relate to the whole population.
Leeds PCT and Health Service Trusts. Adult Social Care works closely with a range of
public sector partners including West Yorkshire Police, Department for Work and
Pensions, West Yorkshire Passenger Transport
Page 32 of 47
Page 174
FUNCTION:
Conservation Area Reviews
DESCRIPTION
A programme to review 16 designated conservation areas; in each case to assess its
special character, to propose any changes to its boundary and to make proposals for its
management.
The work is being undertaken by the Sustainable Development Unit within the City
Development Directorate
A quarterly written update on progress
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Cllr Andrew Carter, Development
DIRECTOR: Jean Dent, City Development
CHIEF OFFICER: Steve Speak, Chief Strategy & Policy Officer
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Richard Taylor, Conservation Team
Leader, SDU
Page 33 of 47
Page 175
Please see SDU Service Plan 2009-10
To produce up-to-date conservation area boundaries, appraisals and management plans
INFORMATION:
Quarterly reporting
GOVERNANCE
Review of conservation areas.
Ward members directly involved in consultation process.
Area committee overview and financial support through previously agreed well being
allocations.
COMMITTEE:
Quarterly written report
Centrally Managed
Centrally managed by SDU, with contacts in each Area
With Some Central
Support/Technical
Page 34 of 47
Page 176
Opportunity for Area Committees to fund a continuation of programme beyond 31 March
2009 to review remaining designated conservation areas and to consider new ones.
Currently funding has been agreed for the review/designation of 14 conservation areas.
Of the 16 agreed conservation area reviews for the 2008/9 financial year, four were
carried over into the 2009/10 financial year;
• Rothwell as it was to be reviewed in conjunction with Oulton
• Morley as it was to be reviewed with Morley: Dartmouth Park
• Wetherby as it was to be produced in line with a Shop-front design guidance.
• Boston Spa as it is to be subdivided into Boston Spa and Thorp Arch and longer
was required for the consultation process.
These reviews are all currently underway and are on track to be completed during the
2009/10 financial year. The extension of these review was agreed with the relevant Area
Committee Officer.
£000s
Net Revenue Budget
115.5
Net Capital Budget
Nil
Key Funding Sources
Funding Provider
LCC
Net Budget
£000s
%
115.5
115.5
100
100
Revenue funding for salaries, on-costs and supplies.
DIFFERENT AREAS:
Agreed costings of between £6k and £8k dependent on size of each area and whether
community group directly involved with the work
Page 35 of 47
Page 177
Consistency, fairness and need for budgets to be in place at start of programme to allow
temporary staff to be engaged
DETAIL OF ANY SIGNIFICANT SERVICE / BUDGET VARIATIONS ACROSS THE
CITY:
Variations as shown in table below result from previous decisions taken by the Area
Committees
Page 36 of 47
Page 178
AREA COMMITTEE BREAKDOWN – Conservation Area Reviews
(Please compete as relevant for service/function)
City Wide
0
0
0
North East
Inner
Outer
2
2
4
2
2
2
14
16,000
12
14,000
26
29,500
North West
Inner
Outer
0
2
South
Inner
Outer
0
2
2
0
0
10
12,000
0
0
14
16,0000
West
Inner
Outer
2
2
2
2
10
12,000
14
16,000
Page 179
Service Standards and Performance
Target for 09/10
Number of
completed CA Mid year progress
reviews
Year end outcome
Percentage of budget allocation
Budget for 09/10
Net Revenue
Mid
year progress
Budget
Year end outcome
East
Inner
Outer
Page 37 of 47
FUNCTION:
Regeneration Projects & Programmes
DESCRIPTION
The Projects and Programmes’ teams primary function is to respond to the Council’s
Narrowing the Gap agenda through the development and implementation of major
physical regeneration programmes across Leeds. This includes maximising major
opportunities for growth and prosperity that all citizens of Leeds can share.
Area based programmes include EASEL and Aire Valley in the East, West Leeds
Gateway, South Leeds, Chapeltown Corridor, Leeds and Bradford Corridor and the Town
and District Centre schemes operating across 17 neighbourhoods. Other projects
include PFI housing schemes in Beeston Hill and Holbeck and Little London and the
Lifetime Neighbourhoods for Leeds Extra Care scheme and the Chapeltown and Kirkstall
JSC schemes funded under LIFT.
The service is resourced through mainstream staffing and revenue budgets of the Council
(and Bradford MDC in relation to the Leeds Bradford Corridor), private sector investment
and in some areas with additional match funding secured TD&C schemes) through the
ALMO’s and Town Councils in some cases and the Heritage Lottery (Armley and
Chapeltown only).
Procurement of the PFI schemes, including staffing costs, land assembly, feasibility and
specialist advisor input is funded through the Council. PFI Credits are provided by central
government to attract private sector investment in works and services over a 20-30 year
period.
Reports and briefings will be provided to engage, consult and inform Members at key
stages of project and programme development and delivery i.e. start up, initiation,
delivery, closure and evaluation.
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Councillor Andrew Carter (Development)
Councillor Les Carter (Neighbourhoods and Housing)
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Christine Addison, Head of City Projects
Page 38 of 47
Page 180
Thriving Places: Improved quality of life through mixed neighbourhoods offering good
housing options and better access to services and activities/
Harmonious Communities: More inclusive, varied and vibrant communities through
empowering people to contribute to decision making and delivering local services.
Thriving Places: Increase the number of ‘decent homes’, increase the number of
affordable homes; develop extended services, using sites across the city to improve
support to children, families and communities.
Harmonious Communities: Increase the sense of belonging and pride in local
neighbourhoods that help to build cohesive communities.
GEOGRAPHY &
INFORMATION:
FREQUENCY
OF
RELEVANT
LOCAL
PERFORMANCE
Projects and Programmes operate on a city-wide basis in priority regeneration areas.
Local performance information will be provided to Area Committees at key points in the
life cycle of the projects, where this takes place within and/or impacts on the Committees’
areas i.e. start up, delivery, closure, evaluation. The timing of this will vary between
individual projects and programmes.
Page 39 of 47
Page 181
GOVERNANCE
Each programme will have its own approved governance structure. Area functions will
operate within that structure in order to influence key actions and decisions.
Responsibilities to include;
Influencing:
• programme development and delivery arrangements
Assisting:
• consultation on project proposals
• monitoring of key milestones (via Area Management re TD&C)
• equality impact assessments
• risk management (to resolve issues and offer guidance)
• project evaluations (to assess local impact and realisation of benefits)
Endorsing:
• scope of project and business plans
• locally based communication plans
• project closures prior to Programme Board sign off.
Practical arrangements to ensure Area Committees are able to fulfil the responsibilities
will be dealt by way of regular reports, briefings/presentations and consultation.
COMMITTEE:
(e.g. formal and informal arrangements, frequency)
Through approved governance structures and as part of regular (as part of normal cycle
of Board meetings.
If appropriate, Area Committees may consider setting up a time limited sub-group in order
to effectively take forward specific projects or areas of work relating to local major
regeneration programmes. This group would then report back to the Area Committee at
agreed intervals.
Where appropriate or requested, additional briefings or reporting will take place as part of
the Area Committee planned cycle of meetings.
Page 40 of 47
Page 182
The Director of Environment & Neighbourhoods is responsible for the strategic
management and leadership of Environment & Neighbourhoods incorporating
Regeneration Services. Operational management for Regeneration Service is led by the
Chief Regeneration Officer (CRO).
Arrangements for 2009/10 will be via Area Management who will act as the ‘client’ and
led by the Area Managers who report to the CRO.
Centrally Managed
Undertaken by Chief Officer and Head of City Office on
behalf of the Director of Environment & Neighbourhoods.
With Some Central
Support/Technical
Head of City Projects, Head of East Office and Area
Managers (T&DC) on behalf of Chief Officer.
LINKS TO KEY PLANS / STRATEGIES / LEGISLATION
REQUIREMENTS:
Leeds Housing Strategy 2005/06 to 2009/10.
Regional Spatial Strategy 2004 – 2016
Local Development Framework and Core Strategy
Cohesion and Integration priorities and delivery plan 2008-2011.
Regional Economic Strategy 2006-2015
Leeds Renaissance Framework
Leeds Strategic Plan 2008 - 2011
Area Delivery Plans
/
STATUTORY
Planning & Development; Highways; Democratic & Legal; Asset Management; Economic
Services, Design Services, Culture & Leisure, Housing Strategic Landlord, Procurement.
Arms Length Management Organisations (ALMO’s)
NHS Primary Care Trust
Environment Agency
HCA
Yorkshjre Forward
Page 41 of 47
Page 183
Commissioning of SDA re design work including highway designs (T&DC); asset
management (surveying work).
Page 42 of 47
Page 184
FUNCTION:
Grounds Maintenance
DESCRIPTION
To provide a range of grounds maintenance services to all identified Highways Services
and ALMO land across the authority. The services include grass cutting, shrub and rose
bed maintenance and hedge maintenance.
The above services are currently delivered on behalf of the Council by two grounds
maintenance contractors.
• Service delivery specification i.e. how the service will be delivered on a day to day
basis and the outcome expected.
• Contractors annual Service Improvement Plan
EXECUTIVE MEMBER:
Councillor James Monaghan
LEAD OFFICER FOR FUNCTION SCHEDULE: Stephen Smith
Page 43 of 47
Page 185
Environment: To create a clean, green and attractive city through effective environmental
management and changed behaviour.
•
To improve cleanliness and access to and the quality of green spaces
INFORMATION:
No local performance information available. Highways grassed areas and shrub beds are
monitored after each service on a random sample basis, city wide. ALMO assets are
monitored by the individual ALMOs.
GOVERNANCE
Environmental Services currently has the contract administration function for these
contracts which it carries out on behalf of the three ALMOs and Highways Services. The
grounds maintenance services include grass cutting, shrub and rose bed maintenance
and hedge maintenance.
• Regular client/contractor meetings take place to address both operational and
financial issues relating to the delivery of the contracts. Members will be advised of the
schedule of these meetings and through Environmental Services Officers, will have
the opportunity to raise issues about the delivery of the grounds maintenance
contracts.
• The current contracts for grounds maintenance will end in 2011. Where appropriate
Members will be given the opportunity to comment on the development of new
specifications and contract packaging.
COMMITTEE:
•
•
Environmental Services could report to Area Committees on an agreed frequency to
include contractor performance against the contract specification.
Unmapped grassed areas identified through Environmental Services for variation
into/out of the contract by agreement with the appropriate client
Page 44 of 47
Page 186
Environmental Services currently has the contract administration function for this contract
which it carries out to all identified Highways Services and ALMO land across the
authority.. The services include grass cutting, shrub and rose bed maintenance and
hedge maintenance.
Centrally Managed
Environmental Services is responsible for the overall
contract administration for the city wide delivery of
grounds maintenance services. Service provision for each
area is defined within a fixed contract.
With Some Central
Support/Technical
REQUIREMENTS:
•
•
Vision for Leeds to create a cleaner, greener and safer city and contribute towards
closing the gap
Environmental Protection Act – Code of Practice on street litter and refuse
• Streetscene Services –grounds maintenance services delivered in accordance with
the tender specification will ensure that pavements are kept clear of grass cuttings and
litter on grass verges and shrub beds is removed before servicing.
• Highways Services – responsible for ensuring that all adopted highways are
maintained in a safe condition and look clean and tidy
Three ALMOs that currently manage the Council’s housing stock
Page 45 of 47
Page 187
There are currently two contractors in place to provide grounds maintenance services
across the authority on behalf of the Council:
• Glendale Grounds Management LTD – amenity/enhanced grass cutting, shrub/rose
bed maintenance and hedge maintenance.
• ATM – rough cut/sight line grass, motorway junctions and ‘In Bloom’ judging routes
grass verges
Contract duration
• Glendale – contract awarded March 2005 initially for three years and now
extended by a further three years until February 2011
• ATM – contract awarded February 2008 for one year and now extended by a
further year until February 2010 with an option to extend by a further year until
February 2011
Page 46 of 47
Page 188
Advertising on Lampposts
The council had agreed a 15 year contract for the installation of advertising on
lampposts. A 20% share of the income generated from this contract, was due to
come back to Area Committees to support local priorities. However, in February of
this year the company awarded the contract went in to administration. The council
have since been advised by a company called Redbus that they have concluded a
transaction to effectively buy the StreetBroadcast business out of administration. The
effect of this on the street lighting advertising contract for Leeds still needs to be
determined.
Page 47 of 47
Page 189
Page 190
Agenda Item 15
Originator: Sean Flesher
Tel: 3957451
Report of The Director of City Development Directorate
Meeting: East Outer Area Committee
Date: 7th July 2009
Subject: Annual Report – for Parks and Countryside Service in East Outer Area
Committee
Kippax & Methley
Temple Newsam
Community Cohesion
Council
Function
X
Narrowing the Gap
Delegated Executive
Function available for Call
In
Delegated Executive
report
Executive Summary
Write a brief summary of this report:
This report examines the opportunities to develop the relationship between the
Parks and Countryside service and the East Outer Area Committee.
It demonstrates how the service contributes to outcomes in the Leeds Strategic
Plan.
It provides an area profile of key assets and sets out at an area level progress
made in attaining Leeds Quality Park standard for community parks. It provides
analysis for the area from the 2006 residents survey. It also sets out investment
need for playing pitches and fixed play along with progress made in this regard.
It provides a perspective on actions contained in the area delivery plan as well as
planned community engagement activities.
It sets out a programme of activities in 2009 including strategic developments,
performance reporting, service planning and the forthcoming residents survey.
Page 191
1.0
Purpose of this Report
1.1.
This report examines the opportunities to develop the relationship between
the Parks and Countryside service and the East Outer Area Committee arising
from the Area Committee Roles for 2008/09 report agreed at the July 2008
Executive Board.
1.2.
It provides an overview of the service and sets out some of the challenges
faced along with key performance management initiatives. In addition it seeks
to provide a positive ‘way forward’ for delivering the extended role of the Area
Committee ensuring that the benefits of the revised roles are secured.
1.3.
In particular it provides an area profile of key assets and sets out at an area
level progress made in attaining Leeds Quality Park standard for community
parks. It also sets out improvements needed for playing pitches and fixed
play along with progress made in this regard.
2.0
Service Description
2.1.
Leeds City Council has one of the largest fully inclusive local authority Parks
and Countryside services, managing almost 4,000 hectares of parks and
green space.
2.2.
This includes seven major parks, 167 community parks and recreation
grounds, 383 acres of local green space, which include 144 playgrounds and
500 sports facilities ranging from skateboard parks to golf courses, and which
play host to 600 events annually. We also manage a nursery which produces
over 4 million bedding plants each year, 96 allotment sites, almost 800km of
PROW, and 156 nature conservation sites, as well as 22 cemeteries and 3
crematoria.
Description of Delegated Function/Enhanced role
2.3.
The Executive Board report in July highlighted “a new proposed enhanced
role for Area Committees in relation to … community green space … where
they will have increased influencing, developmental and consultative
responsibilities.” The report defined community green space as follows:
This covers 73 community parks vested with the Parks and Countryside
Service. These include a wide variety of recreation facilities, sports pitches,
play areas, formal and informal horticultural features. Area Committees will
influence the development and use of community parks and be consulted
about proposals for the development and use of them, for example proposals
for refurbishment and installation of new play equipment.
Role and Responsibilities of the Area Committee
2.4.
The appendix to the Executive Board report set out the practical
arrangements for how the enhanced role for Area Committees would be
fulfilled, and can be summarised as follows:
2
Page 192
• Area Committees would receive reports on significant issues affecting one
or more community parks and continue to be updated on progress
• Area Committee involvement sought where matters impacting on
community parks are of a more strategic nature
2.5.
Where developments are less significant and only impact on a single site,
then Ward Members and community groups will continue to be consulted on
the proposals. It is important to note that briefings and meetings with 1 or
often more ward members takes place on a routine basis to discuss individual
schemes as well as issues in that ward. For example, if a facility is proposed
on a site, consultation takes place with residents, community groups,
members and other stakeholders about the detail of the proposal. There are
no plans to replace these activities, indeed there may be scope to develop
them further.
Contributing to Delivery of the Leeds Strategic Plan Targets and
Outcomes
2.6.
The Parks and Countryside service contributes to many of the strategic
outcomes. These are set out below along with the contribution made (in
italics).
• Culture - Increased participation in cultural opportunities through engaging
with all our communities:
- providing Local parks as venues for local events and sporting activities
• Culture - Enhanced cultural opportunities through encouraging investment
and development of high quality facilities of national and international
significance:
- Community Park improvements through Parks Renaissance
- achieving and retaining 6 Green Flag awards
- seeking to investigate the feasibility of developing a city centre park
- entry to the RHS Chelsea Flower Show
• Enterprise and the Economy - Increased entrepreneurship and
innovation through effective support to achieve the full potential of people,
business and the economy. Increased international competitiveness
through marketing and investment in high quality infrastructure and
physical assets, particularly in the city centre.
- good quality green spaces can make an important contribution to
regeneration and enhance the image of a neighbourhood
- good quality green spaces help to raise property values and build
business and community confidence
- providing parks as major visitor attractions
• Learning - Enhance skills of the current and future workforce through
fulfilling individual and economic potential and investing in learning
facilities.
- RHS Chelsea Flower Show
- Careerships for staff: enabling staff to climb the horticultural career
ladder
3
Page 193
- Career changers programme: giving mature horticultural college
students the opportunity to join the organisation on sandwich courses,
part-time or summer work
- Kinaesthetic Learning Programme (KLP): enabling school children a
less academic and more practical route to education (now part of the
national Vocational Learning Programme)
- Apprentice Programme – enabling (predominantly) young people to
learn a craft e.g. foresters
- Providing operational training: to IIP and national technical standards
• Learning - …investing in learning facilities - Improve participation and early
learning outcomes for children from the most deprived areas.
- ‘The Magical Gardens Project’ has led to open spaces outside
children’s centres being transformed into ‘wild worlds’ for children to
explore
- Parks and green spaces can provide outdoor classrooms and thus a
valuable resource for education, covering many subjects for all ages
and abilities
• Transport - Increased accessibility and connectivity through investment in
a high quality transport system and through influencing others and
changing behaviours.
- Green gateways (e.g. Wykebeck Valley Way, The Limes, Kippax,
Transpennine Trail, and Harland Way and development of the West
Leeds Country Park)
- Public Rights of Way (PROW) network (and links with cycling routes)
• Environment - Reduced ecological footprint through responding to
environmental and climate change and influencing others.
- The role of Parks and green spaces in adapting to Climate Change by
reducing temperature in dense urban environments and reducing
surface runoff of rain water
- Minimising impact on the environment by green waste recycling
- Promoting biodiversity by active management of local sites in line with
national performance targets
• Health and Wellbeing - Reduced health inequalities through the promotion
of healthy life choices and improved access to services. Improved quality
of life through maximising the potential of vulnerable people by promoting
independence, dignity and respect.
- General benefits of parks and green spaces to health, fitness and
wellbeing
- Health walks
- Ranger led activities
- Outdoor recreation opportunities including fixed play, playing pitches,
bowling greens and golf courses
- Allotment provision
• Thriving Places - Improved quality of life through mixed neighbourhoods
offering good housing options and better access to services and activities.
- In the Leeds Annual Survey 2007, respondents ranked parks and open
spaces as the 5th most important factor in making somewhere a good
place to live
4
Page 194
• Thriving Places - Reduced crime and fear of crime through prevention,
detection, offender management and changed behaviours.
- Providing diversionary activities (BMX, skateparks, MUGAs, teenzones,
etc.) for young people
- ParksWatch team with the aim of providing a safe parks and green
space environment for the community to enjoy
• Harmonious Communities - More inclusive, varied and vibrant
communities through empowering people to contribute to decision making
and delivering local services.
- Consultation through residents’ surveys, multi-agency meetings,
community forums, attendance at Area Committee meetings,
- Consultation on specific projects and schemes (e.g. the Parks
Renaissance Programme, Positive Activities for Young People, Water
Safety, etc.)
- involving volunteers and Friends of groups on the design for and
physical implementation of a wide range of site improvements.
• Harmonious Communities - Improved community cohesion and
integration through meaningful involvement and valuing equality and
diversity.
- Support for ‘In Bloom’ groups
- Work with Friends of / tree wardens / other volunteers / etc
- Promoting community cohesion through activities and events
3.0
The Service at Area Committee Level
Area Profile of the Service
3.1.
The following table summarises community green space assets managed by
Parks and Countryside in the East Outer Area Committee:
Asset
Community park
Playing Pitches:
Football
Rugby League
Rugby Union
Bowling greens
Playgrounds
Multi-use games areas
Skateparks
Quantity
5
51
4
0
9
20
1
2
Area based Service Priorities and contributions to the Area Committee’s
Area Delivery Plan
3.2.
Context
The 2006 Parks and Countryside survey showed that the service attracts
almost 60 million visits each year from Leeds’ residents alone, and that
approximately 90% of these are regular park users. These range from
anybody using a park for informal recreation (e.g. walking, observing nature)
to people who take part in formal activities (e.g. football clubs, conservation
5
Page 195
volunteers or to attend events). The user surveys also evidenced that 8m
visits are made to our green space by Young People (12-19) compared to
3.5m by Children (5-11), however, the majority of the ‘play’ facilities were
provided for younger age groups. The Council is now seeking to address the
imbalance between children’s and youth facilities by investing in BMX tracks
and skateparks.
The use of this information has been a key contributor to many successful
funding bids, for example the service has made significant progress in
implementing the Parks Urban Renaissance programme utilising £3.7m for
improvements to 21 community parks during 2005/09. There are several
outdoor recreation projects (mainly playing pitches) that are in development
which have either secured the total amount of funding required for the delivery
of the project or bids have been submitted or are being prepared to secure the
match funding. £7.8 million has been secured, with £3.2 million which
although not formally secured subject to the technical assessment of the bids
submitted/under preparation have the potential to be successful. During the
period 2004 – 2008, the service was successful in securing £2.6 million
funding for fixed play improvements, and from 2009 – 2010, £1.6 million has
been secured, including £800k through the Big Lottery Fund.
3.3.
Community Parks
Analysis from the 2006 resident survey has been carried out relevant to
community parks in the area (listed later in paragraph 3.10).
Gender
Male
Female
%
32
68
Age Profile
20-39
40-59
60+
%
33
34
33
Ethnicity
White
BME
%
100
0
3.4.
The gender profile is in line with results for the whole of the city and generally
consistent with previous surveys that show a greater number of female
visitors. There are no respondents in the sample from black and minority
ethnic communities.
3.5.
The total number of visits to community parks in the area is 2.5 million each
year from residents, and 91% either walk or cycle to the park. The average
across the city is 60%, so this represents a significantly higher proportion who
adopt healthy means to get to the park. The top 5 reasons for visiting are as
follows:
• Get some fresh air (55%)
• For a walk (50%)
6
Page 196
• Enjoy the beauty of the surroundings (33%)
• Enjoy flowers / trees (31%)
• See birds and wildlife (26%)
3.6.
The residents survey is being repeated in 2009, and more detailed analysis
for the area will be presented when available.
3.7.
The Parks and Green Space Strategy was approved at Executive Board in
February 2009 and sets out the vision and priorities to 2020. One of the key
proposals contained in the strategy is the aspiration for all community parks to
meet the Green Flag standard for field based assessment by 2020. The
Green Flag Award Scheme represents the national standard for parks and
green spaces. It has been developed around eight key criteria as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A welcoming place - how to create a sense that people are positively
welcomed in the park
Healthy, safe & secure - how best to ensure that the park is a safe &
healthy environment for all users
Clean & well maintained - what people can expect in terms of
cleanliness, facilities & maintenance
Sustainability - how a park can be managed in environmentally
sensitive ways
Conservation & heritage - the value of conservation & care of
historical heritage
Community involvement - ways of encouraging community
participation and acknowledging the community's role in a park's
success
Marketing - methods of promoting a park successfully
Management - how to reflect all of the above in a coherent & accessible
management plan or strategy and ensure it is implemented
3.8.
A local key indicator has been included in the Leeds Local Area Agreement in
order to ‘improve the quality and sustainability of the built and natural
environment’, namely the percentage of Parks and Countryside sites
assessed that meet the Green Flag Standard. This is a key measure of
progress for the Parks and Green Space Strategy. Progress for this indicator
is set out in more detail in section 4.0.
3.9.
This indicator includes an assessment of each community park which is of
particular relevance to engaging more effectively with Area Committees. The
assessments are undertaken by officers who have received training in the
Green Flag Award from the scheme managers the Civic Trust. In Leeds we
have developed this process as the ‘Leeds Quality Parks’ scheme.
7
Page 197
Conservation / Heritage
Community Involvement
Marketing
4
6
3
5
3
6
1
No
2005
6
5
6
5
5
4
2
No
2006
2005
5
8
4
8
5
7
6
6
5
6
4
8
2
5
No
Yes
2007
5
6
6
6
5
5
2
No
Meets Standard?
Clean, Well Maintained
Sustainability
Year
Assessed
2005
Healthy, Safe, Secure
Site
Barley Hill Park
Grove Road Recreation
Ground
Halton Dene - Primrose
Valley
Manston Park
Whinmoor Park, Coal
Road
Welcoming Place
3.10. The following table provides a summary of community parks assessed in the
East Outer Area Committee:
Notes
Key:
Meets Leeds Quality Park Standard on average for this key criteria
Below Leeds Quality Park Standard on average for this key criteria
3.11. From this table, there is 1 park identified that meets the Leeds Quality Park
Standard in the area. There are 4 parks that therefore do not meet the
standard. The table also indicates the ‘year assessed’, which in some cases
was 2005. It is therefore worth noting the improvements to community parks
during the intervening period as follows:
• Car parking, sports and landscape improvements at Barley Hill Park,
Garforth
• Construction of a Multi Use Games Area and teenshelter at Manston Park
• Construction of the footpath and cycleway at Halton Dene linking the site to
the Wykebeck Way project
8
Page 198
Playing Pitches
3.12. In terms of playing pitches, work has been undertaken to set out aspirations
within the area that support the outcomes of the Playing Pitch Strategy as
follows:
Site
Temple
Newsam
Glebelands
Brierlands
Neville Road
Playing Fields
Kippax
Common
Manston Park
Halton Dean
Pendas Fields
Ash Lane
Ninevah Lane
Allerton
Bywater
Saville Rec
Barley Hill Rec
Red Hall
Playing Fields
Current position
10 grass football
pitches, changing
facilities
2 grass football
pitches, 2 rugby
league.
4 grass football pitches
Timescale
2010-13
3 grass football
pitches, 1 rugby
3 grass pitches and
changing rooms
1 grass pitch
2 grass football pitch
1 grass rugby pitch
and changing rooms
2010-13
and changing rooms
changing facilities
and changing rooms
2010-13
2010-13
2010-13
2010-13
2013 +
2013 +
2013 +
2013 +
2013 +
2013 +
2010-13
2010-13
Comments
Extend changing
rooms and drain
pitches.
Pitch drainage and
reconstruction of
changing rooms
Pitches require full
drainage system
Pitch upgrade and
drainage
Pitches regrading
Pitch drainage
Pitch drainage
Pitch requires
drainage
Pitch drainage
Changing rooms
refurbishment
changing rooms
need reconstruction
Changing rooms
Pitches
3.13. In addition, a bid has been submitted to change levels on existing pitches and
install drains to direct water to existing drainage at Skelton Woods with a
project value of £40k. Bids are under development at Church Lane, Methley
for the creation of new playing pitches and at Thorpe Park, Austhorpe for the
creation of 3 full size and 2 junior pitches with changing rooms.
Fixed Play
3.14. In terms of fixed play, work has been undertaken to set out refurbishment
requirements over a 10 year rolling programme in support of the outcomes of
the Fixed Play Strategy. The average cost of a new playground is currently
about £120k; Multi-use games areas and skateparks are slightly cheaper on
average at about £90k each.
Links to Area Delivery Plan
3.15. The following table summarises actions identified in the Area Delivery Plan
and a commentary from a service perspective.
Ref. Action
E7
Working with various 'in bloom'
groups to improve main village and
town streets
E9
INM programme: Target
9
Page 199
Comments
The service continues to
provide dedicated officer
support to local in bloom
groups
Our operational staff continue
Ref. Action
environmental action teams to
tackle grotspots in Outer East Halton Moor & Osmondthorpe target
areas. Also addressing fly tipping
and graffiti in all areas
Comments
to respond to referrals from
Neighbourhood Wardens and
others to remove flytipping from
parks and open spaces. All
such incidents are recorded
onto the ‘Flycapture’ database.
Customer and community engagement
3.16. Close liaison with community and ward members is already in existence,
utilising a variety of mechanisms, e.g. consultation through residents’ surveys,
multi-agency meetings, community forums, attendance at Area Committee
meetings, consultation on specific projects and schemes (e.g. the Parks
Renaissance Programme, Positive Activities for Young People, Water Safety,
etc.), as well as involving volunteers and Friends of groups on the design for
and physical implementation of a wide range of site improvements.
3.17. There is also a residents survey planned for Spring 2009 using a national
methodology to 35,000 households, including adults, children and young
people. The results of this will be reported at area committees.
4.0
Performance Management and Reporting
Baseline Position and key targets for the Service
4.1.
The following table highlights key performance indicators relevant to the
service.
PI Code
Description
LKI-GFI /
CP-PC50
/ EM38
The percentage of parks and
countryside sites assessed
internally that meet the Green
Flag criteria (amended for 200708)
Overall user satisfaction with
Parks and Countryside (from the
user survey)
Improved local biodiversity –
active management of local sites
LKI-PCP
22
NI 197
2007/08
Actual
17%
N/A
N/A –
new
indicator
10
Page 200
2008/09
Target
19%
2009/10
Target
21%
N/A
7
N/A –
new
indicator
N/A –
new
indicator
2010/11
Target
23%
N/A –
new
indicator
This section sets out planned activities during 2009 for which the Area
Committee is proposed to be included.
Description
Parks and Green Space Strategy: There are issues arising ü ü
from implementing the strategy and undertaking actions
identified.
Fixed play review: an assessment of refurbishment costs
over a 10 year basis has recently been undertaken and Area
Committees will help to establish priorities for location and
investment.
Outdoor Bowls Strategy: a ‘towards an outdoor bowls
strategy’ document has been drafted that seeks to address
the following:
• Analysis of supply and demand
• Management arrangements
• Financially sustainable provision
• Promoting access
Service plan: this will be published in March 2009 and
provides important links to addressing strategic outcomes.
There is opportunity for Area Committees to be involved in
helping address key issues and challenges identified
Performance reporting:
principally relating to Leeds
Quality Parks and the results from the 2008 assessments.
These can be reported relevant to each Area Committee,
and there is opportunity to help prioritise investment action in
community parks to achieve the standard.
Residents survey: this will be conducted in 2009 to 35,000
households including adults, young people and children.
Analysis of the results can be presented at an area level and
inform discussion at Area Committee.
Playing Pitch Strategy review: there is currently a £19
million programme in development to improve playing
pitches and facilities.
Rights of way improvement plan: this is relevant in that
the rights of way network provides important links to
community green space and promotion of outdoor recreation
activities.
11
Page 201
ü
Influence
5.1.
Consult
Programme of Activities for 2009
Inform
5.0
Timescale
ü Quarter 1
2009
ü Quarter 2
2009
ü
ü Consultation
process to
commence
early in
2009.
ü
ü Quarter 1
2009
ü
ü Quarter 1
2009
ü
Quarter 3
2009
ü
ü Quarter 2
2009
ü
6.0
Equality Considerations
6.1.
The Parks and Countryside service has recently been assessed as meeting
level 4 of the Equality Standard. Equality Impact Assessments are
undertaken as part of the service planning portfolio adopted by the service.
7.0
7.1.
The proposals set out how the Executive Board requirements can be met by
taking a more proactive approach to involve and engage Area Committees in
matters relating to community parks
8.0
8.1.
The body of the report identifies resource implications with particular
reference to community parks, playing pitches and fixed play facilities in the
area.
9.0
Conclusions
9.1.
Community green space contributes in many ways to the delivery of the Leeds
Strategy Plan. They provide places for relaxation, escape, exercise and
recreation. They bring communities together and make a positive contribution
to the local economy, education, improve public health and well-being, and
generally make a better place to live, work and visit.
9.2.
Improvements to community parks, fixed play and playing pitches remain a
priority, and there already has been investment made to deliver improvements
along with further schemes identified. Issues are being addressed through
the Parks and Green Space Strategy along with implementation of the Fixed
Play Strategy and Playing Pitch Strategy.
9.3.
Community engagement remains a key activity for the service with regular
correspondence, attendance at meetings and briefings, along with more
formal consultation principally through the residents survey to 35,000
households to take place again in 2009.
9.4.
A programme of activities is planned for which updates and reports can be
provided to the area committee to help inform, consult and influence
community green space management.
10.0 Recommendations
10.1. That the Area Committee communicate their priorities for community green
space improvements
12
Page 202
Background Reports
Report Title
Area Committee Roles for 2008/09
Date
Executive Board, July 2008
Leeds Strategic Plan 2008-11
Leeds Annual Survey 2007
Parks and Greenspace Strategy
Fixed Play Strategy
Local Area Agreement
Playing Pitch Strategy
Full Council, July 2008
Executive Board, February 2009
Executive Board, September 2002
Full Council, July 2008
Executive Board, October 2003
13
Page 203
Page 204
Agenda Item 16
Originators: Sue Wynne & Rory
Barke
Tel: (0113)2145865
Report of Chief Officers for Regeneration and Health and Environmental Action
Services
th
Date: 7 of July 2009
Subject: Neighbourhood Wardens – Restructure Proposals
x
Council
Function
All Wards
Delegated Executive
Function available
for call in
x
Community Cohesion
x
Narrowing the Gap
x
x
Delegated Executive
Call In Details set out in
the report
Executive Summary
This report is provided for information to all the council’s area committees for information.
The report provides members with information about the restructuring proposals for the
Neighbourhood Warden service. These proposals are currently out for consultation with
the staff affected and the Trade Unions. Essentially the proposal is to delete the existing
Neighbourhood Warden staff structure and to create new Community Environment Officer
posts in Environmental Services. It is proposed that the deployment of the Community
Environment Officer posts will continue to be agreed with Area Committees with the initial
deployment reflecting the reduced number of posts and in the longer term reflecting the
Area Committee and HEAS service priorities. Area committees will be asked to consider
deployment issues soon after the restructure is implemented in the autumn.
Page 205
Purpose of report
1.
The purpose of this report is to propose the deletion of the existing Neighbourhood
Wardens staff structure currently located within the Regeneration Service and the
creation of new Community Environment Officer posts in Environmental Services, in
the Environment and Neighbourhoods Directorate.
2.
The report sets out the above proposals for information to the council’s area
committees and for the purposes of staff and trade union consultations. Subject to
the consultation outcomes, this will form the basis of a report to the Director for a
delegated decision on the restructure proposals to enable implementation from the
beginning of September 2009.
Background
3.
Neighbourhood Warden posts were established incrementally over the last eight
years with significant support from external funding streams. The key
responsibilities of the wardens are to engage with local communities, provide a
visible uniformed presence in communities to offer public reassurance and deal
with community safety and environmental issues.
4.
A number of changes have taken place since the service was first established. The
most significant of these changes have been:• the move by a number of services to locality working and the introduction of
neighbourhood management
• changes in other services with related and aligned functions including the
establishment of Neighbourhood Policing Teams and Environmental Action
Teams, and
• the expiry of Neighbourhood Renewal Funding which has contributed to
meeting service costs.
5.
Key benefits of the service have been the ability to engage effectively with local
elected members and communities and provide a responsive service to meet their
needs and the support and involvement of wardens in multi-agency tasking teams
to deliver improved outcomes in target neighbourhoods.
6.
Changes to the operational focus of the service and the staffing structure are
required to address the impact of the above changes. This provides the opportunity
to more appropriately position the service to make an effective contribution to cross
service and partnership working to successfully deliver joined up services at the
neighbourhood level. The existing staffing numbers are no longer sustainable in
light of significant reductions in external funding and a more flexible staff resource
is required that can be effectively deployed across a smaller number of
neighbourhoods that experience the highest incidence of deprivation and the
poorest environmental conditions.
7.
Reductions in external funding have also affected the Environmental Action Teams
with a relatively small number (8) of Technical Officer posts in these teams no
longer being funded from 2010.
Page 206
Main issues
Existing Neighbourhood Warden Structure
8.
The Neighbourhood Warden Service is managed from within the 3 Area
Management teams within the Regeneration Service. There are currently 30 posts
shown on the structure. In addition, there are 7.5 posts which supplement the core
service funded through Area Committees and ALMOs. Management arrangements
vary between areas, being either by Area Community Safety Co-ordinators, Area
Management Officers or Senior Wardens. The current structure overview is
provided at Appendix A.
9.
Each Neighbourhood Warden is assigned to a specific area and carries out
uniformed patrols within that area, making contact with local people and identifying
issues which need addressing. Wardens’ deal with three main areas:• Environmental
Reporting fly tipping, graffiti, abandoned vehicles, vandalism, damage to street
lighting and street furniture; arranging and contributing to community clean ups;
awareness initiatives with local schools and community groups; contributing to
environmental enforcement initiatives.
• Crime / Anti Social Behaviour
Providing a visible uniformed presence within an area; supporting victims of crime
and anti-social behaviour; involvement in preventative initiatives such as property
marking and security advice; liaising with Police, PCSOs and ASB officers
regarding problem areas and individuals.
• Community Support
Acting as a link for the community with service providers; encouraging community
and residents groups and assisting with planned activities; facilitating and
publicising community events and youth diversionary activities in association with
local partners; enabling access to relevant support groups and organisations.
Operational Focus
10.
The Neighbourhood Warden posts were established in 2001 prior to the
introduction of neighbourhood policing and the increased emphasis on fighting
environmental crime. Considerable additional resource is now available to provide a
responsive service to address locality specific crime and community safety issues
through the Neighbourhood Policing Teams that include both police officers and
police community support officers. As the locality focused resource to address
these issues has grown the focus of the warden’s day to day work has been largely
refocused to dealing with environmental issues.
11.
Since the establishment of the service, the Council has developed a more proactive
approach to environmental enforcement issues. This work is now co-ordinated and
delivered through the Health and Environmental Action Service in Environmental
Services. It is proposed that the new posts are line managed through this service to
provide professional support and line management.
Page 207
Locality Focus
12.
The link to a specific locality has resulted in a number of benefits. Post-holders
have developed a detailed knowledge and understanding of the local area and the
network of relationships within communities and with service providers and elected
members. This has enabled a positive contribution to be made to tasking
operations and neighbourhood management.
13.
It is proposed to maintain this locality focus and target this to the most deprived
neighbourhoods which have the greatest incidence of environmental issues. The
posts would provide a visible presence in the community, identifying and
addressing priority issues and helping to deliver on environmental issues within
Neighbourhood Improvement Plans.
14.
Deployment of the Community Environment Officer posts will continue to be agreed
with Area Committees with the initial deployment reflecting the reduced number of
posts and in the longer term reflecting the Area Committee and HEAS service
priorities. Area committees will be asked to consider deployment issues soon after
the restructure is implemented.
Job Description
15.
The job description for the new Community Environment Officer posts reflects the
above change in focus. It specifies the locality focus but also expects the role to
progress from a reporting role to one which can also resolve issues using legal
powers and other tools. The scale of the post is considered appropriate to the level
of responsibility and has been assessed by the Job Evaluation Team. The revised
job description is attached at Appendix B. It not only complements the job
descriptions currently existing within the Environmental Action Teams but also
includes many elements of similarity to the Technical Officers as well as to that
created for Neighbourhood Wardens.
Number of posts
16.
The existing 30 core posts are currently funded through 3 streams, LCC base
budget, NRF Transitional Grant and LPSA Reward Grant. There is a fall in funding
from £594k in 2008/9 to £397k in 2009/10 to no grant in 2110/11 reflecting the
expiry of NRF Transitional Grant and LPSA Reward Grant.
17.
The proposed changes are to delete the existing posts from the structure and
create 23 Community Environment Officer posts. This will have the effect of
reducing the total number of core staff to 23. All Community Environment Officer
appointments will be made to the City rather than to a single specific area.
18.
The net effect of the proposal is the loss of 7 posts from the structure. This would
enable costs to be reduced by £186k from £763k to £577k per annum.
19.
The 7.5 temporary posts are funded from Area Committee Well-being grant and
contributions from ALMOs. The total cost of these posts is £231k. The above
structure may be supplemented by Area Committees through the use of well-being
funding.
Page 208
Trade union consultation
20.
A formal consultation programme is to be undertaken with staff and trade unions
from the beginning of June. This allows for consultation on the proposals and the
new job descriptions. The outcome of the consultation process will be summarised
and reflected in the final report seeking approval to the proposed structure.
Financial Implications
21.
External income of £397k in relation to the funding of posts will expire on 31 March
2010. In subsequent years, the inflationary pressures on the service will need to be
managed through vacancies or through savings and efficiencies in the service,
across the Environment and Neighbourhoods directorate and the Council.
22.
The new structure is proposed to position the service so that reliance on external
grant funding is significantly reduced and provides a flexible staffing resource to
deliver an increasingly responsive programme of environmental services in the
most disadvantaged neighbourhoods.
Recruitment
23.
The proposed recruitment process will be in accordance with Appendix 12 of the
Council’s Recruitment and Selection Code of Practice. This will be fully detailed
once approval has been secured to the restructure proposals.
24.
As there is considerable overlap between the job descriptions for the new
Community Environment Officer post and the existing Technical Officer post, it is
proposed that the initial ring fencing proposals include the existing Neighbourhood
Warden post-holders and 8 Technical Officers who have recently been placed into
managing workforce change redeployment procedures as their posts will not be
funded from March 2010.
Accommodation issues
25.
Existing accommodation will need to be reviewed in light of the proposed new
staffing. Any additional costs will need to be met from existing budgets.
Equality Impact Assessment
26.
An Equality Impact Assessment will be undertaken during this process in line with
the Council guidance.
Recommendations
27.
Members of the area committee are asked to note the content of this report for their
information.
Page 209
Appendix A
Neighbourhood Warden Line Management Structure – April 200
Area
Management
Positions
Page 210
East North East
South East
Area Community
Safety
Co-ordinator
PO4
East Outer Area
Management
Officer
PO5
Area Community
Safety
Co-ordinator
PO4
Area Community
Safety
Co-ordinator
PO4
Area Community
Safety
Co-ordinator
PO4
East Outer
South Inner
North West Inner
West Inner/Outer
East Inner
Senior Warden
Perm S6
Senior Warden
Perm S6
Neighbourhood
Warden
S4
4 Perm
1 Temp Funded
Neighbourhood
Warden
S4
3.5 Perm
1.5 Temp Funded
North East Inner
West North West
Senior Warden
Temp Funded S6
(Acting up from
Perm Warden)
Neighbourhood
Warden
S4
5 Perm
Neighbourhood
Warden
S4
3 Perm
2 Temp Funded
Neighbourhood
Warden
S4
6 Perm
Senior Warden
Temp Funded S6
(Acting up from
Perm Warden)
Neighbourhood
Warden
S4
2.5 Perm
Neighbourhood
Warden
S4
2 Perm
3 Temp Funded
Appendix B
JOB DESCRIPTION AND PERSONAL DETAILS
(ALL POSTS ARE OPEN TO JOB SHARE)
Environment and Neighbourhoods Directorate
DIVISION:
Environmental Services
SECTION:
HEAS
POST TITLE:
Community Environment Officer
SCALE:
B3/C3 (S4/6)
POST REF NO:
POST (S) TO WHICH DIRECTLY RESPONSIBLE:
EAT Manager/Neighbourhood Manager
GOQ:
N
POST (S) FOR WHICH DIRECTLY RESPONSIBLE:
None
CUSTOMER CARE AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES
To support and abide by the policies and practices of both the Council and the Directorate with
regard to Customer Care and Equal Opportunities strategies and their respective Action Plans.
PURPOSE OF JOB:
To assist the Environmental Action Teams (EAT) and Neighbourhood Managers to improve the
quality of the environment in locally agreed priority areas. The post will be highly visible in the
community and will address cleaner and greener issues. The post will be working intensively within
relatively small well defined area/s. They will work with, and for, the community to improve the
area, using a range of techniques including enforcement processes. A proactive approach to
solving environmental problems in a sustainable way is important, based upon local information,
established needs and the environmental aspects of Neighbourhood Improvement Plans.
RESPONSIBILITIES:
A.
At B3
1
Carry out regular high visibility uniformed patrols, undertaking checks of hot spot areas and
void properties, and using legislation and communication to improve the local environment
for members of the public and businesses at all times.
2
Communicate with residents, businesses and members of the public about environmental
issues in a well defined locality. Contribute to environmental aspects of Neighbourhood
Improvement Plans and other local initiatives. Signpost facilities and relevant service
providers. Conduct presentations at resident meetings, schools, sheltered housing
complexes, clubs and groups etc. on a range of environmental and local issues.
3
Attend locality meetings, such as local tasking and multi-agency groups, providing
information on service provision and contributing to solutions to local problems.
Page 211
4
Provide assistance to ward members on local environmental issues and activities. Provide
proactive solutions to issues identified at a local level, acting as a point of liaison for the EAT.
5
Investigate and resolve service requests relating to Environmental issues. Use all available
statutory and non-statutory measures to resolve issues, which may include the use of; Notices
(including fixed penalty notices); prosecutions; warnings; informal advice; education; and
imaginative solutions to solve problems
6
Follow up cases to ensure that required actions are properly complied with in the relevant
timescales and the preparation of cases for prosecution when appropriate, with support
7
Under the guidance of more senior officers, ensure that accurate interpretation of legislation,
guidance and relevant technical information occurs in order to maintain consistency of
decision making and action
8
Act as a professional witness and attend court when requested.
9
Obtain local knowledge and an understanding of the issues which affect the community in
the specified working areas by developing and maintaining a close relationship with local
residents, community groups, the police, ward members and representatives of the local
community.
10
Liaison with partnership organisations and involvement in coordinated activities with
partners.
Become involved in individual and co-ordinated activities, alongside partnership agencies,
designed to reduce environmental problems.
11
Report environmental problems such as vandalism to street lighting and street furniture, fly
tipping etc to relevant service providers. Report incidents of graffiti, particularly offensive and
/ or racist graffiti and arrange for its removal. To initiate and support investigations aimed at
identifying and prosecuting perpetrators of these crimes.
12
Facilitate litter collection and removal of dumped rubbish, vermin, abandoned cars etc.
Report or remove drug paraphernalia e.g. syringes and needles. Facilitate community clean
ups and environmental initiatives, involving local people and other organisations as
appropriate.
13
To accurately record information using databases and other systems and provide accurate
information, including technical reports.
14
To undertake all work in compliance with the Council’s health and safety policy
15
Adhering to established procedures in relation to financial and Council rules.
16
Any other similar duties commensurate with the responsibilities and grade of the post.
At C1: as above plus
• To occasionally contribute to the development and improvement of processes and
procedures, such as quality assurance, customer care, service delivery etc
Page 212
• To interpret legislation, procedural and policy guidance and relevant technical
information accurately and consistently
• Have direct involvement in developing individual team members as appropriate
• Independently liaise with partnership organisations
At C3: as above plus
• To investigate and work on more complicated cases through to resolution
• To provide detailed technical reports about individual or area issues.
• To assist with the development and improvement of processes and procedures, such as
quality assurance, customer care, educational programmes, briefing materials, service
delivery etc.
• To assist other staff in preparation of their cases.
BEHAVIOURAL
1
The postholder must:
• seek the trust of others and be trusted by them
• be honest about their activities
• be respectful of others and to colleagues
• Cooperate with colleagues
• Be transparent in their actions
• Show confidence in their role
• Demonstrate a positive approach to their duties and colleagues
• Be prepared to support colleagues achieve the strategic outcomes
SOCIAL CONDITIONS:
The postholder will communicate with all levels of staff, members of the public and external
agencies.
The postholder will work as part of a team and will be expected to work with team members. You will
also be required to work alone whilst fulfilling field or office based tasks.
Officers will need to show a passion and commitment to work with the public, businesses and
partners, in both supporting and enforcement roles, in order to improve the quality of life for
citizens of Leeds
ECONOMIC CONDITIONS:
The salary of the post is B3/C3. Progression through the scales will lead to higher level duties and
responsibilities and will be determined by the principles of the HEAS Technical Officer progression
scheme subject to a satisfactory record of experience and performance at the previous grade.
20 days (plus 3 in lieu of “bank holiday Tuesday” agreement) annual leave (rising to 21 at C1 and
Page 213
above) and 5 additional days after 5 years Local Government service plus statutory Bank
Holidays.
37 hour working week, Monday to Friday. The postholder should be willing to work flexible hours to
meet service requirements. There may be an occasional requirement for additional hours to be
worked (compensated).
Car Use Allowances - if this postholder or post meets the criteria for essential car user status the
corresponding allowance plus mileage will be paid whilst the postholder provides and maintains a
vehicle for business use. Casual car user mileage is payable in accordance with local conditions of
service.
There is a voluntary contributory Superannuation Scheme which is deducted at a rate dependent
upon your salary and is currently in the range of 5.9% to 6.5% of the salary.
Period of notice - 4 weeks.
Other conditions in accordance with the provisions of the scheme of Conditions of Service of the
National Joint Council for the Local Government Services as adopted or amended by the Council.
PROSPECTS:
Opportunities for advancement may occur when posts become vacant and are advertised in the
Council’s Vacancies Bulletin.
LOCATION:
The appointment is to the Council; therefore an employee can be required to work at any relevant
office and area to fulfil the duties. The majority of our buildings have wheelchair access.
Page 214
Agenda Item 17
Tel: 3950705
Subject: Community Engagement - Forum Schedule and Election of Chairs 2009/10
Community Cohesion
x
Council
Function
Delegated Executive
Function available
for Call In
x
Narrowing the Gap
X
Delegated Executive
report
Executive Summary
A major part of the community engagement strategy in Outer East is through Community
Forums. This report proposes a schedule of dates for 2009/10 and asks Area Committee to
elect Forum Chairs.
1.0 Purpose of this report
1.1 This report will recommend that Members agree a schedule of Forum meetings for
municipal year 2009/10 and asks Area Committee to agree respective Forum Chairs
for 2009/10.
1.2 The report will ask Members to consider establishing themes for Forum meetings
during the year.
1.3 The report will also ask Area Committee to ratify the Forum Terms of Reference.
2.0 Background Information
2.1 In July 2004 Members agreed to establish Community Consultative Forums across the
4 Wards. Some of the Forums were new; others had been set up under previous CIT
arrangements.
2.2
It was also agreed that the Forum meetings would be held quarterly at venues
convenient to the local communities they served. In September 2008 Garforth &
Swillington and Kippax & Methley wards agreed to engage in a different way by having
Page 215
a mixture of forums and community events. Temple Newsam and Cross Gates &
Whinmoor agreed to continue to have quarterly forum meetings.
2.3
The Forum Terms of Reference state that Chairs of each Forum are determined by the
Area Committee at its first meeting of the municipal year. Chairs for 2009/10 will be
elected at this meeting of Area Committee
2.4
The proposed dates and venues for 2009/10 are detailed in the main section of this
report.
3.0 Main Issues
3.1 Forum Schedule
3.1.1 Members are asked to consider the following Forum dates for 2009/10.
Cross Gates & Whinmoor Ward Forum Dates 09/10
Cross Gates
Date
Weds 8th July 2009
Weds 30th Sept 2009
Weds 13th January 2010
Weds 14th April 2010
Venue
Cross Gates Good
Neighbours (CGGN)
CGGN
CGGN
CGGN
Time
6pm
Venue
St Gregory’s Club
St Gregory’s Club
St Gregory’s Club
St Gregory’s Club
Time
6pm
6pm
6pm
6pm
Venue
Fieldhead Carr
Fieldhead Carr
Fieldhead Carr
Fieldhead Carr
Time
6pm
6pm
6pm
6pm
6pm
6pm
6pm
Swarcliffe
Date
Weds 1st July 2009
Weds 7th October 2009
Weds 3rd February 2010
Weds 7th April 2010
Whinmoor
Date
Monday 6th July 2009
Mon 21st September 2009
Mon 14 December 2009
Mon 15th March 2010
Page 216
Temple Newsam Ward
Halton (inc Temple Newsam,Colton, Whitkirk)
Date
Thurs 11th June 2009
Thurs 10th Sept 2009
Thurs 3rd Dec 2009
Thurs 25th February 2010
Venue
Christ Church
Christ Church
Temple Moor High
To be confirmed
Time
6pm
6pm
6pm
6pm
Halton Moor & East Osmondthorpe
Date
Tues 9th June 2009
Tues 15th September 2009
Tues 24th Nov 2009
Tues 23rd February 2010
Venue
Halton Moor One Stop
Time
6pm
6pm
6pm
6pm
Kippax & Methley
Date
Type of consultation
Venue
Monday, 27 April 2009
Forum
Brigshaw High School
Either July or September
2009
Community Cohesion event
around 25th anniversary of
Miners strike working with
East Leeds FM
Brigshaw High School
21st to 25th of September
2009
Older Persons Events week
Weds 23rd September in
Micklefield
Tuesday, 26 January 2010
Forum
Brigshaw or Methley (venue
to be determined).
Page 217
Date
Late June/early July
Type of consultation
Venue
Strawberry Fields Primary
School.
From 3. til 5.30
Either July or September
2009
Event . Focus on jobs/skills.
benefits, working links, new
opportunities programme for
lone parents
Forum – this will follow the
above event
Tuesday, 3 November 2009
Forum
Garforth Community College
Feb or March 2010
Event – maybe another
community safety event
Garforth Community College.
3.2
Stay at Strawberry Field
School
Forum from 6 til 8.
Chairs
3.2.1 The Chairs for municipal year 2009/10 will have to be agreed by Area Committee. The
Chairs for the following Forums are unopposed :
•
•
•
•
•
•
Cross Gates – Cllr Pauleen Grahame
Whinmoor – Cllr Peter Gruen
Swarcliffe – Cllr Suzi Armitage
Garforth & Swillington – Cllr Tom Murray
Kippax & Methley – Cllr Keith Parker
Halton Moor & East Osmondthorpe – Cllr Mick Lyons
3.2.2 There are 2 nominations for the Halton Forum:
•
•
Cllr Bill Hyde
Cllr Mick Lyons
3.2.3 Area Committee is asked to consider the Chair for the Halton Forum for municipal
year 2009/10.
3.3
Thematic Forums
3.3.1 Members are requested to consider having a number of themed forums throughout
the year. This could cover local issues such as services for young people, issues
relating to community safety, community facilities etc.
Page 218
3.3.2 In Cross Gates & Whinmoor and Temple Newsam ward there is a total of 20 forum
meetings per year. Members are requested to consider holding 10 of these forums on
a particular theme, the theme having been determined by the Chair; and to have the
other 10 forums as business like meetings (as current).
3.3.3 An alternative that Members could consider is having the first part of the meeting on a
particular theme and the second part as usual business.
3.4
Terms of Reference for Forums
3.4.1 Area Committee is requested to ratify the Terms of Reference for Outer East Forums
as detailed on Appendix 1.
3.5
Thematic Events
3.5.1 Members in Garforth & Swillington have previously agreed to a combination of 2
forums and 2 events during the year.
3.5.2 An event is scheduled in late June/early July 2009 in Garforth with an invite to local
families interested in jobs, learning, new opportunities for lone parents etc. The event
will have activities to attract families such as face painting, goody bags etc and will be
held in a local primary school. An update on this event will be provided at Area
Committee.
4.0
4.1
This report does contribute towards the Authority’s Community Cohesion Action Plan
through its now established structure for community engagement and involvement.
5.0 Legal and Resource Implications
5.1 None.
6.0 Conclusions
6.1 This report provides forum dates for 2009/10; forum chairs for 2009/10; details of other
engagement events to be held in Outer East Leeds during 2009/10.
7.0 Recommendations
7.1 Members are requested to agree the schedule of dates detailed in section 3.1.1 of this
report.
7.2 Members are requested agree forum chairs detailed in section 3.2.1.
7.3 Members are requested to determine the Halton Forum Chair for 2009/10.
7.4 Members are requested to consider having a number of themed forums during 2009/10;
or alternatively allowing for the first part of some forums to be on a theme. The dates
and numbers of forums will be agreed with individual chairs.
Page 219
7.5 Members are requested to ratify the Forum Terms of Reference.
Background Papers
Area Committee report 9 December 2009 – community engagement plan in Outer East.
Page 220
Appendix 1
Terms of Reference – Community Forum of Outer East Area Committee
1.0
Purpose
1.1
To be consulted on joint action for shared priorities to:
•
•
•
Address social exclusion, inequality and disadvantage experienced by people
living in the defined boundary.
Take action to improve residents quality of life through better and more
appropriate public and community led services
Support the economic regeneration of the area
1.2
To fully involve the community in the development of proposals to improve their area.
1.3
To report progress to the Outer East Leeds Area Committee through its Area Delivery
Plan.
1.4
To monitor targets which shows that key performance indicators within the Area
Delivery Plan are being achieved and having impact in their area.
1.5
To develop and implement an effective communication and consultation strategy for
the target area to ensure as wide a cross section of the community as possible have
access to information on the work of the Area Committee and the project work it
supports.
1.6
To promote improvements in the delivery of public services to better meet the needs
of local communities.
1.7
To promote community cohesion through public service provision and specific
initiatives.
1.8
To encourage and promote cross-sector and inter-agency working to achieve the
objectives of the Area Delivery Plan.
1.9
To liaise with other area based and generic partnerships as appropriate.
2.0
Membership
2.1
Elected Ward Members for the area.
2.2
Local representatives from all constituted and bona-fide community organisations that
operate within the geographic boundary of the Forum.
2.3
Representatives of the following will be invited to be members of the Forum:
•
•
•
•
Schools – local governors, headteachers etc
Faith groups
Local Business Forums/Associations
Youth Council representatives
Page 221
•
•
•
Local Neighbourhood Watch Schemes
Good Neighbour Schemes
Any other community based associations/organisations as agreed by the Chair.
2.4
The Forum will be an open meeting for any individual that resides within the area to
attend. Such attendees can only speak however through the Chair.
2.5
Representatives of statutory agencies such as the Police, NHS Leeds, Aire Valley
Homes, East North East Homes and Leeds City Council Departments, together with
workers from voluntary organisations/projects in the area will be invited to attend the
meetings on an advisory capacity.
2.6
Membership will be reviewed periodically.
3.0
Chair & Quorum
3.1
The Chair is agreed and appointed by the Area Committee annually (at the first
meeting of the municipal year).
3.2
The meeting will be considered quorate provided at least 1 Ward Member and 2
community representatives are present.
3.3
If the meeting is inquorate the Chair will have the discretion to determine if the
meeting should continue in order to accept items for information.
4.0
The Meeting
4.1
The meetings will be held quarterly or bi-annually and set by the Area Committee
4.2
Items for the agenda can be requested within a specified time prior to the meeting as
agreed by the Forum
4.3
Elected Members shall declare their interest, personal or personal and prejudicial, in
any matter coming before the Forum and shall comply with the National Code of Local
Government Conduct and or any other conduct or protocol relating to the conduct of
Members which may be adopted by the Council. All other attendees should also
declare their interest, pecuniary and non-pecuniary, in any matter coming before the
Forum.
Page 222
Agenda Item 18
Tel : 3950705
Date: 7th July 2009
Subject: Area Delivery Plan 2008-11 – Annual Refresh
Ward members consulted
(referred to in this report)
x
Council
Function
Delegated Executive
Function available
for Call In
x
Community Cohesion
x
Narrowing the Gap
x
x
Delegated Executive
report
Executive Summary
This report presents a refresh of the Area Delivery Plan 2008-11 to ensure that priorities and
actions meet with current local needs. It explains the context for the plan including its links
to the Leeds Strategic Plan and actions planned relating to responsibilities delegated to Area
Committee by the Executive Board, both around Council functions and partnership working.
Page 223
Purpose of this report
1.
This report presents a refresh of the Area Delivery Plan 2008-11 for approval.
2.
It explains the context for the plan including its links to the Leeds Strategic Plan and
actions planned relating to responsibilities delegated to Area Committee by the
Executive Board, both around Council functions and partnership working.
3.
The report presents the Outer East area priorities around which the work of the Area
Management Team will be focused in 2009/10 on behalf of the Area Committee.
4.
The Area Committee is asked to approve the priorities for 2009/10.
5.
It is important to note that the ADP is a working document. Actions will be added to it
as the year progresses; for example through issues raised at ward member meetings
and project proposals that come forward for funding from Well Being budget.
Background
6.
The Area Committee will recall previous reports giving information on the
development of the Leeds Strategic Plan (LSP). This sets out the Council’s priorities
for Leeds for the next three years and what the Council will do itself and in
partnership with others to deliver these priorities.
7.
The Leeds Strategic Plan brings together the themes in the existing Vision for Leeds,
Local Area Agreement and Regeneration Plan, to provide an integrated framework
geared to tackling neighbourhood needs and priorities. The Area Delivery Plan 200811 was agreed by the Area Committee in June 2008, this plan has been refreshed as
part of an annual review to ensure that priorities and actions meet with current
needs.
8.
Following an audit of actions in the 2008/09 plan, and considering the feedback from
resident consultation, a number of changes are proposed to develop a more robust
plan for 2009/10. The refresh of the plan has been undertaken with service
managers and partners who have put forward suggestions to update and revise the
plan to meet current conditions and strategic priorities. The 2009/10 plan translates
the city –wide local improvement priorities in the Leeds Strategic Plan to specific
priorities relevant to the Outer East.
9.
A full report to update progress against the Area Delivery Plan will be provided to
Area Committee in February 2010.
Delegated functions
10.
The Executive Board agreed a number of recommended changes to Area
Committee responsibilities and working arrangements at their meeting in November
2007 and changes to the constitution took effect in May 2008. There is an increase
in the range and number of service and function responsibilities the Area Committee
now have which include:
•
•
Community engagement and facilities
Community safety
Page 224
•
•
•
•
11.
Environment (e.g. green and open spaces, Streetscene, environmental action
teams)
Children and young people (e.g. youth services)
Adult social care and healthier communities
Regeneration and development including neighbourhood management
coordination and management of Safer Stronger Communities Funds monies
to support an Intensive Neighbourhood Management approach)
The ADP reflects these additional responsibilities presented within the themes of the
Strategic Plan. It includes any priority actions the Area Committee may want to
progress relating to these responsibilities, including priorities that can be assisted in
achievement through the Well Being Fund that the Area Committee administer.
Area Partnerships and developing local actions
12.
The Area Delivery Plan will be the local expression of the Leeds Strategic Plan and
therefore it will be a partnership document, and partners are involved in putting it
together. This is a development from previous ADPs which have concentrated
primarily on local priorities linked to delegated council services which the Area
Committee have influence over.
13.
This builds on the move away from District Partnerships to thematic based area
partnerships set up under the umbrella of the Leeds Initiative, with increasing
accountability and direct links to Area Committees.
14.
The following is a list of the partnership groups in the east area:
•
•
•
North East Divisional Community Safety Partnership
Children Leeds North East Partnership
Jobs, Enterprise & Training (JET) Partnership
15.
The Area Delivery Plan refresh begins to make clearer which partnership will be
responsible for reporting performance against which ADP priority.
16.
The Area Delivery Plan incorporates the 8 strategic themes of the Leeds Strategic
Plan with each theme having an Elected Member as its champion. The champions
agreed by Area Committee in 2008/9 are listed below. There is a vacancy for the
Health & Well Being Champion. Members are requested to confirm ‘champions’ for
2009/10 and elect to the position of Health & Well Being Champion.
Theme
Champion
Culture
Cllr Bill Hyde
Enterprise & Economy
Cllr Tom Murray
Learning
Cllr Tom Murray
Transport
Cllr Mick Lyons
Environment
Cllr Keith Wakefield
Page 225
Health & Well Being
Vacant
Thriving Places
Housing – Cllr Peter Gruen
Community Safety- Cllr Mark Dobson
Cllr Pauleen Grahame
17.
The ADP will continue to include local priorities and actions as identified by elected
members and residents through local engagement activity, including the allocation of
Well-Being Funds. Where these do not naturally sit within a themed partnership, the
ADP will make clear which service will report progress to the Area Committee on that
particular action.
18.
The Area Management Team will work with members through their individual ward
member meetings on further actions they would like to see included in the plan.
Where these are ward specific actions, progress will also be reported at ward
member meetings.
19.
It is generally acknowledged that there is a need to develop a simpler, more userfriendly and accessible document or “charter” for household distribution. It is
suggested that this could set out service standards and priorities for action that can
be easily understood and monitored. Along with a calendar of local engagement
opportunities the “charter” could be delivered to every household. In this way it is felt
that the understanding of the work of the area committees, local councillors and
public service providers can be better understood and held accountable to local
residents. In effect this will be the resident-friendly version of the ADP.
19.
The ADP refresh begins to make clearer which partnership will be responsible for
reporting performance against which ADP priority. The area Committee have
nominated a Member representative to participate in the work of these partnerships
and act as the link between the partnership and the area committee. A separate
report to this meeting outlines this further and requests that the Area Committee
confirm these nominees.
20.
In addition, the area committee have identified Members to act as champions for the
specific themes of the Area Delivery Plan. Members are asked to confirm if they wish
to continue in their role as theme champion. This role falls outside of the
Appointment to Outside Bodies as outlined in the separate report to this meeting.
21.
The Area Committee has a community engagement strategy which is based around
a cycle of community forums, a number of ward events and a number of partnership
events. The aim is to create opportunities for local people to influence service
planning and ensure that residents are informed of how their views have been
listened to and what will be delivered as a result.
22.
A separate report details the forum schedule for 2009/10.
Page 226
23.
The priorities for the Area Delivery Plan mirror the priorities of the Leeds Strategic
Plan. This will enable local interpretations of the priority outcomes for the area to be
developed and delivered against. Actions in the plan were formulated based on
consultation with key stakeholders in the local area.
24.
The Well-Being budget delegated by Executive Board is used to finance projects
which meet the objectives of the Area Delivery Plan, which links to the delivery of
Leeds Strategic Plan outcomes. Members of the Area Committee are keen that
wherever possible the use of well-being brings in additional match funding to the
area.
25.
The Area Management Team will be responsible for organising and co-ordinating
community engagement activity from within their existing resource and use of well –
being funds where agreed.
Conclusions
26.
The Area Delivery Plan refresh sets out the key priorities for 2008 - 2011 for Outer
East Leeds.
27.
The focus of the refresh is on actions to be delivered and developed during 2009/10.
28.
The Area Management Team will support partnerships and local services in this
process and continue to champion the role of the Area Committee through the ADP.
29.
The refreshed ADP represents another step forward in the increasing role and
influence of the Area Committee but further work is needed in the year ahead to
strengthen the performance monitoring information available at area level for the
outcomes in the ADP.
30.
The introduction of a resident friendly version of the ADP through a “charter” will be a
significant step in improving the transparency and accountability of local services
and promoting the role of the Area Committee and elected members in influencing
local services and holding them to account.
Recommendations
31.
The Area Committee is requested to;
a)
Approve the annual refresh of the ADP 2008-11
b)
Agree strategic ‘champions’ for 2009/10 and elect a Health & Well Being
‘champion’.
c)
Note the continued connectivity with the cycle of community forums and ward
based engagement events
d)
Note the intention to provide a review of performance against the agreed ADP
priorities at the February 2010 meeting
e)
Agree the proposal that a charter be developed as the public facing, resident
friendly version of the ADP
Page 227
Background Papers
Area Delivery Plan 2008/11
Page 228
Page 229
A - Culture
A2
Enable more people A1
to become involved in
sport and culture by
providing better quality
and wider ranging
activities and facilities.
Local Improvement Ref
No.
Priorities
Actions
Support community
cultural events and
activities
Providing new and
improved sports and
leisure facilities across
Outer East.
Outer East ADP
Priority
Actions
Supporting the
annual Garforth
Arts Festival
Providing new
facilities for leisure
in villages and
neighbourhoods
including skatepark
in Micklefield,
MUGA in Kippax
and
Swillington,playgro
und in Halton
Improving sports
pitches in
Whinmoor and
Garforth
Garforth
Community
College
Parks &
Countryside
Parks &
Countryside,
AMT, Methley
Sports
Association
Partnership
lead
Development of
sports pitches and
changing facilities
at Methley
2011/12
Parks &
Countryside
Completion of
Methley scheme.
Association
managing site with
support from AMT.
2010/11
Providing new
sports pitches and
facilities at Thorpe
Park
2009/10
Resources
Well being,
various
education
and arts
funds
Well Being,
S106,
Grantscape
WBF
(Capital)
RFL,
Football
Foundation
S106
Increased participation in cultural opportunities through engaging with all our communities.
Places to go, things to do
CYPP Priorities
P1
LSP Strategic Outcomes
Theme leads: South East Area Management. Lead Member - Councillor William Hyde
Leeds Strategic Plan Theme - Culture
Outer East Area Committee - Area Delivery Plan 2008/11
Baseline
Sustaining and
expanding
cultural events.
Increased
public
participation.
Target
Current
Qtr 1-2
Achievements
Qtr 3-4
Planned Actions
Performance Monitoring and Current Year Actions/Achievements
Progress Against PI Traget
1
Page 230
Improve community
facilities and increasing
the use of community
facilities
Increased
A3
participation in cultural
opportunities through
encouraging
investment and
development of high
quality facilities and
engaging with all our
communities
A - Culture
Outer East ADP
Priority
Priorities
No.
Community Park
improvements
through Parks
Renaissance
Providing local
Parks as venues
for local events and
sporting activities
Establishing user
groups in
community centres
to promote centres,
increase a wider
variety of activities
and usage, support
with business plans
for leased centres.
Complete final
phases of Town &
District Centre
Regeneration in
Outer East
Supporting capital
schemes to
improve community
centres and
community
buildings eg
Garforth Library,
Scouts facilitiesetc.
Cricket coaching
for 3 full weeks
during half term
and summer
holidays for all 8 to
15 year olds
Supporting Garforth
Brass Bands with
funds for new
instruments and
equipment
Supporting galas
across all 4 Outer
East wards
2009/10
Actions
Providing local
Parks as venues for
local events and
spoprting activities
2010/11
Resources
AMT
Yorkshire
CCC
P&C
Well being
Parish
Well Being,
Councils,
fund raising
community
groups
Garforth Brass Well Being
Funds
Partnership
lead
Providing local
P&C
Parks as venues for
local events and
spoprting activities
2011/12
Qtr 1-2
Achievements
Qtr 3-4
Planned Actions
2
B - Enterprise & Economy
Community
Engagement and
improving access to
services for learning,
jobs and skills and new
opportunities
B4
Engagement event
with learning
partnerships in
Garforth July 09.
This may be rolled
out to other areas
subject to interest.
Worklessness
Addressing
worklessness in priority Project - Jobs and
skills to explore
neighbourhoods
outreach activities
in Osmondthorpe
B3
Family Outreach
Workers based in
Children's Centres
in Outer East to
engage and
support families
with children aged
0-5 years.
Support to Vol.
Orgs/ community
enterprises aiming
to create / help
access
employment.
Creation of at least
2 jobs within
Swarcliffe Good
Neighbours
Gardening and
decorating scheme
2009/10
Increase number of
people assisted into
employment
Support community
enterprise projects
Outer East ADP
Priority
B2
B1
Increase innovation
and entrepreneurial
activity across the city
Local Improvement
Priorities
NEET
Ref
No.
2010/11
Actions
2011/12
Area
Committee
Well Being
funds
provided £38k
towards this
project.
Project
delivered by
Swarcliffe
Good
Neighbours.
Resources
Learning
Partnerships,
Area
Management,
jobs and Skills
Jobs,
Enterprise and
Training
Partnership
(JET)
Well Being
funds, Area
Management
staff, Jobs &
Skills staff,
Learning
Partnerships
Worklessness
Officer
dedicated to
Osmondthorp
e area
Jobs,
Childrens
Enterprise and Services
Training
Partnership
(JET)
Partnership
lead
Outcomes for looked after children
Baseline
Target
Current
Qtr 1-2
Achievements
Qtr 3-4
Planned Actions
Increased entrepreneurship and innovation through effective support to achieve the full potential of people, business and the economy
Increased international competitiveness through marketing and investment in high quality infrastructure and physical assets, particularly in the city centre
CYPP Priorities
P1
P2
Theme leads: Jobs, Enterprise & Training Partnership. Outer East Lead Member - Cllr Tom Murray
Leeds Strategic Plan Theme - Enterprise and Economy
Page 231
1
Page 232
Ref
No.
Enhance the skill
C1
level of the workforce
to fulfil individual and
economic potential
Local Improvement
Priorities
Actions
C - Learning
Improve learning
C2
outcomes for all 16
year olds, with a
focus on narrowing
the achievement gap
Improve learning
outcomes for all 16
year olds
Encourage initiatives
which enhance the skill
level of the local
workforce
Outer East ADP
Priority
Support IT projects
in community
centre's offering IT
training to
community groups
P&C shemes to
provide Vocational
Learning
Programme,
Apprentice
Programme &
Career changers
prgramme.
Worklessness
project in Halton
Moor &
Osmondthorpe
targetting
individuals to obtain
training and
employment
2009/10
2010/11
Actions
Early Learning Outcomes in Deprived Areas Outcomes for Looked After Children
NEET
Teenage Conception
2011/12
P&C
Jobs and Skills,
EASEL
Partnership lead
AVH funds, Well
Being
Yorkshire
Forward
Resources
Persistent absence
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievement
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
s
Enhance skills of the current and future workforce through fulfilling individual and economic potential and investing in learning facilities
CYPP Priorities
P1
Theme leads: Children Leeds North East. Lead Member - Cllr Tom Murray
Leeds Strategic Plan Theme - Learning
Page 233
1
C - Learning
Improve participation
and early learning
outcomes for all
children, with a focus
on families in
deprived areas
C5
Improve participation
and early learning
outcomes for all
children
Development of
Childrens centres
in Outer East
including Swarcliffe
and Kippax.
Library Service to
deliver 'Living the
Dream' career
days, citizenship
tests and access to
Connexions
Access Point.
Increase the proportion Prepare for
Contact Point roll
of vulnerable groups
engaged in education, out from April 2009.
training or employment
Targeted work by
Youth Service to
engage NEET (inc. provision of
accredited
courses)
2009/10
Increase the
C4
proportion of
vulnerable groups
engaged in education,
training or
employment
Outer East ADP
Priority
Improve learning
outcomes and skill
levels for all 19 year
olds
Ref
No.
Improve learning
C3
outcomes and skill
levels for 19 year olds
Local Improvement
Priorities
Page 234
Actions
2010/11
2011/12
Core and Well
Being
Resources
Core
Early Years
capital grant; wellbeing
Library Service
Early Years
Service
Children's Services Core
Youth Service
Partnership lead
Number of
Children's
Centres
completed
and
operational in
outer east.
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievement
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
s
Positive
outcomes for
young people.
2
Deliver and facilitate
a range of transport
proposals for an
enhanced transport
system, including
cycling and walking.
Local Improvement
Priorities
Actions
D - Transport
D4
Provide Parish
Councils with
details of road
maintenance
programmes
Public rights of
way network
including cycle
routes
Green gateways of
Wykebeck Valley
Way & Kippax
2009/10
Improve road safety for Work with
highways to
road users and
consult with local
pedestrians.
residents on
highways
improvements at
specific locations
eg Coal Road,
Selby Road near
Temple Moor High
School
Ensure local
communities are aware
and have access to
information on road
maintenance
programmes
Improve the condition D3
of the streets and
transport
infrastructure by
carrying out a major
programme of
maintenance and
improvements.
Improve road safety
for all our users,
especially motor
cyclists and pedal
cyclists.
Support initiatives which
improve the quality, use
and accessibility of
public transport services
Support initiatives which
enhance the transport
system, including
walking and cycling.
Improve the quality, D2
use and accessibility
of public transport
services in Leeds.
D1
Ref
No.
Outer East ADP
Priority
AMT
Highways
WB
Core
Core
Green gateways of Green gateways of Parks &
Wykebeck Valley Wykebeck Valley Countryside
Way & Kippax
Way & Kippax
Partnership lead Resources
Core
2011/12
Public rights of way Public rights of way P&C
network including network including
cycle routes
cycle routes
2010/11
Actions
Improved
condition of
roads.
1
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievements
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
Increased accessibility and connectivity through investment in high quality, integrated transport influencing others and changing behaviours
CYPP Priorities
P1
Theme leads: City Development Directorate. Lead Member - Cllr Mick Lyons
Leeds Strategic Plan Theme - Transport
Page 235
D - Transport
Local Improvement
Priorities
Page 236
Ref
No.
Outer East ADP
Priority
2009/10
Actions
2010/11
2011/12
2
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievements
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
Increase the amount
of waste reused and
recycled and reduce
the amount of waste
going to landfill.
Local Improvement
Priorities
Actions
E2
E - Environment
Undertake actions to
improve our resilience
to current and future
climate change.
E1
Ref
No.
2009/10
The role of Parks
and green spaces
in adapting to
Climate Change by
reducing
tempreture in
dense urban
environments and
reducing surface
run off of rain
water.
Promoting biodiveristy by active
management of
local sites in line
with national
performance
targets
Action on poor
insulation in private
sector, contribution
of £3k towards a
city wide aerial heat
survey
Raise residents
awareness of
recycling via
events, leaflets,
newsletters and
warden activity.
Enforcement
action
Support communities who
on bonfires under
wish to take action to
improve our resilience to statutory nuisance
current and future climate from smoke
legislation.
change
Increase the
amount of waste
reused and
recycled by ALMO
tenants. (Area
Panel funding)
To increase the amount of Educational
recycling through raising programme on
recycling in schools
public awareness
and community
events.
Outer East ADP Priority
Promoting bioP&C
diveristy by active
management of
local sites in line
with national
performance targets
The role of Parks
The role of Parks
P&C
and green spaces in and green spaces in
adapting to Climate adapting to Climate
Change by reducing Change by reducing
tempreture in dense tempreture in dense
urban environments urban environments
and reducing
and reducing
surface run off of
surface run off of
rain water.
rain water.
Promoting biodiveristy by active
management of
local sites in line
with national
performance targets
Core
Core
ALMO budget
(Area Panel)
Core
Resources
AM, Fuel Savers Core, WBF
team. EAS
Enforcement action Health and
on bonfires under
Environmental
statutory nuisance Action Services
from smoke
legislation.
Enforcement action
on bonfires under
statutory nuisance
from smoke
legislation.
Environmental
Services, AMT
and
Neighbourhood
Wardens
Aire Valley
Homes
Environmental
Services
supported by
Neighbourhood
Wardens
Partnership
lead
Raise residents
awareness of
recycling via events,
leaflets, newsletters
and warden activity.
Educational
programme on
and community
events.
2011/12
Raise residents
awareness of
recycling via events,
leaflets, newsletters
and warden activity.
Educational
programme on
and community
events.
2010/11
Actions
Deliver thermal
imaging
Number of
enforcement
cases
successfully
dealt with.
Deliver
prgramme of
activity through
AM work
Delivery of
annual
programme.
Reduction in
smoke
pollution.
Reduction in
the amount of
waste sent to
landfill and
cleaner
neighbourhood
s.
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievements
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
Reduced ecological footprint through leading the response, influencing, mitigating and adapting to environmental and climate change.
Cleaner, greener and more attractive city through effective environmental management and changed behaviours
CYPP Priorities
P1
P2
Theme leads: Local Tasking Partnerships; Environment Action Teams & Wardens. Lead Member - Cllr Keith Wakefield
Leeds Strategic Plan Theme - Environment
Page 237
1
Ref
No.
E - Environment
E4
E3
Address
neighbourhood
problem sites; improve
cleanliness and
access to and quality
of green spaces.
Local Improvement
Priorities
Page 238
Halton Moor and
East
Osmondthorpe
estate,
Neighbourhood
Warden to liaise
with Environmental
Health
2009/10
Actions
2010/11
Use of community
pay back team to
work on
environmental
projects in Outer
East
AMT, Probation
Area
Management
AMT,
Enforcement
Partnership
lead
No further INM
funding
INM programme:
No further INM
target
funding
environmental
action teams to
tackle grotspots in
Halton Moor and
East
Osmondthorpe
Streetscene
services
Targeted
Enforcement
enforcement activity tasking partners
where flytipping and
environmental crime
are a blight on
neighbourhoods.
Specific work
targetted by Op
Champions,
community clean
ups.
Work with partners Work with partners AMT, Tasking
in tasking teams.
in tasking teams.
partners
£10k per ward
£10k per ward
allocated to facilitate allocated to facilitate
tasking activity to
tasking activity to
tackle crime and
tackle crime and
grime issues.
grime issues.
Use of community
pay back team to
work on
environmental
projects in Outer
East
2011/12
Targeted
Targeted
enforcement
enforcement activity
activity where
where flytipping and
flytipping and
environmental crime
environmental
are a blight on
crime are a blight neighbourhoods.
on neighbourhoods. Specific work
Specific work
targetted by Op
targetted by Op
Champions,
Champions,
community clean
community clean
ups.
ups.
Work with partners
in tasking teams.
£10k per ward
allocated to
facilitate tasking
activity to tackle
crime and grime
issues.
Use of community
pay back team to
work on
environmental
projects in Outer
East
Deliver an effective Smooth transition of
Ensure local
warden service to
neighbourhoods are clean and co-ordinated
Neighbourhood
EAT completed.
and well maintained
Warden Service.
Completion of
service review and
transfer of scheme
to EAT.
To reduce environmental
blights caused by untidy
and run-down
derelict/empty properties
SSCF and
core funds
City Services
core funding,
tasking
partners, WBF
WBF
WBF
Core, WBF,
Aire Valley
Homes
Resources
Environmental
improvements
to Outer East
most deprived
areas.
Deliver
Probation
scheme,
ensuring wide
use by
community
groups,
particulalry
considering
changes to
Warden
scheme
Environmental
improvements
to Outer Easts
most deprived
areas.Service
review complete
Number of
events held.
Impact on
crime and
grime and local
resident
perceptions.
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievements
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
2
E5
Ref
No.
E - Environment
Local Improvement
Priorities
Page 239
To improve the condition
and appearance of
open/public spaces
Actions
2011/12
Partnership
lead
Targeted
hotspot areas
where there is
flytipping and
environmental
neighbourhood
blight.
Targeted
EAT
hotspot areas
where there is
flytipping and
environmental
neighbourhood
blight.
Core
Well Being
funds
P&C
Improvements to
highway verges in
Halton/Whitkirk
Targeted
enforcement
activity hotspot
areas where there
is flytipping and
environmental
neighbourhood
blight.
PFI credits
In Bloom groups WBF
supported by NW
AMT
Working with
various 'In Bloom'
groups to improve
main village and
town streets.
Utilising additional
resources from PFI
credits to enhance
the environment in
Swarcliffe
Working with
various 'In Bloom'
groups to improve
main village and
town streets.
Provide key
environmental
improvements
to Swarcliffe
Improved
environmental
appearance of
outer north
east area.
Improved
environmental
appearance of
outer north
east area.
Aesthetics
improvements
to towns and
villages in outer
East
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievements
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
Working with
various 'In Bloom'
groups to improve
main village and
town streets.
WBF
Resources
Improved
environmental
appearance of
outer eastarea.
Delivery of
Delivery of
AMT and
gardening scheme gardening scheme Swarcliffe Good
to maintain
to maintain
Neighbours
vulnerable and older vulnerable and older Scheme
people's gardens
people's gardens
2010/11
Support delivery of Support delivery of Support delivery of Tasking Team
Multi-agency
Operation
Operation
Operation
partners & chairs
Champion
Champion
Champion
Delivery of
gardening scheme
to maintain
vulnerable and
older people's
gardens
2009/10
3
Page 240
F2
F1
Ref
No.
Outer East ADP
Priority
2009/10
Actions
Develop a
programme of
initiatives including
non-smoking days
in line with citywide
action plan.
2010/11
2011/12
NHS Leeds
Partnership
lead
Support to Youth
Service led healthy
lifestyles
programmes.
Deliver cricket
tournament
throughout the
summer
Support to Youth
Service led healthy
lifestyles
programmes.
Deliver cricket
tournament
throughout the
summer
Commission a full Commission a full
programme of
programme of
school holiday and school holiday and
positive activities positive activities
throughout the year throughout the year
in each Ward.
in each Ward.
Core
Resources
Deliver cricket
tournament
throughout the
summer
Yorkshire
County Cricket
Club
Support to Youth
Youth Service
Service led healthy
lifestyles
programmes.
AC
Core
Commission a full Youth Service & Core & AC
programme of
AMT
school holiday and
positive activities
throughout the year
in each Ward.
Reduce the rate of
Support
Support Community Support Community Children Leeds
increase in obesity and Community Sports Sports
Sports
North East
raise physical activity
Programmes
Programmes
Programmes
for all
Support initiatives which Develop a
reduce the number of
programme of
people who smoke
initiatives including
non-smoking days
in line with citywide
action plan.
F - Health & Wellbeing
Reduce rate of
increase in obesity
and raise physical
activity for all.
Reduction in the
number of people
who smoke.
Local Improvement
Priorities
Actions
Child Poverty
Early Learning in Deprived Areas
Increase the
number of
young people
participating in
sports
Delivery of
healthy
lifestyles
programmes.
Increase the
number of
young people
participating in
sports
Number of
initiatives and
actions
completed from
city wide
strategy.
Increased
awareness of
healthy
lifestyles.
Reduction of Smoking cessation
the population data collected
smoking and annually.
number of
quits.
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievements
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
Reduced health inequalities through the promotion of healthy life choices and improved access to services
Improved quality of life through maximising the potential of vulnerable people by promoting independence, dignity and respect
Enhanced safety and support for vulnerable people through preventative and protective action to minimise risks and wellbeing
CYPP Priorities
P1
P2
P3
Theme leads: Health & Social Care Partnership. Lead Member - post vacant
Leeds Strategic Plan Theme - Health and Wellbeing
Page 241
1
Local Improvement
Priorities
F4
F3
Ref
No.
Outer East ADP
Priority
Actions
2010/11
Outdoor recreation
opportunities
including fixed
play, playing
pitches, bowling
greens and golf
courses
General benefits of
parks and green
spaces to health,
fitness and
wellbeing ie Health
walks and Ranger
led activities and
provision &
improvements of
allotments
Support the
neighbourhood
policing teams in
reducing underage
drinking leading to
unsafe sexual
behaviour.
Support
Neighbourhood
Network schemes
to develop
initiatives that
encourage elderly
independent living.
Increase the number of Support
Neighbourhood
vulnerable people
helped to live at home. Network schemes
to develop
initiatives that
encourage elderly
independent living.
Support
Neighbourhood
Network schemes
to develop
initiatives that
encourage elderly
independent living.
Area
Management,
Elders teams,
Social Services
Support the
Children Leeds
neighbourhood
North East
policing teams in
reducing underage
drinking leading to
unsafe sexual
behaviour.
C Card scheme
Library Service
delivered from local
libraries and youth
centres
C Card scheme
delivered from local
libraries and youth
centres
Support the
neighbourhood
policing teams in
reducing underage
drinking leading to
unsafe sexual
behaviour.
General benefits of P&C
parks and green
spaces to health,
fitness and
wellbeing ie Health
walks and Ranger
led activities and
provision &
improvements of
allotments
General benefits of
parks and green
spaces to health,
fitness and
wellbeing ie Health
walks and Ranger
led activities and
provision &
improvements of
allotments
AMT, P&C,
community
groups
Partnership
lead
Outdoor recreation P&C
opportunities
including fixed play,
playing pitches,
bowling greens and
golf courses.
2011/12
Outdoor recreation
opportunities
including fixed play,
playing pitches,
bowling greens and
golf courses.
Implement
Completion on site
schemes to
of Methley scheme
increase
community
resources
including
Mickelefield Skate
park, Methley
playingfields and
Kippax MUGA
2009/10
C Card scheme
Reduce teenage
conception and improve delivered from
local libraries and
sexual health.
youth centres
Increase the number
of vulnerable people
helped to live at
home.
Reduce teenage
conception and
improve sexual
health.
Page 242
Core
Core
AC, S106,
Caird Bardon,
Youth
Opportunities
, RFL,
Football
Foundation.
Resources
Increase the
number of
community
based sports
resources
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievements
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
2
Embed a
safeguarding culture
for all.
Support partnership
working which improves
safeguarding of
vulnerable children and
adults.
NI 130 Social care
clients receiving Self
Directed Support (Direct
payments and individual
budgets)
F5
Increase the
proportion of people
in receipt of
commiuntiy services
enjoying choice and
control over their daily
lives
F6
Outer East ADP
Priority
Ref
No.
Local Improvement
Priorities
Page 243
Actions
Resources
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievements
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
Deliver safety
Rangers
programme to
Year 5 pupils
Ensure Initial and
Core Assessments
for vulnerable
children and adults
are completed
jointly with other
agencies as
appropriate in
addition to
focusing on
timeliness.
Support the
Growing Zone in
Kippax to maintain
and develop their
service
Ensure Initial and
Core Assessments
for vulnerable
children and adults
are completed
jointly with other
agencies as
appropriate in
addition to focusing
on timeliness.
Support the
Growing Zone in
Kippax to maintain
and develop their
service
Provide gardening
and decorating
service for older
people throughout
year.
Develop services to
tackle health and
well being issues
for older people via
the Sub Group
Support the
Growing Zone in
Kippax to maintain
and develop their
service
Provide gardening
and decorating
service for older
people throughout
year.
Develop services to
tackle health and
well being issues
for older people via
the Sub Group
Children Leeds
North East;
Adult Services
AMT and
partners
AMT and
AC
Swarcliffe Good
Neighbours
Provide
community
service for
vulnerable
people
Support older
people to live
independantly
by maintinaing
their homes
Manage an
effective sub
group to tackle
issues affecting
odler people. At
least 6 mtgs
per year
Partnership
lead
Provide gardening
and decorating
service for older
people throughout
year.
Develop services
to tackle health
and well being
issues for older
people via the Sub
Group
2011/12
Increase the
number of older
people
accessing
social activities
2010/11
Continue the
Provision of 12
Continue the
AMT, Elders
Luncheon Clubs
development of the development of the Team, Social
and develop further luncheon scheme luncheon scheme Services
clubs in new areas.
2009/10
3
Page 244
G1
G2
Increase the number
of "decent homes"
Increase the number
of affordable homes
Priorities
No.
Actions
Actions
G - Thriving Places
Reduce the number of G3
people who are not
able to adequately
heat their homes
Carry out decent
homes
improvements for
all ALMO
properties so that
all properties meet
the required SAP
rating.
Carry out decent homes
improvements for all ALMO
properties so that all properties
meet the required SAP rating.
Delivery of NHS Leeds Fuel
Poverty Strategy.
Monitoring affordable housing in
Halton Moor and East
Osmondthorpe(awaiting further
information from Maggie)
Seek to identify and monitor
Seek to identify
and monitor empty empty private properties and
private properties back into use.
and back into use.
Delivery of the
Delivery of the "decent homes"
"decent homes"
annual programme of work.
annual programme
of work.
Monitoring
affordable housing
in Halton Moor and
East
Osmondthorpe(aw
aiting further
information from
Maggie)
Reduce the number of people who are not Delivery of NHS
able to adequately heat their homes
Leeds Fuel Poverty
Strategy.
Increase the number of affordable homes
Increase the number of 'decent homes'
2010/11
ENEHL; Aire
Valley Homes
Core
ENELH, Aire ValleDecent
Homes
Funding
Monitoring
EASEL
affordable housing
in Halton Moor and
East
Osmondthorpe(awa
iting further
information from
Maggie)
PCT
Core
Core
Seek to identify and EAT
monitor empty
private properties
and back into use.
2011/12
Child Poverty
NEET
Persistent absence
Early Learning Outcomes in deprived areas
2009/10
Improved quality of life through mixed neighbourhoods offering good housing options and better access to services and activities
Reduced crime and fear of crime through prevention, detection, offender management and changed behaviours
Increased economic activity through targeted support to reduce worklessness and poverty
CYPP Priorities
P1
P2
P3
100% of
properties to
meet the
required SAP
rating by March
2011. April
2008 at 72%.
Increase levels
of affordable
homes
Environmental
Impact of long
term empty
properties.
Reach 100%
decency by
March 2011.
April 2008 at
80%.
All homes
warm & in
good condition
which
contributes
towards
improved
health & wellbeing of
communities.
Houses
acquired in
such a way will
be brought into
use at an
affordable
price.
Baseline
Target
Current
Qtr 1-2
Achievements
Qtr 3-4
Planned Actions
Theme leads: District Housing Partnership (Cllr Peter Gruen); JE&T Partnership(Cllr Tom Murray), Divisional Community Safety Partnership (Cllr Mark Dobson)
Leeds Strategic Plan Theme - Thriving Places
Page 245
1
G4
G - Thriving Places
Create Safer
Environments by
tackling Crime
Priorities
No.
Page 246
Actions
2010/11
HEAS,
core
Neighbourhood
Wardens,
promote via Older
people's sub
group
Fuel savers team Core
and AMT
Opening of
Ensure effective use of
Community House communtiy hosue to tackle
on Kendal Drive.
community safety issues
Ensure effective
use of community
housee
Tackle Hate Crime AMT, WYP,
Tackle Hate Crime in Halton
Moor and East Osmondthorpe: in Halton Moor and ENEHL
identify and target perpetrators of East
hate crime
Osmondthorpe:
identify and target
perpetrators of hate
crime
Tackle Hate Crime
in Halton Moor and
East
Osmondthorpe:
identify and target
perpetrators of
hate crime
Ensure effective
use of communtiy
hosue to tackle
community safety
issues
AMT, WYP
Leeds Watch
Use of CCTV in
Outer East to tackle
community safety
issues
Use of CCTV in Outer East to
tackle community safety issues
AMT, Tasking
partners
Use of CCTV in
Outer East to
tackle community
safety issues
Implement
programme of
neighbourhood
crime and grime
days of action
(Operation
Champion)
Implement programme of
neighbourhood crime and grime
days of action (Operation
Champion)
core
Deliver targeted
events to identify
vulnerable
individuals such as
Older People's
Week to make
HTW referrals
Tasking Meetings to AMT, Tasking partcore
deliver activities to
tackle community
safety and identify
and target
offenders
committing crime
and ASB.
Promote energy
efficieny schemes
for example Health
through Warmth
2011/12
Implement
programme of
neighbourhood
crime and grime
days of action
(Operation
Champion)
Tasking Meetings to deliver
activities to tackle community
safety and identify and target
offenders committing crime and
ASB.
Deliver targeted events to
identify vulnerable individuals
such as Older People's Week to
make HTW referrals
Promote energy
Promote energy efficieny
efficieny schemes schemes for example Health
for example Health through Warmth
through Warmth
2009/10
Deliver targeted
events to identify
vulnerable
individuals such as
Older People's
Week to make
HTW referrals
Create Safer Environments by tackling crime Tasking Meetings
and anti-social behaviour
to deliver activities
to tackle
community safety
and identify and
target offenders
committing crime
and ASB.
Increase hours
that officers are
available for
residents in
community
base
1 operation
champion per
NPT per month
Increase
referrals to
Health Through
Warmth
scheme
Reduction in
the number of
people in fuel
poverty.
Qtr 1-2
Achievements
Qtr 3-4
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
2
G6
G5
Actions
Increase security for vulnerable
properties both residential and
commercial including target
hardening
Transition of Neighbourhood
Warden Service to
Environmental Health. Agree
procedures for working and
ensure smooth transition
Management of
Neighbourhood
Wardens to assist
in various
operations and
provide
intellegence.
2010/11
Increase security
for vulnerable
properties both
residential and
commercial
including target
hardening
2009/10
Reduce offending by managing offending
behaviour better
Early intervention projectsto
prevent offending such as
Signppost in Micklefield
Offender Management
programme embedded within
Police division
Offender
Management
programme
embedded within
Police division
Early intervention
projects to prevent
offending such as
Signppost in
Micklefield
Victim Support,
ASBU, Wardens,
ALMO
Core, AMT
and Aire
Valley
Offender
Management
programme
embedded within
Police division
Early intervention
projectsto prevent
offending such as
Signppost in
Micklefield
Signpost
WYP
Core
WYP;YOS;Youth Core
Adress risks and
Service
harm through
sharing of local
intellegence and
referrlas to
specialist agencies
ie Tasking, YOS.
Increase publicity
surrounding
individuals served
with ASBO's
Increase publicity Increase publicity surrounding
individuals served with ASBO's
surrounding
individuals served
with ASBO's
Adress risks and harm through
sharing of local intellegence and
referrlas to specialist agencies ie
Tasking, YOS.
Provide support to
victims of ASB
Adress risks and
harm through
sharing of local
intellegence and
referrlas to
specialist agencies
ie Tasking, YOS.
AMT
AMT,
Use a range of
WYP, ASBU and
tools to tackle ASB. Tasking partners
Such as ASBO's,
ABC's, dispersal
oders, parenting
classes and crack
house closures
Increase security
for vulnerable
properties both
residential and
commercial
including target
hardening
2011/12
Provide support to Provide support to victims of
ASB
victims of ASB
Use a range of
Use a range of tools to tackle
Tackle ASB through a combination of
tools to tackle ASB. ASB. Such as ASBO's, ABC's,
prevention, diversion and enforcement
activities. Improve public reassurance and the Such as ASBO's, dispersal oders, parenting
fear of crime by activiley communicating, ABC's, dispersal
classes and crack house
engaging and invovling local people.
oders, parenting
closures
classes and crack
house closures
G - Thriving Places
Reduce offending by
managing offending
behaviour better
Reduce anti-social
behaviour
Priorities
No.
Page 247
Reduce reoffending
Reduce reoffending
Reduce reoffending
Increase
residents
perception and
reassurance of
ASB & increase
intellegence
from community
on breaches
Reduce ASB
Qtr 1-2
Achievements
Qtr 3-4
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
3
Improve lives by
G6
reducing the harm
caused by substance
misuse
Priorities
No.
G - Thriving Places
Reduce worklessness G7
across the city with a
focus on deprived
areas
Page 248
Actions
Reduce worklessness in the local area
2011/12
Work with young people to
prevent misuse of drugs and
alcohol
Develop and
deliver
Employment
strategy to support
EASEL
regeneration
programme
Support the
Worklessness
project in Halton
Moor and East
Osmondthorpe
WYP
Youth Service
Raise the profile of Community
harm from alcohol Safety
ie by providing
Partnership
information at
community events.
Work with young
people to prevent
misuse of drugs
and alcohol
Evaluation of worklessness pilot
Worklessness
Pilot
Develop and deliver Employment Develop and deliver EASEL
strategy to support EASEL
Employment
regeneration programme
strategy to support
EASEL
regeneration
programme
Continue to use
DPPO in Garforth
to prevent street
alcohol misuse and
evaluate its
effectiveness
Raise the profile of Raise the profile of harm from
harm from alcohol alcohol ie by providing
ie by providing
information at community events.
information at
community events.
Work with young
people to prevent
misuse of drugs
and alcohol
Probation and
AMT
P&C
AC
Work with licensed Trading
Core
premises to
Standards, WYP
manage the sale of
alcohol ie Test
Purchasing and Op
Buzzer.
Maximise use of
Probation's
Community
Payback scheme
Maximise use of
Probation's
Community
Payback scheme
Maximise use of Probation's
Community Payback scheme
Provision of
diversionary
activities on Parks
land ie MUGA
AC
Parks Watch team P&C
Parks Watch team providing a
providing a safe
safe parks and green space
environment for the community to parks and green
enjoy.
space environment
for the community
to enjoy.
2010/11
Provision of
Provision of diversionary
diversionary
activities on Parks land ie MUGA
activities on Parks
land ie MUGA
Parks Watch team
providing a safe
parks and green
space environment
for the community
to enjoy.
2009/10
Improve lives by reducing the harm caused Work with licensed Work with licensed premises to
premises to
manage the sale of alcohol ie
by alcohol and drug abuse
manage the sale of Test Purchasing and Op Buzzer.
alcohol ie Test
Purchasing and Op
Buzzer.
Implementation
of a
communication
and public
information
mechanism.
Reduce alcohol
related
nuisance
Reduce reoffending
Reduction in
drink
associated
criminal
behaviour and
anti-social
behaviour.
Reduction in
drink
associated
criminal
behaviour and
anti-social
behaviour.
Reduction in
drink
associated
criminal
behaviour and
anti-social
behaviour.
Qtr 1-2
Achievements
Qtr 3-4
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
4
Develop extended services in the local area
G8
Develop extended
services, using sites
across the city, to
improve support to
children, families and
communities
G - Thriving Places
Priorities
No.
Page 249
Actions
Support the
Extended Services
Clusters of Schools
in outer east to
develop and
provide community
access to facilities
and activities.
Support the Extended Services
Clusters of Schools in outer east
to develop and provide
community access to facilities
and activities.
Support the
Children Leeds
Extended Services North East
Clusters of Schools
in outer east to
develop and
provide community
access to facilities
and activities.
Career events to be MAP partners
delivered in priority
neighbourhood to
target people on
income support and
lone parents to
signpost to services
and support.
Career events to be delivered in
priority neighbourhood to target
people on income support and
lone parents to signpost to
services and support.
Core
Career events to
be delivered in
priority
neighbourhood to
target people on
income support
and lone parents to
signpost to
services and
support.
2011/12
Job Centre Plus
Job Centre Plus provide training Job Centre Plus
for all frontline workers on how to provide training for
signpost people into opportunities all frontline workers
for employment.
on how to signpost
people into
opportunities for
employment.
2010/11
Job Centre Plus
provide training for
all frontline workers
on how to signpost
people into
opportunities for
employment.
2009/10
Number of
events held,
and the number
of people who
attended and
signposted to
other services
and support.
Number of
frontline
workers
received
trained.
Reduction in
the number of
unemployed
people on
benefits.
Reduction in
the number of
unemployed
people on
benefits.
Qtr 1-2
Achievements
Qtr 3-4
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
5
Page 250
Encourage local community groups and
residents to participate in environmental
improvement projects within their local
neighbourhoods
An increased number H1
of local people
engaged in activities
to meet community
needs and improve
the quality of life for
local residents
H-Harmonious Communities
Priorities
No.
Actions
Early Learning Outcomes in deprived areas
NEET
Actions
Partnership
lead
Increase
number of
centres with
user groups
AMT
Development of
and practical
support to
community centres
user groups
Development of and practical
Development of
support to community centres
and practical
user groups
support to
community centres
user groups
Co-ordination and management
of delegated community centres
delivering services for local
residents. Support to leased
community centres.
Effectively
managed
centres
Increase
number of
volunteeers
supporting
activities for
older people
Deliver events
to increase
access to
services
Qtr 3-4
Qtr 1-2
Planned Actions
Achievements
Baseline
Target
Current
Co-ordination and AMT, Regen
management of
team, Property
delegated
Mgt services
community centres
delivering services
for local residents.
Support to leased
community centres.
WBF
WBF
Resources
Co-ordination and
management of
delegated
community centres
delivering services
for local residents.
Support to leased
community
centres.
Supporting local
AMT, Elder
elders groups to
groups, Adult
attract volunteers Services
for luncheon clubs,
activities and trips.
Support to local
AMT
community groups,
small grants
available to local
groups for
community based
projects.
2011/12
AMT, Older
Deliver Older
Peoples Sub
People's Event
Week . 5 events in Group
Sept 2011
Re'new. ALMO
Supporting local elders groups
to attract volunteers for
luncheon clubs, activities and
trips.
Support to local community
groups, small grants available to
local groups for community
based projects.
2010/11
Deliver Older
Deliver Older People's Event
Week . 5 events in Sept 2010
People's Event
Week . 5 events in
Sept 2009
Encourage the
development of
and support to
resident/
community groups
Supporting local
elders groups to
attract volunteers
for luncheon clubs,
activities and trips.
Support to local
community groups,
small grants
available to local
groups for
community based
projects.
2009/10
Persistent absence
Child Poverty
More inclusive, varied and vibrant neighbourhoods through empowering people to contribute to decision making and delivering local services
Improved community cohesion and integration through meaningful involvement and valuing equality and diversity
CYPP Priorities
P1
P2
Theme leads: Area Management Team. Lead Member - Cllr Pauleen Grahame
Leeds Strategic Plan Theme - Harmonious Communities
Page 251
1
Actions
2010/11
Partnership
lead
H5 Increase the number of local people that are Production of
An increase in the
empowered to have a voice and influence annual programme
number of local
over local decision making and service
people that are
of local
delivery
empowered to have a
engagement
greater voice and
activities including
influence over local
events and forums
decision making and
to enable range of
a greater role in
community groups
public service delivery
to have a voice
and influence over
local decision
making.
Support
Community
Centres who
deliver physical
activity within the
centres
Increase sports
infastructure within
neighbourhoods ie
Kippax MUGA,
skate park, pitches
Production of annual
programme of local engagement
activities including events and
forums to enable range of
community groups to have a
voice and influence over local
decision making.
Increase sports infastructure
within neighbourhoods ie Kippax
MUGA, skate park, pitches
Support Community Centres
who deliver physical activity
within the centres
WBF
Resources
WBF
AMT; Streetwork WBF
Soccer;Youth
Service
AMT
Production of
annual programme
of local
engagement
events and forums
to enable range of
community groups
to have a voice and
influence over local
decision making.
Support
Community
Centres who
deliver physical
activity within the
centres
AMT
Range of sports
coaching and
tournaments
Support activities to develop participation in Range of sports
Range of sports activities
sport and active recreation in the community. activities including including coaching and
tournaments
coaching and
tournaments
H3
P&C, AMT
Involving
volunteers and
Friends of grousp
in the development
of green/
recreational spaces
including designand
physical
implementation of
schemes or site
improvements
2011/12
Support work at
Temple Newsam,
St Aidans etc
Involving
Involving volunteers and Friends
volunteers and
of grousp in the development of
Friends of grousp green/ recreational spaces
in the development including designand physical
of green/
implementation of schemes or
recreational
site improvements
spaces including
designand physical
implementation of
schemes or site
improvements
2009/10
Support work at Temple
Support work at
Develop opportunities in and usage of
community parks to get more people actively Temple Newsam, Newsam, St Aidans etc
St Aidans etc
involved in their local parks
H2
Priorities
No.
Page 252
6 forums per
qtr
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievements
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
2
H8
WBF
WBF
Partnership events AMT
to be held under
strategic themes.
Partnership events to be held
under strategic themes.
Support to Voluntary, community and faith
sector to deliver priority service provision.
Resources
New and innovative AMT
mechanisms
developed to
engage traditionally
hard to reach group
eg East Leeds FM
to carry out
intergenerational
work
Partnership
lead
New and innovative
mechanisms developed to
engage traditionally hard to
reach group eg East Leeds FM
to carry out intergenerational
work
2011/12
New and
innovative
mechanisms
developed to
engage
traditionally hard to
reach group eg
East Leeds FM to
carry out
intergenerational
work
Partnership events
to be held under
strategic themes.
Actions
2010/11
2009/10
Provide support to AMT
voluntary
organisations in the
area to enable
them to sustain
local service
delivery
Support and develop usage of
Support and
develop usage of Community Centres as a local
facility
Community
Centres as a local
facility
AMT
Support and
develop usage of
Community
Centres as a local
facility
Well Being Small Well Being Small Grants budget Well Being Small
Grants budget for for community projects
Grants budget for
community
community projects
projects
Provide support to voluntary
organisations in the area to
enable them to sustain local
service delivery
Core
WBF
Core
Support and Develop the Parish Support and
Support and
AMT
Develop the Parish Council event
Develop the Parish
Council event
Council event
Provide support to
voluntary
organisations in
the area to enable
them to sustain
local service
delivery
Core
Provide support in AMT
accordance with
the Parish Council
Charter
Provide support in Provide support in accordance
Support Town and Parish Councils to
with the Parish Council Charter
enhance the well-being and service provision accordance with
of the communities they serve.
the Parish Council
Charter
Enable a robust and
vibrant community
and faith sector to
facilitate community
activity and directly
deliver services
H6
Priorities
No.
Page 253
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievements
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
3
2009/10
Actions
2010/11
Increase the sense of pride in communities Support In Bloom Support In Bloom and
and environmental environmental groups across
across Outer East
groups across
Outer East
Outer East
An increased sense H9
of belonging and
pride in local
neighbourhoods that
help to build cohesive
communities
Priorities
No.
Page 254
Partnership
lead
Support In Bloom AMT
and environmental
groups across
Outer East
2011/12
WBF
Resources
Qtr 1-2
Qtr 3-4
Achievements
Planned Actions
Baseline
Target
Current
4
Page 255
Glossary of Terms
Term
Vol & Comm Groups
T&DC Funds
LCC
PCT
ENEHL
Dev
AMT
WBF
P&C
MAP
WYP
EAT
CYPP
Glossary of Terms
Description
Voluntary and Community Groups
Town and District Centre Funds
Leeds City Council
Primary Care Trust
East North East Homes Leeds
Development Department
Area Management Team
Well Being Fund
Parks and Countryside
Moor Allerton Partnership
West Yorkshire Police
Children and Young People
1
Page 256
Agenda Item 19
Originator: Keith Lander
Tel: 22 43040
Report of The South East Area Manager
Meeting: Outer East Area Committee
Date: Tuesday 7th July 2009
Subject: Area Manager’s Update Report
x
Council
Function
Delegated Executive
Function available
for Call In
Community Cohesion
x
Narrowing the Gap
x
x
Delegated Executive
report
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This report identifies a range of activity which has been undertaken in recent months by the
Area Management Team and/or in conjunction with others.
1.0
PURPOSE OF THIS REPORT
1.1
This report provides an update from the Area Manager on various project work and
proposals in the area over recent months, allowing the opportunity for members to
request further information or make comment.
2.0
CLEANER GREENER NEIGHBOURHOODS
2.1
Environmental Projects
2.1.1
The local Neighbourhood Wardens have delivered a range of work to tackle
environmental issues including:
• Support to the Methley Spring Clean including organising clean ups and
Probation work.
• Litter picks with local schools including Fieldhead Carr Primary Schools and
Meadowfield Primary School.
2.1.2
Neighbourhood Wardens have delivered a range of community clean ups including:
Page 257
•
•
•
•
•
Halton Moor
East Osmondthorpe
Great Plantation
Whinmoor
Micklefield
2.1.3 A number of weapons awareness talks have been undertaken in local primary schools
to raise awareness with young people regarding the risks and consequences of
carrying weapons.
3.0
INVOLVING COMMUNITIES
3.1
3.1.1 Between the 13th of January 2009 and 22nd of May 2009 the following forums have
been held:
14th January - Cross Gates
19th January - Whinmoor
21st January - Garforth & Swillington
17th February – Halton Moor & East Osmondthorpe
19th February – Halton
30th March – Whinmoor
8th April – Swarcliffe
15th April – Cross Gates
27th April – Kippax & Methley
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3.1.2 The minutes of these forums are attached at the end of this report.
3.1.3 On the 11th March 2009 a Community Safety Partnership Event was held at Garforth
Community College. The purpose of the event was to introduce local people to the
workings of the Divisional Community Safety Partnership; report on its priorities for
the year; determine through consultation how these priorities fit with local
expectations and neighbourhood priorities.
3.1.4 Approximately 80 residents attended the event with 25 completing feedback forms. All
those who signed in (57 in total) were written to with details of the feedback and all
those who completed feedback forms were contacted concerning the actions to be
taken regarding the priority issues they had highlighted.
3.1.4 Priority issues raised in feedback forms returned by residents from all 4 wards
included dog fouling, under age drinking, burglary and anti-social behaviour. There
were other responses that were very specific to certain locations. These included:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Swarcliffe – young children causing nuisance to elderly residents in sheltered
complexes
Skelton Woods – fly tipping
Garforth – inconsiderate parking by parents near schools
Micklefield – theft of motor vehicles and arson
Kippax – youth nuisance, egg throwing at windows etc
Whitkirk – ASB/vandalism in church yard/cemetery
Page 258
3.1.5 Under the section of the event dealing with the Divisional Community Safety
Partnerships Priorities the following points were raised by local people.
Reducing offending and managing offender behaviour
The community has a specific right to expect public agencies to work with known
offenders. By placing increasing emphasis on managing or modifying the
behaviours of offenders who create most harm in our communities, this will
reduce the risk of them offending again and also reduce crime.
§ Is ‘three strikes and you’re out’ still in place?
§ Parental responsibility is paramount
§ Are licences being prosecuted / adults prosecuted for providing alcohol?
§ Is supervision of community service effective?
§ Dedicated Police officers for areas – this builds up relationships with local
people, councillors etc. Abstractions cause breakdown of relationships. This
also fits with Community Confidence and Satisfaction.
§ Local people have more confidence talking to PCSOs about individuals causing
problems
§ PCSOs are a positive addition
Communities expect public agencies to tackle anti-social behaviour in their
localities in a responsive and effective manner. Communicating, engaging and
involving local people in those issues of the most importance to them is a vital
component to providing public reassurance and reducing the fear of crime.
§ Are other villages / small communities getting as good a service as inner
areas?
§ Neighbourhood Policing – returning to real community policing with officers
being ‘eyes and ears’ and knowing their areas inside out
§ Not clear on what the role and duties of PCSOs are – they bridge the gap
between Police and community needs
§ Targets will now be measured on confidence and satisfaction.
§ Should PCSOs have more powers? Eg power of arrest – problem: this takes
up time – there is the need to keep them on the street. Their powers are
determined by the Chief Constable
§ PCSOs invited to neighbourhood watch meetings and in some instances do not
attend (eg Whinmoor)
Page 259
The public have a right to be safe and feel safe in their own home, on the streets
and the places they go. Tackling serious crime and diffusing tensions in our
communities is vital to people’s quality of life.
§ Parking issues outside schools – poor parking and volume of parking (eg
Garforth Ninelands Lane etc) – parents need tackling
§ Perception of lack of visible Police presence
§ Reduce levels of obstructions
§ Villages – Ledston Luck: public transport ceases at 6pm. Concern that this
means PCSOs do not attend the village
§ Lack of attendance of Police at neighbourhood watch co-ordinator
3.1.6
The priorities and issues raised and the actions to be taken are included in the Area
Delivery Plan 2009/10. Similarly these priority issues have been fed into the Divisional
Community Safety Partnership to ensure resident concerns and priorities are
addressed.
3.1.7
Member involvement is welcomed in the planning and structure of the Community
Safety Partnership Event scheduled for early 2010.
3.2
Community Centres
3.2.1 Fieldhead Carr Community Centre Management Committee is planning an open day
on 8th August to re-launch the centre. The purpose of the day is to raise awareness of
the centre within the local community and increase the number of users accessing the
facility. The group has been successful in securing a small grant to support the event
and is working to make improvements to the aesthetics of the centre.
3.2.2 A user group has been established for St Gregory’s Youth & Adult Centre to improve
the management of the building. £30,000 funding has been secured by two of the
user groups: Inside Outside Childcare and Swarcliffe & St Gregory’s Community
Playscheme. The funding will be used to improve access and security to the building.
4.0
Well Being Audit
4.1
The Council’s Internal Audit has reviewed Area Committee Controls. In January 2009
Audit completed a report and action plan with recommendations relating to
governance arrangements, partnership working, risk management and Well- being
procedures.
4.2
A citywide task group, (with officers from the three Area Management Teams and
Regeneration Resources), have addressed the recommendations relating to the Wellbeing Fund in order to streamline processes and improve accountability and
transparency. Consequently a new range of standardised application forms, guidance
for applicants and funding agreements have been produced for small grants, large
projects and commissioned activity. In addition monitoring expenditure and payment
of funding are now more compliant with LCC’s financial regulations. Should Members
wish to see the new forms and guidance etc, the Area Management team can make
these available.
Page 260
4.3
Further work will be undertaken to develop a shared risk register for Area
Management; produce area profiles to help inform local priorities and needs, support
the move towards a commissioning framework for local resources; and ensure that
local governance arrangements for partnership work are consistent.
5.0
MORE FOR YOUNG PEOPLE
5.1
Improved outdoor sports and play equipment
5.1.1 Kippax
5.1.2 Funding has now been secured for the multi use games area in Kippax. Work has
commenced to install the games area with expected completion mid August 2009.
5.1.3 Methley
5.1.4 Work continues on the development of the sports pitches and changing facilities.
Funding applications have been made to Green Leeds and LaFarge Aggregates, the
steering group are currently awaiting decisions. Funding applications are being
submitted to the Football Foundation and Rugby Football League. Tenders will be
going out shortly for the landscaping and physical work.
5.1.5 A joint committee has been established made up of key representatives of the football
and rugby clubs, to create Methley Sports Development Association. The purpose of
the association is to ensure the effective management of the development following
completion of the project.
5.1.6 Swillington
5.1.7 A multi use games area is being explored in partnership with Swillington Parish
Council to increase the level of outdoor sports opportunities for young people in the
area. Funding opportunities are currently being investigated.
5.1.8 Cricket coaching
5.1.9 Area Management has organised cricket coaching sessions for young people across
the Outer East area for children and young people between 9-15 year olds. The free
sessions will be delivered over two weeks during the summer by Yorkshire County
Cricket Coaches at Whitkirk Cricket Club and Kippax Welfare Cricket Club. Take up
for the sessions to date has been excellent.
6.0
REGENERATING AREAS
6.1
Town & District Centre (T&DC) Regeneration
6.1.1 Cross Gates
6.1.2
Phase 1 of the scheme which provided 2 CCTV cameras linked to Leedswatch are
now live.
6.1.3 Phase 2 – Cross Gates roundabout feature. Remedial work is expected to be
underway to this feature once the alterations have been agreed at the Cross Gates
Forum. The work includes metal work to the gates, repainting of gates, lighting
Page 261
connection to gates and welcome stones around the feature. Once agreed the work
should be completed before the end of the summer.
6.1.4 Phase 3 of this project includes new street lights (Victorian style), railings, street
furniture, signage etc. This contract has now been let and works are scheduled
through August and September.
6.2
Kippax High Street
6.2.1
Kippax High Street T&DC work was completed in May 2008 and is in the 12 months
defects period.
6.3
Halton Village
6.3.1 Phase 1 of this scheme provided 3 CCTV cameras linked to Leedswatch in the village.
This scheme completed in late 2007.
6.3.2 Phase 2 included improvements to Halton Library, the surrounding pavements and the
grassed areas surrounding this building. This work completed in August 2008 and is
now in the 12 months defects period.
6.3.3
Phase 3 of this project includes new railings, street furniture, signage etc. This
contract has now been let and works are scheduled through August and September.
6.4
Garforth Main Street
6.4.1 Phase 1 of this project included external improvements to Garforth Miners Hall and
new Victorian style street lights. The Miners Hall work was completed in March 2008.
The work to renew the lights is now complete.
6.4.2 Phase 2 of this project includes railings, street furniture, signage etc. This contract has
now been let and works are scheduled through August and September.
6.5
Micklefield Regeneration Forum
6.5.1 Work has now been completed on the Micklefield skate park. This project has been a
major priority for the group for several years having consulted with local residents and
young people on the style and location of the park.
6.5.2 Other projects such as Milestone Banking and Peckfield Business Park improvements
are imminent, whilst new proposals including improved parking in Garden Village and
a cycle lane direct to Micklefield Primary School are being considered and residents
consulted.
6.6
Swarcliffe Regeneration
6.6.1 A number of projects are now being progressed to improve the environment and
enhance facilities in the Swarcliffe estate.
6.6.2 Environmental projects include:
•
•
Welcome stones at the main entrances to the estate
Increased litter bins/benches across the estate
Page 262
•
Information boards at key locations
6.6.3 Projects that will provide enhanced facilities include:
•
•
•
Youth shelter
Providing a community sports pitch (fully maintained)
Security improvements to shopping areas
7.0
SAFER NEIGHBOURHOODS
7.1
Neighbourhood Management ‘Tasking Teams’
7.1.2 The 3 Neighbourhood Tasking Teams in Outer East Leeds continue to work to deliver
outcomes around community safety and environmental issues. Some of the key work
in the last quarter has included:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
7.2
Four days of action were arranged in April over successive weeks to tackle hate crime
in the Halton Moor and East Osmondthorpe area. The aim of the partnership activity
was to raise awareness, provide reassurance for the victims and tackle offenders.
Trembler alarms and door chimes were funded for the victims of burglary and those at
risk of burglary in Halton Moor and East Osmondthorpe as part of a reassurance and
crime reduction initiative.
Support was provided for the initial roll out of the Policing Pledge across the area.
Environmental improvements include the cutting back of trees limiting CCTV coverage
and part funding to block entrance points for nuisance motor bikes. To prevent illegal
riding.
Joint work to successfully gain ASBO’s and ABC’s.
Joint work between ALMO’s and West Yorkshire Police to pursue tenancy action.
Enforcement action taken regarding fly tipping and void properties.
Operation Champion
7.2.1 Operation Champion has changed in format to increase in frequency and to create a
larger impact on communities.
7.2.2 There has been a range of operations across the Outer East area during the last
quarter. Partner agencies involved included Aire Valley Homes, East North East
Homes Leeds, Anti Social Behaviour Team, Area Management, Environmental Action
Team, Neighbourhood Wardens, School Attendance team, Street Scene services,
West Yorkshire Fire Service, West Yorkshire Police, Youth Service, CASAC. An
example of outputs is listed on Appendix 1.
7.3
PCSO Deployment
7.3.1 As part of the Functions delegated to Area Committees, PCSOs were listed as one of
the community safety focused services where Area Committees would have
increased influencing, developmental and consultative responsibilities. As per
agreement for 2009/10 (see report elsewhere on this agenda) the Function covers the
deployment of PCSOs. The arrangements enable staff to work more closely together
on the ground and improve consultation with and reporting arrangements to the Area
Committees. For Members' information the attached appendix 2 outlines the protocol
and general work schedule relating to the deployment of PCSOs as agreed between
Leeds City Council and West Yorkshire Police Authority. Members are asked to note
Page 263
that Area Committee Member influence is particularly referred to in points 4, 5,
references to the Area Committees' Area Delivery Plan in point 7 and communication
links in point 8.
8.0
Highways work in Outer East
8.1
At the Area Committee meeting held in March 2009 Members requested a breakdown
of highways expenditure across the 4 wards over recent years. Appendix 3 provides
that breakdown.
9.0
Residual Waste Treatment Facility – Communications Programme Update
9.1
As described in the report to East Outer Area Committee on 24th March 2009, the
focus of communications around the Residual Waste Treatment between May and
December 2009, will be on:
• the environmental and financial need to reduce landfill and why we need a
Residual Waste Treatment Facility to do so;
• the evaluation criteria, based on the delivery of outcomes, that have been used
to shortlist of the four bidders;
• the likely technologies and sites, and what this means for residents, businesses
and other interest parties, including proposals for a waste transfer station at the
Evanston Avenue site in Kirkstall;
• the future process and how and about what residents, businesses and other
interested parties will be involved;
9.2
A presentation has been developed for use with all groups in order to provide a clear
and consistent message. The messages in this presentation will form the basis of our
communications and education programme, until December 2009. Briefings have
been arranged with all political groups throughout June, to introduce the presentation
and seek feedback.
9.3
The project will work with local Ward Members and Area Management Officers to
identify residents groups and community forums, and offer them the chance to receive
the presentation from council officers and to feedback on our proposals. This will
include groups nearest to the areas most affected by the proposals, e.g. Temple
Newsam ward, but would not exclude interested groups in areas further away, for
example Garforth and Swillington ward.
9.4
We will also undertake citywide communications utilising a further recycling and waste
newsletter and inviting residents to receive further information across the life of the
project, without having to attend a talk. Information will also be circulated via our new
and improved website at www.leeds.gov.uk/recycleforleeds.
9.5
Throughout the process we will seek to record the areas in which respondents live,
and seek to ensure that we understand the views of particular ward areas and
residents groups, making sure that we receive views from all areas which could be
affected by the development of a residual waste facility.
9.6
The council will continue to feed back to Area Committees, especially those in the
areas most affected, throughout the life of the project, to ensure that we talk to, and
get feedback from, all interested parties.
Page 264
10.0
10.1
No specific issues are identified.
11.0
11.1
No specific issues are identified.
12.0
Recommendations
12.1
The Committee is asked:
a) To note the contents of this report
b) Make comment or request further information as appropriate on any of the items
in this report
Background Papers
Waste Treatment facilities report to Area Committees March 2009
Page 265
Page 266
Appendix 1 to Area Managers report July 09
Since the last Area Managers report in February various Operation Champions have
taken place across the Outer East area including:
•
•
•
•
•
Swarcliffe and parts of North Whinmoor
Halton Moor and East Osmondthorpe
Methley
Garforth
Kippax
Tackling environmental improvements
•
•
•
Neighbourhood Warden and West Yorkshire Fire Services carried out the
environmental audits prior to the operations. The audits were then used by
Street Scene Services to tackle environmental issues identified in the area
including carrying out litter picks.
The Environmental Action team officers made visits to target persistent noise
nuisance and investigate fly tipping sites. Officers also targeted properties due
to overgrown vegetation over highways land.
Neighbourhood Wardens carried out patrols to tackle environmental issues
such as waste in gardens.
Tackling crime and community safety
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The Neighbourhood Policing Teams were deployed during each operation to
tackle local policing priorities. Work also included carrying out civil warrants,
patrols by the mounted section, execution of warrants, reassurance visits,
involvement from the offender management teams and patrols using the
Leeds Watch CCTV van.
HM Revenue and Customs carried out roadside checks to prevent the illegal
use of red diesel.
Leeds Youth Service completed outreach activities during some of the
operations to engage young people in positive activities and promote the
service.
The Anti Social Behaviour Team visited properties to request information
regarding localised ASB problems.
Victim Support officers carried out reassurance visits.
Officers from the ALMO’s undertook visits to properties in the area where high
ASB had been reported, carried out estate walkabouts and took action to
tackle rent arrears.
West Yorkshire Fire Service delivered leaflets to properties in the areas and
carried out home fire safety checks.
Neighbourhood Wardens, PCSO’s, housing and ASBU officers undertook
door knocking exercises to provide reassurance and during some operations
such as Halton Moor offered target hardening to residents to tackle domestic
burglary.
Page 267
Page 268
Appendix 2
LEEDS CITY COUNCIL
(“The Council”)
-ANDWEST YORKSHIRE POLICE AUTHORITY
(“The Authority”)
PROTOCOL
AND
GENERAL WORK SCHEDULE
Relating to PCSO Deployment in Leeds
1.
This document is a working document which forms the basis of the
relationship between the Authority and the Council in regard to the dayto-day working methods and practices of PCSOs deployed in the
Council’s area.
2.
170 PCSOs will work from Wards within the Council and be posted to a
Neighbourhood Policing Team subject only to any over-riding
operational or other requirement of the Chief Constable of West
Yorkshire. There will be a minimum of 5 PCSOs posted per ward, the
allocation schedule to be updated by the Authority and provided to the
Council on a monthly basis.
3.
Designated PCSOs will normally work a 37 hour week on the basis of a
published annual rota, agreed at Force level, which it is intended will
give operational cover on each agreed working day in order to
maximise accessibility and visibility at key times of demand. Any period
of sickness or other unavoidable absence that exceeds a period of four
weeks will be notified to the Council, and long-term absence will be the
subject of review of necessity. PCSOs will be deployed singly unless a
dynamic risk assessment dictates otherwise. Where necessary, the
Council will work at local level to identify suitable, accessible locations
Page 269
for PCSOs to take comfort breaks in order to retain their visible
deployment in their allocated area.
4.
The fundamental role of a PCSO is to contribute to the policing of
neighbourhoods, primarily through highly visible patrols with the
purpose of reassuring the public; tackling anti-social behaviour in public
places; being accessible to communities and partner agencies working
at a local level. The emphasis of this role and the powers required to
fulfil it could vary from neighbourhood to neighbourhood and a current
and more comprehensive description is contained in the relevant West
Yorkshire Force policy. The PCSO role is one of engagement as
opposed to enforcement. To this end their deployment will be targeted
to ensure the maximum benefit is gained (e.g. deployment in hotspot
locations on an intelligence-led basis; the intelligence may include soft
intelligence such as community and Elected Member information, and
data from the Council and other agencies).
5.
The Authority will provide a standard set of performance data on a
quarterly basis for the Neighbourhood Policing Teams regarding PCSO
activity. There shall be performance meetings at Area Management
level on a quarterly basis between the Area Management Team
(bringing any issues from Elected Members) and the relevant
Neighbourhood Policing Team Chief Inspector/Inspector, and at district
level between the Head of Service (Community Safety), the Safer
Leeds Commissioning Team and the Community Safety Chief Inspector
or Inspector. Each NPT Inspector will report annually on PCSO activity
to their respective Area Committee.
6.
PCSOs will not routinely be deployed outside the designated Ward
during normal duty time except and unless required to be otherwise
deployed by the Chief Constable as aforesaid. The police will however
notify the Council of any significant deployment outside their normal
ward area and in advance if possible. It is envisaged that this would
happen only in response to a serious operational need.
7.
The basis for deployment of PCSOs to the Council’s priorities will be in
the first instance through neighbourhood joint tasking arrangements,
and will also support any localised neighbourhood priority areas
identified within the Area Delivery Plan. This will take account of the
information from the Divisional Community Safety Partnership and its
sub-groups. They will thus be capable of making a joint assessment of
the priorities in the area and how they will be addressed, including
consideration of the deployment of joint resources including PCSOs.
Page 270
8.
The Council’s single point of contact with the Authority at Divisional
level in relation to PCSO deployment will be the relevant
Neighbourhood Policing Team Chief Inspector/Inspector.
The
Authority’s single point of contact at Divisional level with the Council in
relation to PCSO deployment will be the Area Community Safety
Coordinator. This is to avoid any communication confusion and ensure
the direct transmission of agreed information. At District level the single
point of contact within Community Safety is between the Head of
Service (Community Safety) and the Inspector.
9.
The Authority will seek to ensure that any media or press coverage
attributable to the match-funded PCSOs will be notified to the Council
Press Office and Community Safety. If the coverage pertains to the
match-funding agreements, the release will be agreed between the
Authority and the Council. In urgent cases either party may act
independently but will seek to ensure that the other is notified as soon
as possible. Please note that there is a term in the main agreement
which states that neither party shall make any press announcements or
publicise this Agreement in any way without the written consent of the
other party.
10.
Any dispute between the Authority and the Council relating to
deployment and employment of PCSOs shall be dealt with following the
Dispute Resolution Procedure as set out in the main agreement.
Page 271
Page 272
Appendix 3 to Area Managers Report
Highways expenditure in Outer East
WARD
2004-05
£k
CROSSGATES & WHINMOOR
GARFORTH & SWILLINGTON
KIPPAX & METHLEY
TEMPLE NEWSAM
Page 273
* budgeted spend
No.
2005-06
£k
No.
115.7
9
169.6
4
158.3
5
335.7
85.2
8
186.0
7
2006-07
£k
200809
£k
No.
2007-08
£k
No.
157.9
2
192.0
4
359.1
10
8
281.3
7
237.5
10
389.9
199.6
5
132.6
5
210.1
7
236.5
7
145.3
1
211.6
3
200910*
£k
No.
TOTAL
£k
344
9
1,440.5
17
351
23
1,853.3
389.2
18
376
22
1,536.5
391.0
11
358
10
1,629.2
No.
Page 274
Cross Gates Forum
Minutes from the meeting of 14 January 2009
at Cross Gates Good Neighbours building
Present:
Cllr Pauline Grahame (Chair), Cllr Suzi Armitage, Cllr Peter Gruen, Martin Hackett (LCC South East
Leeds Area Management), Stephen Seymour (Crossgates Shopping Centre), Dave Coulthard
(Crossgates Shopping Centre), Jennifer Sellars (Crossgates and District Good Neighbours
scheme), Nigel Gray (NHS Leeds), Damian Riley (NHS Leeds), PS 4910 Sgt. Dale Wooffindin,
(West Yorkshire Police) PC 1159 Ian Phillips (WYP), PC 1462 Neil O’Toole (WYP), PC 5495 Clare
Storrar (WYP), PCSO 357 (WYP), PCSO 174 (WYP), Laurie Burwell (Crossgates Traders
Association), Kirsti Cale (CTA), Jean Barnbrook (1st Manston Guides), Cynthia Mawson
(Devonshire Neighbourhood Watch), Barbara Lister (DNW), Jean James (DNW), Eamon Judge
(Crossgates Residents Association), Mary Hoult, James Nundy (LCC South East Leeds Area
Management, minutes)
Apologies:
Sergeant Stuart Mason (West Yorkshire Police), Gordon Bonner (Cross Gates Avenue Road Safety
Scheme), Revd. Fran Rhys (Crossgates Methodist Church), Deeta Tren-Humphries (LCC Youth
Services), Derek Lawrence (LCC Youth Services)
Action
1.0
Welcome, introductions and apologies
1.1
Cllr Grahame welcomed everyone to the meeting, and introductions were made.
1.2
The above apologies were noted.
2.0
Minutes of the previous meeting held on 29 October 2008
2.1
Agreed as accurate.
3.0
Matters arising from those minutes
3.1
(4.1)
4.0
10 minute open floor
4.1
No items.
5.0
NHS Leeds discussion
5.01
NHS Leeds – Nigel Gray and Damian Riley
Messers Gray and Riley attended the forum to inform the group about the services
the NHS provide at a local level.
5.02
Highways officers are scheduled to come to the April 09 forum to give an
update on plans for traffic management for this years music festival at
Bramham Park.
NHS Leeds is essentially a Primary Care Trust for the whole of Leeds, with a HQ at
Horsforth. They buy and commission health care services for the residents of Leeds –
the money comes from the Treasury.
Produced by the South East Leeds Area Management Team. Tel:
Page 275
0113
24 74310
Page 1 of 4
5.03
They offer three types of care:
• Primary care ie going to see your doctor
• Secondary care ie standard hospital services like a hip replacement
• Tertiary care ie specialised services such as renal dialysis
5.04
Negotiations are underway with a developer re new premises in the area.
5.05
NHS telephone numbers which start with 0845 are being replaced because whilst
they’re cheap to call from a landline, they are far more expensive from a mobile.
5.06
There is a desire to retain the ‘family doctor’ feel for local services, but appreciate a
larger surgery with male and female doctors and on-site specialists is also beneficial.
A first class service is wanted regardless. If targets are met, practises are rewarded
(with bonus pay).
5.07
In April 09, a patient satisfaction survey will be undertaken, sent out to all residents
of Leeds, via post.
5.08
At the moment the ratio of doctors to patients is 1:1700 – there are more GPs now
than ever before.
5.09
There are no new chemists coming to the Crossgates in the immediate future, but a
few applications have been submitted.
5.10
Every medical practise should have a Patients Forum – ask at reception.
5.11
Transport can be arranged via your doctor to/from the surgery and hospital eg with
fractures.
5.12
Dentists
There is a £30million budget across the city, with a £2.5million top up on the way.
Adverts have been placed for more dentists in Leeds and it is hoped to get an
additional 14 -19 dentists, which should be in post July – October 2009.
5.13
Complaints
If you have a complaint against your surgery or chemist are concerned, it was
recommended you approach them first, followed by a nice letter. If this doesn’t get
the issues sorted, a more strongly worded letter should be written. If you still have
no joy, write to Nigel Gray and the final step would be the Health Care Commission.
6.0
Community Safety – Sergeant Dale Wooffindin
6.01
Crime statistics were tabled and discussed.
6.02
Manston Park was very quiet over the Christmas period.
6.03
Mounted police have been on patrol in the area.
6.04
Operation Buzzer (the carrier bag project) appears to be working well.
6.05
The Drive and Devonshire’s haven’t had any trouble reported recently. PCSOs have
been trying doors in an effort to alert people to the dangers of leaving them unlocked
and at risk of a sneak-in burglary.
6.06
Chris Keedy (Killingbeck Station tel: 241 3659) is still the contact for setting up a
Neighbourhood Watch.
Page 276
0113
24 74310
Page 2 of 4
6.07
A drugs warrant was executed on The Station pub before Christmas - one arrest was
made.
6.08
Manston pub – no problems reported.
6.09
Sgt Wooffindin to look into L&Bs Café burglaries and apparent lack of action
considering there have been four break-ins recently, and report back to the forum.
6.10
Police thanked for a very quiet festive period in Crossgates.
7.0
Youth Service update
7.1
Deferred.
8.0
Project Work: Town and District Centre update
8.1
The initial bid was for £1.2million, but this has been reduced to around £300,000
8.2
Phase 1
CCTV on Austhorpe Road and Station Road now live and has 24/7 coverage.
8.3
8.4
8.6
Sgt
W
Phase 3
Austhorpe Road street improvements including street furniture, railings, lighting
column upgrade (to allow Christmas motifs and hanging baskets): Start on site is
expected mid-March 09 and completion by end of June 09.
The pavement upgrade is not going to happen now. There are no plans to resurface
the Council owned footpaths.
Landmark Roundabout
Forum members were unhappy that the three gates are painted in blue, grey and
white, unlike the indicative mock-up photo which showed them as red, black and
white.
8.7
The scheme was first worked up in March 2005. There were two exhibitions in March
and June 2006.
8.8
Blakedown Landscapes were the contractors for this scheme. Prior to them starting
on site Jacobs (part of the Strategic Design Alliance) undertook a risk assessment
before installation. They concluded the structure would pose a medium to high risk if
painted in primary or bright colours, as it might attract children to the roundabout
thinking it was a playground. There were two colour options: three white gates, or a
pale blue, a grey and a white gate.
8.9
Cllr Grahame requested:
Ø a further risk assessment to be completed by LCC. MH was advised to contact
Highways to make these arrangements.
Ø a letter to be sent from Cllr Grahame to the Strategic Design Alliance and City
Projects Team insisting on a meeting regarding this issue
8.10
MH agreed that he would have liked brighter colours but felt he had no alternative
because of the risk assessment> He did advise against the gates being painted in
red, black and white (which are perceived to be Manchester United colours) as this
could generate further problems.
8.11
YEDL are still to make to make the connection for the under-lighting.
Page 277
0113
24 74310
MH
Cllr G
Page 3 of 4
8.12
The feature is not central on the roundabout due to the services (electric, gas, water)
being located in the middle. Planning would not allow the feature to sit on top of
services.
8.13
There have been reports that some of the local residents have made comments about
the funding for the project. It was made clear that funds came from a central
regeneration budget.
8.14
The plans for ‘welcome stones’ were not included in the Town and District Centre
plans. It was removed as a cost trimming exercise (as per the November 2006
forum). MH would report to Area Committee and request Groundwork look into a
scheme to provide a welcome sign.
8.0
AOB / date of next meeting
8.1
To be invited to the next forum:
Karen Blanchard (libraries) and Greg Sharp (LCC Highways, re plans for transport at
Bramham Park festival 09)
8.2
The next meeting will be scheduled in due course, but is hoped to be at the Cross
Gates and District Good Neighbours building.
Page 278
0113
24 74310
MH
Page 4 of 4
North Whinmoor Forum
Minutes from the meeting of 19 January 2009
at Fieldhead Carr Primary School
Present:
Cllr Gruen (Chair), Cllr Armitage, Nick Clarkson (Area Management), PS Dale Wooffindin (West
Yorkshire Police), PCSO Murphy (WYP), Randy Blackburn (Wellington Hill Residents Association),
Leon Walters (Fieldhead Carr Community Centre Committee), Jane White (FCCCC), Sharon Smith
(Whinmoor Juniors), Rita Green (Whinmoor B.C), Caroline Ellsworth (Aire Valley Homes),
Becki Jowett (LCC - Youth Service), Dave Wisnia (Fieldhead Carr Primary School), Nik Edensor
(FCPS), Mechelle Myers (WHRA), Mike Weaver (Neighbourhood Warden), James Nundy (Area
Management, minutes)
Apologies:
Cllr Grahame, Philip Diamond (Aire Valley Homes), Deeta Tren-Humphries (Youth Service)
Action
1.0
1.1
Cllr Gruen welcomed everyone to the meeting, and introductions were made.
2.0
Minutes of the previous meeting held on 20 October 2008
2.1
Agreed as accurate.
3.0
3.1
(3.1)
Fieldhead Carr Primary – car park.
Cllr Gruen declared an interest in Fieldhead Carr PS, as he has just
become a school governor.
The car park is in a very bad state of repair and there is no pathway from
the school to the playgroup. They would also like to push the fence back.
The estimate for the works is £8,778. At the meeting, and with subsequent
emails, it was decided that the cost of the works should be split as: Area
Committee £3,778, Aire Valley Homes £ 3,000 and Fieldhead Carr PS
£2,000. As the responsible body for the site, AVH should manage the
works, but if AVH are happy with the school overseeing the work, that is a
decision for them.
Ø
Martin Hackett to send a revised report to Area Committee.
§
3.2
(3.2) Hebden Green
More detail is required for the Business Plan from Leader Panel.
3.3
(4.2) Parking at St Paul’s school
There are still issues with parking and uneven slabs on site - Randy
Blackburn to email Sgt Wooffindin, following the meeting at the school.
Ø
Police / PCSOs to visit the school at 8:40am to see the problems
caused by parking.
Two blocks of garages near the school are to be demolished, and opened up
as car parking spaces in the near future – Caroline Ellsworth to pass on the
details to the councillors.
Page 279
0113
39 50275
MH
RB
Police
CE
Page 1 of 4
Ø
3.4
3.5
Mike Weaver to take an Enforcement Officer to visit the washing
machine man and have a chat with him.
MW
(4.3) Redhall Community Centre
Graffiti / ASB issues still ongoing. Mike Weaver to liaise with the police.
WM /
Police
(4.3) Chippies Pond, Scholes
Cllr Gruen wants to see strong community interest before any more money
is paid into the scheme.
Ø
Cllr Armitage to speak to Fred Duff (LCC Parks & Countryside)
3.6
(5.7) External lighting at Nisa store, White Laithe Approach
The lighting is now installed.
3.7
(5.8) White Laithe ginnel
Mike Weaver awaiting a quote for an A-frame barrier. When received, MW
to pass to Cllr Gruen.
4.0
4.1
None.
5.0
Community Safety
5.1
Cllr A
MW
Police
Sgt Wooffindin tabled a handout of crime statistics from the last six weeks.
§
Crime hotspot for last six weeks was Swarcliffe/Stanks area
§
Largest crime problem was damage to dwellings (19) and burglary dwellings
(17)
§
Stanks Drive was the worst affected street, with 12 recorded crimes
5.2
Operation Buzzer appears to be a success so far. Currently waiting for new supplies
of bags and stickers.
5.3
Residents have been given nuisance diaries to note anti-social behaviour issues re
the MUGA (multi-use games area). However, Police reported that having visited the
site on three occasions, only two youths have been seen and they were just playing
football
5.4
In the period 1-12 January 09 there were 31 burglaries (12 of these were over the
weekend of 11/12 January) and several of them were via insecure properties. It is
thought this peak was due to 50 known offenders being released over Christmas:
§
Quite a few of these offenders have been rearrested
§
Plain clothed police are patrolling the area
§
Sgt Wooffindin to speak to Steve Lake to try and get a camera in the tunnel
from Swarcliffe to Whinmoor
5.5
Sgt Wooffindin got support from the forum to bring an Army stand into the area in
an effort to get new recruits.
5.6
Overall, since Christmas, crime is at a lower level in the area.
5.7
Neighbourhood Warden – Mike Weaver
§
Graffiti has ceased but youths are still causing problems at Fieldhead shops
§
The void house in Naburn Approach has been broken into twice
Page 280
0113
39 50275
Page 2 of 4
§
§
§
§
§
The bus shelter at Sherburn Road mini-roundabout is a meeting point for
youths and will probably be getting CCTV installed
Warnings have been given three youths by the Anti-Social Behaviour Unit
Working with three primary schools re Quest
Been involved with the Good Neighbours scheme – driving the minibus,
Christmas dinner etc
Always open to invitations from local residents groups
6.0
6.1
Fieldhead Carr Community Centre Committee
Currently in the infancy of a new Committee and are still looking for additional
committee members.
6.2
Quotes have been received for a new door and window at the gable end in an effort
to stop the sport players walking mud through the Centre. The quote was just
under £ 4,000 and Area Committee’s capital fund will be paying for the works –
Alan Broughton (LCC Area Buildings Manager) is to project manage the scheme.
6.3
Youth work programme – Becki Jowett
§
Detached work is continuing in the area but only a few have been seen
recently, probably due to the bad weather
§
Started running an ‘Introduction to youth work’ course on Mondays for 16
year olds
§
The girls group has five members
§
An accredited football tournament is running at John Smeaton’s with 80
participants, 25 of which are locals
Ø
Cllr Gruen commended the Youth Service team
7.0
Aire Valley Homes – Phil Diamond
7.1
Decency work is ongoing. A property will be made into temporary accommodation
for daytime use whilst contractors carry out the rewiring works (ie to escape the
noise and dust)
7.2
The addresses for decanted residents will be given to the police by the ALMO so
they can keep their eyes on empty / insecure properties.
7.3
White Laithe Court
§
The new kitchen is now installed
7.4
Naburn Court
§
New kitchen will be installed within six weeks
§
They have been given £100 by Area Management for glassware
§
Planters will be filled in the summer
7.5
Garages by the school are to be demolished.
7.6
There is still some money left from the environmental budget and Care & Repair
also have a service for cutting grass and hedges.
8.0
Project Work
8.1
Fieldhead Carr pitches
The next step is seeding the pitch in August 09. It then needs to settle and be
spiked. The pitch is expected to be playable by September 2010.
Page 281
0113
39 50275
Page 3 of 4
8.2
Skelton Woods pitches
Funding is secured (Jane Cash). Ward members don’t want to spend the Section
106 monies at this location.
Contributions:
§
Outer East Area Committee, £ 10,000
§
Football Foundation, £ 20,000
§
Card Bardon, £ 30,000 (match funding – this is because the £ 20,000 bid to
Green Leeds was unsuccessful)
9.0
AOB and next meeting
9.1
Randy Blackburn invited the councillors along to the Thursday luncheon club at the
Wellington Hill Social Club, 12pm.
9.2
There has been a planning application submitted for the pub on Birchfield Avenue
to become a nursing home. Councillors have written to local residents for
comments, which will be sent back to Planning.
9.3
Reported that the grass bank by the school is not getting cut.
It is the schools responsibility - via the Countrywide contractor (who are usually
good) The reason is the banking has been too slippery for the machine to be used
safely. When it dries out sufficiently, it will be cut.
9.4
Whinmoor shops
The busses using the turning circle at the shops are churning up mud on the apex.
Ø Nick Clarkson to write a letter to METRO
NC
9.5
Reported that Coal Road is being used as a rat run.
9.6
Grey Sharp, Highways Officer, to be invited to the next forum to discuss current
issues in North Whinmoor.
JN
9.7
Leon Walters to write to Cllr Gruen with a proposal re music and digital media
courses for local people in this area.
LW
9.8
Next meeting
6.30pm on Monday 30 March 2009 at Fieldhead Carr Primary School.
Page 282
0113
39 50275
All
Page 4 of 4
Neighbourhoods & Housing Department
Outer East Leeds Area Committee
Garforth & Swillington Forum
Meeting held on 21 January 2009
Garforth Community College
Present: Councillor Andrea McKenna (Chair), Cllr Tom Murray (LCC), Martin Hackett (LCC
ELAM), Lynne White (LCC ELAM), Michelle McGill (Neighbourhood Warden LCC), Tony
Head (West Yorkshire Fire Service), Adrian Lee (Youth Service), David LeRoy (Garforth
Community Association), PS 1065 Steve Goodwill (West Yorkshire Police NPT), Insp Chris
Jones (West Yorkshire Police NPT), Cllr Dobson (LCC), Phil Dunwell (Garforth Lions), Jane
Lambert (Garforth Community College), Sharon Elliott (Leeds Learning), Ian Laycock (School
Council Garforth Community College), Kevin Pease (Traders), Dave Evens (Garforth
Community College
Apologies:
Association),
1.0
1.1
2.0
2.1
Jane Hookham (Resident/LCC), Patrick Wilson (Fieldhead Community
Introductions and Apologies
Action
Councillor McKenna welcomed everyone to the meeting, introductions made and
apologies noted
Minutes of the last meeting held on 14th April 2008
The minutes were agreed as an accurate record
2.2
Minute 2.3 – Zebra on Main - Street Cllr Dobson informed still no markings on road
and due to underground fault with the power supply crossing still not lit up this should
be completed shortly. Butcher very concerned that someone will get injured
2.3
Minute 2.4 – Victorian style lights going up on Monday 26th January
2.4
Minute 2.6 – Cllr Dobson received enquiries from various people in relation to the land
at the top of Main Street. There is no record of ownership, SE will give Cllr Dobson
details of someone who may know
2.5
Minute 2.6 – DL informed Tesco were not interested
2.6
Minute 4.4 – Bird in the Hand Public House – Cllr Dobson said new licensee needs to
adhere to the licence. Sgt G said Mum and Son now have the licence. MM will meet
up with them
2.7
Minute 4.19 – Greggs now have bin in place but still too much litter on Main Street.
PD/MM Pride of Garforth now active and should improve. Cllr Murray said this was
well organised. MM informed she is visiting schools to educate the young on litter
2.8
Minute 5.4 – PD Disco supported by the Lions will be held at the Holliday Inn on 6th
February.
3.0
10 Minute Open Floor
3.1
MH explained about POCA money ring fenced to support small scale projects with
small amounts of £300/£400/£500 for residents groups, community groups etc. E-mail
MH or Insp Jones for more information. Cllr Murray asked if NET could be informed
as more details are required on their submitted application.
3.2
DL has been informed by the LCC Asset Team that the rent for the Garforth Miners
Welfare Hall has been increased from the 1st October from £4,750 to £23,600 with no
1 of 3
Page 283
explanation. DH is meeting with Community Development Officer who will explain the
rise. Cllr McKenna asked to be kept informed
3.3
Cllr McKenna informed that Paul Edwards from Garforth Community College has been
made a Sir and asked MH to write a letter of Congratulations from the Forum
4.0
4.1
Garforth Arts Festival 2009 – Dave Evans
DE gave broad outline of plans for 2009 Festival
4.2
Sgt G asked if last year’s festival passed off ok. DH gave details i.e. 5,000 people
attended, created more jobs and had no complaints from the public which the Police
agreed with.
4.3
DE had been asked by Learning and Leisure about professional stewarding, barriers
and security but if 70 volunteers could be found from the community this would be
much cheaper and would keep the event free which was preferred. Insp J will explore
the possibility of doing the event at no charge. TH said the Fire Service would also get
involved.
4.4
AL advised that if young people were involved there are grants which could be applied
for and would send DE details to [email protected] or tel: 3368619
4.5
DE informed the meeting that students were doing a play re: Garforth History – Mining
Industry 2nd February when the public will be interviewed informally. MH informed
East Leeds FM are doing an event on the 25th Anniversary of the Miners Strike at
Brigshaw Language College. DE thought the two schools should joint together on this
project
Community Safety
Police – report on crime figures and hotspot areas – Insp J explained stats and
overall crime was down. ASB figures were continuing to go down over the past few
months which included Halloween and Bonfire Night. Additional patrols were in place
up to 9.00 p.m. on a floating response basis.
5.0
5.1
5.2
Cllr McKenna informed of large gangs outside Sainsbury’s and the Co-op drinking.
Police will check this out.
5.3
DL informed of gangs gathering on hill in the field at Pit Hill, lighting fireworks late at
night and drinking, this included 13 year olds – Police will investigate
5.4
Garforth Neighbourhood Warden – work in the area – MM informed of a problem
with dog fouling bags being discarded in hedgerows. MM said she had removed quite
a lot of graffiti.
5.5
MM informed that there is s meeting on Monday 2nd February for the Pride of Garforth
and for further details contact her on 07891 277577
5.6
West Yorkshire Fire Service – TH informed that the Fire Service were available for
free safety checks also for the elderly there is fire retardant bedding, safety ashtrays,
electric blankets etc - to contact the fire station if anyone needs a visit
6.0
6.1
Services to Young People – Adrian Lee (Senior Youth Worker)
Activities and project work in the Area – AL informed that Swillington Youth Shelter
doesn’t work – Cllr McKenna said they have paid for new sides to be fitted – AL said it
is much appreciated and thanked her.
6.2
AL reported on :
• Health Bus was popular
• Baby Reality Course was successful – all passed and received accredited
2 of 3
Page 284
•
•
•
•
•
6.3
6.4
6.5
Youth Award
Free Residential at Heard Farm – 12 from Swillington/8from Garforth passed
Healthy Eating course.
Library Staff – making video with youths re: designing, decoration etc
Skate Park - clean up
Continuing with recruitment for youth workers
Graffiti – young people want to do Graffiti as Artwork at the skate park Cllr
Dobson said a significant consultation exercise with residents must be carried
out. Cllr Murray informed that at Swillington they had had a bad experience
with a similar project a possibly a trial with temporary boards inviting residents
may be a good idea. SE informed in Swillington this was done in book form for
the residents but it still wasn’t successful
Partnership Trust – Extended Services – SE reported on :
• Holiday Program – October there were 240 places which was full.
• They had funding to run a café on Fridays between 7 – 9.30 p.m. at Garforth
College. They have launched “Be Involved” and had 40 young people – 36
were doing voluntary work. Cllr Murray thought this would help with their CV’s.
• Year 11 Prom is booked for 8th May at Elland Road.
JL informed they had been successful with the Duke of Edinburgh Award and 3 or 4
may be attending the Palace.
DL would welcome a young person to sit on the Committee for the Garforth Miners
Welfare Hall. PD said he would also welcome a young person to sit on their Tenants
and Residents or In Bloom Groups
7.0
Proposal for Community Engagement events in Garforth & Swillington
7.1
Community Safety Event – MH informed there would be a Community Safety Event
to be held at Garforth Community College from 6.00 to 8.00 on the 18th March.
Attending the event will be Several Senior Police Officers/Fire Service/Safer
Leeds/British Transport Police/Probation Payback/Aire Valley Homes/Neighbourhood
Watch. Stalls for the first hour and a presentation by the Police and feed back forms
and questions. DPPO re-launch. Cllr Dobson said Community Cohesion is important
that the public have easier links to the Police and through these events the Police can
tell the public what they are doing right and change people’s perception of crime in
their area. DL This area is well off in terms of crime and the Police should show
comparisons with other areas to enable local people to see what a good area this is.
7.2
Participatory Budgeting Event – MH explained this is about engaging people in
deciding how some of the Area Committee budget is spent..
7.3
Cllr Dobson informed that the President of Garforth Lions has made the shortlist for
the Queen’s Award to Voluntary Service. Deputy Lord Lieutenant gave his support. If
they are successful in receiving the award an event to celebrate will be on the 9th
June.
NB. Community Safety Event planned for March 09. Forum date to be arranged after that to get
feedback from the event.
3 of 3
Page 285
Page 286
Halton Moor Forum
Minutes from 17 February 2009
Halton Moor One Stop Centre
Present:
Cllr Mick Lyons (Chair), Nick Clarkson (South East Area Management Team), James
Nundy (SE AMT, minutes), Nick Dean (West Yorkshire Police – NPT), S Townend
(resident), D Gill (resident), V Broadley (resident), Jack Benson (Renew), Steve Lake
(Renew), Mark Heather (St Wilfrid’s Church), Wendy Rogers (Neighbourhood Warden),
Andrea Dolan (East North East Homes Leeds), Mike Shaw
(Meadowfield Primary School), Inspector Craig Robinson (WYP), Maggie Bellwood (LCC
– EASEL)
Apologies:
Sam Lowe (SE AMT), Dayvid Cox (LCC Safer Leeds), Virgil Meikle (LCC Youth Services)
1.0
1.1
Cllr Lyons welcomed everyone to the meeting, introductions were made
and the above apologies noted.
2.1
This meeting is non-quorate as only one councillor was present.
2.0
Minutes from the meeting on 2 December 2008
2.1
Agreed as accurate
3.0
Matters arising
3.1
There is now a signing in/out book at 1 Neville Square and 119 Kendal
Drive.
3.2
(4.5) East Leeds leisure Centre closure consultations – Cllr
Lyons to write to John Proctor re the poor public consultation Members were not aware there had been a consultation.
3.3
(4.6) Boxing club at Corpus Christi Catholic Club – no updates on
the planning permission recently. Cllr Lyons to contact Corpus Christi.
4.0
4.1
Resident would like to know what that plans are for demolition of 110
properties on Osmondthorpe Lane, from number 210 onwards. No
details have been given to the residents, who are concerned. Is there
a link between the incinerator and Aire Valley Homes, since the two
sites are very close together?
4.2
Cllr L
Cllr L
Cllr L
Meadowfield Primary School called an EASEL meeting for 24 February
by the governors. If houses are being demolished, where will the
pupils come from in future years?
Produced by the South East Area Management Team (tel: 24 74310)
Page 287
Page 1 of 3
5.0
Community Safety – Inspector Robinson
5.01
Crime statistics were tabled and run through.
5.02
•
•
•
Over the last six week period, crime is down 33% and ASB is down
28%.
Target hardening in the Wykebeck’s is complete
Several criminals have been jailed
5.03
Joint operations have been arranged with the Burmantofts and
Killingbeck & Seacroft wards so the criminals don’t just disperse into
neighbouring wards.
5.04
Everyone was reminded about sneak-in burglaries and the need to keep
door locks and keys out of sight.
5.05
Euro-profile locks on uPVC doors are still being broken – residents need
to upgrade to the new locks.
5.06
Nominals lists / tasking meetings were highlighted.
5.07
The new Policing Pledge start from 12 March. It aims to improve the
public’s perception of the Force by feeding back to residents what they
have achieved in their local area over a period of time.
5.08
PACT meetings will join onto community forum meetings and include
ward tasking and hate crime sub-group information.
5.09
The Safer Leeds Partnership involves all schools having a PC based
within high schools, and PCSOs in junior schools, to deal with daily
problems eg parking.
Ø Mike Shaw commended the scheme.
5.10
The Outer East area committee was thanked for the £15000
contribution.
5.11
Neighbourhood Warden – Wendy Rogers (tel: 07891 277 700)
•
Helped with a two day burglary reduction scheme in the Wykebeck’s
•
Helped with distribution of trembler alarms in the area and at
Meadowfield Parents Group
•
Only nine WIG letters have been sent since December, which is very
good
•
Attends the friendship group at Anchorage and breakfast group at
Meadowfield Primary
•
Any issues with housing can also be passed onto Wendy and she
can get them logged with the correct people
5.12
A multi-use games area (MUGA) should be installed at Meadowfield
Primary by autumn 2009. There were various funding partners.
6.0
Closure of sports centre
6.1
Forum members thought the consultation wasn’t very good. Any
comments to Cllr Lyons.
Page 288
Page 2 of 3
7.0
Intensive Neighbourhood Management (INM)
7.1
Community House – update covered in 3.1.
7.2
Housing
There are approximately 75 letting bids per property in the Kendall
Drive area and this compares to 150 bids per property in eg, the
Rookwoods.
7.3
Halton Moor currently has 18 void properties (there were 11 at the time
of the last forum).
7.4
Live ASB cases are down to 21, from 23 last time.
7.5
There has been 18 cars damaged – the culprit has been caught and got
120 hours of community service, a £600 fine and costs.
7.6
Rent collections are on target at 96.5% and have managed to hit
96.9% at one point.
7.7
Anti-racism banners are now attached to lamp posts on Halton Moor
Avenue. They were designed by pupils at Meadowfield Primary and
Corpus Christi Primary schools. The scheme was funded by the Police,
LCC Safer Leeds and Outer East Area Committee.
7.8
Additional funding has been secured for more ‘Show racism the red
card’ session, starting in March 09.
8.0
8.1
Virgil sent apologies.
8.2
Nick Clarkson tabled the update report which included details about
Coronation Parade. The youth shelter to be repainted but there is also a
problem with wheelie bins being set on fire in the vicinity.
9.0
Items for next meeting
9.1
EASEL representative to attend.
9.2
Representative from Highways to be invited to talk about the current
state of the roads and resurfacing schedules.
9.3
Steve Lake thanked the forum for all the help with the partnership
working. He is moving to a new position in Bradford. Cllr Lyons
thanked Steve for all his hard work in the area.
10.0
Date of next meeting
10.1
To be decided at the Area Committee meeting.
Page 289
Page 3 of 3
Page 290
Halton Forum
Minutes from 19 February 2009
Christ Church, Halton
Present:
Cllr Mick Lyons (Chair), Sergeant Dale Wooffindin (West Yorkshire Police), PCSO 317
Sharon Taylor (WYP), Sam Lowe (South East Area Management), James Nundy (SE AMT,
minutes), Peter & Barbara Huison (Woodland and Whitkirk Neighbourhood Watch), Colin
and Denise Wilsher (WW NW), Terry and Barbara Dennis (Templegate Neighbourhood
Watch), Barry Morton (resident), Neil and Joanne Goodall (residents), Mrs m Harrison
(resident), Mrs G Linley (resident), Mrs J Schofield (resident), Margaret Walsh (T NW),
Peter and Ann Conlon (residents), Gwendoline Green (resident), Patricia Wragg
(resident), Laurie Milner (resident), Val Adnett (Friends of Temple Newsam Park),
Elizabeth Hayes (Temple Moor High / Colton Primary School)
Apologies:
Michelle McGill (Neighbourhood Warden), Coulin Meikle (LCC Youth Services), Susan
Merrey (Temple Moor High School), Margaret Blenkhorn (WW NW), Alan Wakefield (T
NW)
1.0
Welcome / introductions and apologies
1.1
Cllr Lyons welcomed everyone to the meeting.
1.2
This meeting was non-quorate because only one councillor was present.
2.0
Minutes from 4 December 2008
2.1
It was noted that the road safety issues on Selby Road hadn’t been
recorded. A child has been knocked down since the last forum.
3.0
Matters arising
3.1
The tree estimates for supply and installation of barriers / gates for outside
Halton post Office are to be sent to Cllr Lyons.
3.2
The issues in 2.1 and 3.1 are to be taken to the next Area Committee
meeting.
4.0
4.1
The Travellers Pub
There are rumours that the site will become a Tesco (eg Tesco Metro) and
residents are concerned about the impact that would have on the Co-op
and Lidl.
• Planning notices are up on lampposts
• Plans are available from the library
Ø Cllr Lyons suggested a representative from Tesco be invited to the next
forum and send out a letter to this forum with an up to date plan.
Ø Cllr Lyons suggested a meeting between Tesco and LCC planners be
arranged.
4.2
Cllr L
SL
Cllr L
Roads
The roads around Lidl and in the Templegates are in a poor condition. Now
the traffic levels have reduced due to the East Leeds link road opening, will
the roads be repaired?
• The road markings (now Selby Road is classed as a B road) have just
Produced by South East Area Management Team (tel: 24 74310)
Page 291
Page 1 of 3
•
been painted over the top of the old road markings.
There is still a road sign up, 50 yards from the roundabout, which still
has the A63 marked on it.
5.0
Community Safety
5.1
Police update - Sgt Wooffindin
Crime statistics for the Temple Newsam ward were tabled and run through.
5.2
Local hotspot is Halton Moor. Crime is down by 33% compared to the last
six weeks, and over the Christmas period there were lots of arrests. ASB is
down by 28%, but hoax calls were up by 100%.
5.3
Shifts are now starting an hour earlier so there is police presence at schools
for 8am to try and combat the parking issues. The second team are also
starting an hour earlier to cover the school leaving time.
5.4
•
•
•
•
5.5
5.6
Lots of crime prevention advice (eg sneak-in burglaries) and leafleting
has taken place in the area.
There are still too many people leaving their doors unlocked and
key/money in view. Some people have also left notes on their doors for
their neighbours saying they’re ‘away for the day… back tonight’ which
is essentially an open invitation for a burglar.
There is an increased police presence on the streets
PCSOs are now based in the schools to try and break down the barriers
between youths and the police.
Police newsflash messaging service used to connect with neighbourhood
watches, but all the local information is now added to the NPT website.
Neighbourhood Warden report
Michelle McGill sent apologies as she is ill today and a mini update was
presented by Sam Lowe:
• Trying to establish a contact point at Sainsbury’s which would include
PCSOs and the Fire Service. Potentially every week or once a fortnight –
to be decided.
• Been out leafleting
5.7
There are rumours the neighbourhood warden service is being cut in the
future.
• The full warden service in Leeds is being looked at, due to budgets
• There is potential to link up with PCSOs
• Wardens are reliable and approachable.
• The wardens in Outer East Leeds were commended for their good work
to date
5.8
Michelle McGill received a personal thank you for her sterling work from Mr
and Mrs Wilsher, and they hoped that she won’t get moved on.
6.0
Public transport service
6.1
No representatives from First Leeds or METRO were in attendance.
6.2
A service for the area to get to the shops and St James’ Hospital has been
requested for a long time, but requests from councillors had been ignored.
6.3
The new number 78 service began in February and runs from Crossgates
Page 292
Page 2 of 3
shopping Centre, past the Detroit’s, Templegates, Selby Road,
Osmondthorpe, Cross Green and onto St James’.
6.4
It is an hourly service from 9am to approximately 2:15pm – could the
service be spread out a bit better?
Ø Cllr Lyons to liaise with METRO and First Leeds.
Timetables and better promotional material is required to get more people
onto the service and make sure it stays viable.
Cllr L
Cllr L
6.5
Is there potential to divert a number 18 bus via Temple Newsam House
roundabout as there is no access from Leeds City Centre?
7.0
Youth Service
7.1
No representative available as they have all gone to a residential at Herd
Farm.
7.2
An update report was attached in the papers:
• An eight page brochure was given out to youths at the One stop
Centres, libraries and on the streets
• Diversionary work at Matalan car park has been working
• A detached team has been out every week across the area
• Additional staff for mobile provision will be in position by mid-March
• There has been increased work on health issues at Temple Moor High
School
7.3
A report was requested after the residential finishes.
8.0
Items for next meeting / any other business
8.1
Brown bins
Is Halton to get brown bins for garden waste?
Ø Cllr Lyons to make enquires and feedback
Cllr L
‘No cold calling’ badges/signs used to be on lamp posts, but they were not
reattached when the lamp columns were replaced. Same thing happened
with Neighbourhood Watch signs.
Ø Cllr Lyons to make enquiries as to why, and get replacements
Cllr L
8.2
CM
9.0
Date of next meeting
9.1
Update requested on the doctors’ surgery.
SL
9.2
Update requested on public transport to Temple Newsam House.
SL
9.3
Next meeting date to be decided at the next Area Committee meeting.
Page 293
Page 3 of 3
Page 294
Minutes from North Whinmoor Forum
30 March 2009
Fieldhead Carr Primary School
Present:
Cllr Peter Gruen (Chair), Cllr Suzi Armitage, Nick Clarkson (SE Area Management),
Mindi Singh, Mechelle Myers (WHRA), Caroline Ellsworth (Aire Valley Homes Leeds),
Mike Weaver (Neighbourhood warden), Dave Wisnia (Fieldhead Carr Primary
School), Deeta Tren-Humpries (LCC Youth Services), Leon Walters (Fieldhead Carr
CC Management Committee), James Nundy (SE AMT, minutes)
Apologies:
Cllr Pauleen Grahame, Pam Screwston (resident), Nick Edensor (Fieldhead Carr PS),
Phil Diamond (AVHL), Greg Sharp (LCC - City Services)
1.0
Welcome / introductions / apologies
1.1
Cllr Gruen welcomed everybody to the meeting, introductions were
made and the above apologies noted.
2.0
Minutes from 19 January 2009
2.1
Agreed as accurate.
3.0
3.1
(3.1) Fieldhead Carr Primary School car park resurfacing. The school
governing body turned down the bid as it deemed the car park to be
the least important of the jobs needing doing. The AVH money will
not be available in 2009/10.
3.2
(3.2) Hebden Green. There are car parking issues re the community
centre and Cllr Armitage to check the old polling station for
connectivity of utilities and report back to the forum.
3.3
(3.3) Garages near St Paul’s School. The demolition of the garages
has been put back to Sept/Oct 09. There is potential for the
remaining garage users to use the garages rent free on the basis that
they demolish and clean up their garage site at the end of the
period.
3.4
(3.4) Grafitti / ASB at Redhall Community Centre. Issues have now
ceased.
3.5
(3.5) Chippies pond, Scholes. Cllr armitage has spoken with Fred Duff
(LCC Parks) and it is not viable to establish a ‘Friends of Chippies Pond
Group’ at the moment. A list of names for the fishing fraternity has
been given to Fred to chase up. Update to come to a future
meeting. Deeta Tren-Humphries to pass on four names of other
fishermen to Cllr Armitage.
Produced by the South East Area Management Team (tel: 0113 24 74310)
Page 1 of 5
Page 295
Action
Cllr A
FD
D T-H
3.6
3.7
(3.7) White Laith ginnel. Aire Valley Homes has paid for an A-frame
barrier, which has been installed.
(9.2) Birchfield Avenue Nursing Home. The application has gone
through.
3.8
(9.4) Whinmoor shops. A letter was written to METRO and the
response was tabled: METRO are awaiting feedback from site visits
across East Leeds before a full response can be given. Watch this
space.
3.9
4.0
(9.6) Highways issues in North Whinmoor. Greg Sharp sent apologies
but did submit a response: The issues need looking at in a wider sense.
Ø A representative from the Transport Policy Group to be invited to
the next meeting.
Ø Cllr Gruen suggested that Highways consult Coal Road residents
to see what they’d like to happen.
4.1
No issues.
5.0
Community Safety
5.1
Police
No police were in attendance. Cllr Gruen to write to Inspector Craig
Robinson re lack of attendance.
5.2
Operation Buzzer. A new supplier of bags and stickers to accompany
all alcohol sales is being sourced at the moment. New stock will
hopefully be available soon.
5.3
Crime statistics were tabled and discussed.
5.4
Neighbourhood Warden – Mike Weaver
The recent Operation Champion was a success.
5.5
Graffiti is not too bad at the moment. If it does happen, it’s general
‘tagging’ rather than racist comments.
5.6
Fly-tipping is quite bad but the Probation Team have been helping
reduce the levels.
5.7
Been involved with trips to Hawthorne Woods with the young people.
5.8
The large trees on York Road have now been removed – after two
years of trying!
5.9
The mud throwers have been caught and the incidents have
stopped.
5.10 PCSOs and wardens are now doing evening patrols as the nights get
Page 2 of 5
Page 296
NC
Cllr G
lighter.
6.0
Still working with schools in the area.
6. 1
Committee Update
A handout was tabled.
6.2
A small grant application has been submitted for set-up costs / open
day.
6.3
Open day to be in May – detail needs working up.
6.4
Leaflets advertising the Centre and what is available have been
distributed.
6.5
Health and Safety is an issue (eg there is a large glass trophy cabinet
which could cause problems)
6.6
Alan Broughton is to be asked to do a health and safety assessment
and advise on the cabinet. This would include the rugby team and
Tracy Tansey.
6.7
Cllr Gruen thanked everyone for their work so far.
6.8
Youth work programme – Deeta Tren-Humphries
Half term programme is ready and includes ice skating, bowling,
street sports, use of local sports centres and a football world
tournament.
6.9
A handout re Swarcliffe was tabled.
NC
6.10 There is currently a drive to get more users back into the local
buildings.
6.11 There have been problems with a small group of youths rampaging
over the estate, causing fires and ASB. Several of the trouble makers
are from the John Smeaton School. An inter-agency intensive
response is needed to best tackle them as zero tolerance is the way
forward. There will be a meeting with PCSO Deakin soon.
6.12 St Gregory’s Youth and Adult Centre has been redecorated with help
from the team and young people.
6.13 The issue of young people climbing on the roof has been reported to
the Police, Tasking Team and Civic Buildings.
6.14 The Outer East Community Payback Team help was offered to tidy up
the centre.
Page 3 of 5
Page 297
NC
7.0
7.1
Aire Valley Homes – Caroline Ellsworth
Housing matters
Keepmoat are now site at Redhalls and works should be complete by
end of December 2009. Interest in the blocks is rising. Sam Lowe (c/o
Nick Clarkson) to invite a regeneration officer to the next meeting.
7.2
White Laithe Court is to be used as a daytime decant centre whilst
works are ongoing. Keepmoat are to operate a shuttle service for
residents.
7.3
The Redhalls site has been cleared and there have been no
complaints since.
7.4
Sherburn Road (near the old bus terminus) is a potential site for a new
MUGA (multi-use games area). Consultations are underway and keep
an eye out for the Aire Valley Homes bus in the near future. Outline
planning proposal has been approved. Caroline to arrange a
meeting with the ward councillors and any interested parties.
7.5
CE
There are only three live ASB cases at the moment, all of which have
been passed onto the ASB Unit.
7.6
Environmental projects
Please give any ideas for environmental projects to help improve the
area to Caroline.
8.0
Project work
8.1
Fieldhead Carr pitches
Almost complete – they should be playable by August. Teams / users
need to enter into a contract with Aire Valley Homes.
8.2
NC
All
Skelton Woods pitches
Handout tabled.
8.3
Drainage in the woods has improved. Procurement is to take place in
April 09, with an anticipated start on site in June 09. There might be
potential to use Section 106 money to fund the £ 3,000 shortfall.
8.4
Sam Lowe (c/o Nick Clarkson) to invite Tony Stringwell to the next
forum.
9.0
AOB / next meeting
9.1
Items for next meeting:
• Transport policy group and Coal Road survey – to contact
Highways
• Keepmoat Five Ends – Caroline Ellsworth
• ASB at St Gregory’s Youth and Adult Centre – Cllr Armitage
Page 4 of 5
Page 298
NC
NC
CE
SA
Page 5 of 5
Page 299
Page 300
.
Swarcliffe and Stanks Forum
Minutes from the meeting of 8 April 2009
St Gregory’s Social Club
Attendees:
Councillor Suzi Armitage (Chair), Councillor Peter Gruen, Nick Clarkson (South East Area
Management Team), James Nundy (SE AMT, minutes), Nathan Vaughn (LCC Neighbourhood
Warden), Phil Diamond (Aire Valley Homes), Jonathan Day (West Yorkshire Police), Clare Storrar
(WYP), Neil O’Toole (WYP), Paul Calvert (WYP), David Forster (WYP), Mark Wilkinson (WYP),
Doreen Scahill (Whinmoor ‘B’ Residents Association and Farndale Neighbourhood Watch),
Rita Grainger (Whinmoor ‘B’ TRA), Ken Hill (Swarcliffe Good Neighbours), J. Nicholson (Swarcliffe
/ Stanks Tenants and Residents Association), S.Corcoran (S/S TRA), Derek Lawrence (LCC Youth
Service), T. Lancaster (Stanks Parade shop owner), S.Baxendale (Whinmoor Garden Supplies),
Siddiga Austin (resident), Christine Spencer (Stanks Parade shop owner), Jean Jackson (resident)
Apologies:
Councillor Pauleen Grahame, Deeta Tren-Humphries (LCC Youth Services)
Action
1.0
Welcome / introduction / apologies
1.1
Councillor Armitage welcomed everyone to the meeting, introductions were made and
apologies noted.
2.0
Minutes of the last meeting held on 7 January 2009
2.1
Agreed as an accurate record.
3.0
3.1
(8.1)
§
Pavilion football pitch – the funding id from PFI Credits. LCC Parks and
Countryside will arrange the posts.
Could a teen shelter also be funded from the credits?
4.0
10 Minute open floor
4.1
Issues at Stanks Parade shops / Stanks Grove
C. Spencer and J Jackson attended the forum to highlight the issues the shopkeepers
and residents are facing. They have put up with it for many years and the time has
come for action.
§ New shopkeeper is getting racial abuse
§ Lots of problems with youths / anti-social behaviour / under-age drinking (even
with Operation Buzzer working in the area)
§ Rear of the shop is in a bad state of repair with broken lights and boarded up
windows
§ Have needed a new fence for three years
§ Need security cameras too
§ A Dispersal Order is in operation, but doesn’t seem to be of use
§ Police were commended for their actions to date
Ø Councillors are working with the police, Youth Services, Aire Valley Homes and
neighbourhood wardens to resolve the issues
4.2
Police (PC Storrar) response:
Stanks Parade is a priority and there have been a number of arrests and dispersals.
All names have been passed to LCC Anti-Social Behaviour Team for home visits and
potential ABCs (Acceptable Behaviour Contracts) or ASBOs
4.3
Aire Valley Homes (Phil Diamond) response:
Requested details of names/addresses form the police
ASBOs might be seen as a badge of honour by some, but the youths are generally
unaware they can be evicted due to the tenancy agreement – education is needed.
Produced by the South East Leeds Area Management Team (t: 0113 24 74310)
Page 301
Page 1 of 3
AVH have their own anti-social behaviour officer (Ben) and operate a zero tolerance
approach.
4.4
5.0
5.1
To progress:
§ Area Management to write to all Stanks Parade shops again re potential to
contribute to the running costs of a cctv system.
§ Youth Services to continue the detached work in the area
§ Police to put a temporary camera into the parade and CS agreed to have the
temporary camera installed at her shop.
Sam
Lowe.
DL.
Police.
Community Safety
Police
Crime statistics were tabled and run through.
§ Burglaries are down 16%
§ Current hotspot is Swarcliffe
§ There have been a number of arrests
5.2
Dispersal Orders only apply to youths over 16s, but a report is being produced to get
that changed.
5.3
Neighbourhood Warden – Nathan Vaughn (tel: 07891 279 500)
§ Levels of graffiti have dropped dramatically
§ The entire length of the Cock Beck has been cleaned for the summer and there has
recently been a £350 fine issued in connection with dumping in the Cock Beck
§ WIG (Waste In Gardens) letters are still ongoing
§ Whinmoor in Bloom is working in four areas of the estate
§ There have been issues with the Probation Team and supervision
§ The wall at Sherburn Court is going to be raised
§ Swarcliffe Parade shops is quiet at the moment
§ St Gregory’s Youth and Adult Centre – some youths are going to be banned from
the Centre
§ Swarcliffe Good Neighbours Scheme painted some of the rooms at St Greg’s Y&A
Centre and it is hope that Probation will paint the outside of the Centre.
5.4
Trim Trail at Ainsley View - Certain areas along the trail are becoming popular for
drinking / smoking / ASB etc.
Ø The issues have been passed to the Compliance Team who are looking into
removing / relocating some of the pieces of equipment and installing some lights.
5.5
Questions:
§ Under the PFI contract, Are windows and locks fitted to the new doors ‘secure by
design’?
Ø Cllr Armitage to take the question up with the Compliance Team.
§ Were Cray fish reintroduced to the Cock Beck?
§ There was a request to remove the exercise grid on Stanks Drive
5.6
Phil Diamond was asked to write a strongly worded letter to Carillion re the low
fencing and the problems that causes for the residents. Response to be discussed at
next meeting.
6.0
Young People – Derek Lawrence (Youth Work Office tel: 264 4284)
6.1
Holiday programme is ready to start
6.2
Detached work is ongoing in key hotspot areas
6.3
Several funding bids have been submitted to be able to do additional activities.
6.4
A new football project has started.
6.5
There is a need to detach the disruptive youths so other youths aren’t put off
Page 302
Cllr A
NV
PD
Page 2 of 3
7.0
attending inside the Youth and Adult Centre.
Swarcliffe Good Neighbours – update by Ken Hill
7.1
The luncheon club has 128 members at the moment.
The Good Neighbours newsletter goes out to 370 people.
7.2
The turkey and tinsel event sold out
7.3
The gardening scheme has started again – Outer East Area Committee has funded the
scheme across the four wards for 2009.
7.4
It is hoped a computer café can be established in the future – a funding bid has been
submitted.
7.5
A letting request has been submitted to start a coffee morning on Tuesdays. It would
also act as a book / jigsaw exchange.
7.6
Line dancing is hoped to start on Monday afternoons.
7.7
End of April will host a birthday party for a member who has reached 100 years old.
The local MP and councillors have been invited. Local TV would get involved if a
celebrity was also going to attend.
8.0
AOB
8.1
Area management is now responsible for St Gregory’s Youth and Adult Centre, but
City Services still look after the lettings.
§ Need to establish who is responsible for Health and Safety
§ It is felt the Centre is a good community resource, but not managed properly
§ User group to establish a management committee
§ The summer fayre could potentially be used as part of the Youth and Adult Centre
re-launch
8.2
ASBU officer to be invited to next meeting.
8.3
Nick Clarkson is moving to the East North East Area Management Team. The
Councillors thanked him for all of the work he has done in the area.
9.0
Next meeting
9.1
Wednesday 1 July 2009 at 6pm.
SL
SL
All
Page 303
Page 3 of 3
Page 304
Minutes from Cross Gates Forum
15 April 2009
Cross Gates and District Good Neighbours Scheme building
Present:
Cllr Pauleen Grahame (Chair), Cllr Suzi Armitage, Cllr Peter Gruen, Sam Lowe (SE
Area Management), Kirsti Cale (Cross Gates Traders Association), Gordon Bonner
(Cross Gates Residents Road safety Committee), Moira Flynn (Cross Gates and
District Good Neighbours), Linda Athers (Athers Fair), Derek Lawrence (LCC Youth
Service), Alan Weeks (West Yorkshire Police), Stuart Mason (WYP), David Coulthard
(Crossgates Shopping Centre), Jean Barnbrook (1st Manston Guides), Cynthia
Mawson (Devonshire Neighbourhood Watch), Barbara Lister (Devonshire NW), Jean
James (Devonshire NW), James Nundy (SE AMT, minutes)
Apologies:
Revd Fran Rhys (Crossgates Methodist Church), Stephen Seymour (Crossgates
Shopping Centre), Inspector Robinson (WYP), Eamonn Judge, Thelma Renton
1.0
Welcome / introductions / apologies
1.1
Cllr Grahame welcomed everybody to the meeting, introductions
were made and the above apologies noted.
2.0
Minutes from 14 January 2009
2.1
Agreed as accurate.
3.0
3.1
(3.1)
4.0
4.1
Fair at Manston Park 2009
Linda Athers attended the forum to hear views about last the 2008 fair
and consult about the potential for another in 2009.
• Councillors had no knowledge of the 2008 fair until the fliers hit the
area - LCC Parks and Countryside didn’t inform the councillors.
• The ward councillors did a survey of 300 local residents after the
event, which yielded positive and negative responses such as the
park was too small for the number of rides, but the clean up went
very well.
• The fair would like to come back again in 2009 – all the procedures
were followed by Athers and the breakdown in communications
was an LCC issue.
• It was noted that if the ground was too wet on the day, the heavy
rides would not go onto the park.
• The first hour of takings were offered to go to a charity of the
councillors choosing as a gesture of giving something extra back
to the local residents of Cross Gates.
Traffic issues re Bramham Park festival – update to come to our
July meeting. A planning meeting takes place in a few weeks.
Produced by the South East Area Management Team tel: 0113 24 74310
Page 1 of 4
Page 305
Action
Ø The forum agreed to support an application for a 2009 air at
Manston Park.
5.0
Community Safety - Police
5.1
Intros from the Neighbourhood Policing Team.
5.2
Crime statistics were run through.
5.3
Manston Park / Gardens – reports of young people throwing bricks at
cars and there has been an arrest in connection to a Manston Park
issue.
5.4
Reports of youths hanging around the ‘Drink Stop’.
5.5
No calls with regards to local pubs.
5.6
All is quiet on the Neighbourhood Watch front.
5.7
PCSOs and police drop into the shopping centre on Fridays, 11am3pm.
Police
5.8
Should the current sergeant move areas, a handover meeting with
the ward councillors was requested.
5.9
A discussion followed about Crimestoppers.
6.0
6.1
An advice centre is to be set up at the library – will have the facility to
do assessments on an individual basis too.
6.2
Detached youth work is still ongoing one evening a week eg motor
biking, physical education sessions etc.
6.3
May 2009 will see football and basket ball taking place in Manston
Park, with the possibility of setting up a league. Working with Positive
Futures.
6.4
Still working closely with John Smeaton High School.
6.5
School holiday programmes to be advertised as normal and staff will
be heading to the shopping centre with information too.
Ø Notice boards are available for use within the shopping centre
too.
7.0
Project work update
7.1
Roundabout landmark feature
A handout ‘update since last forum’ was tabled and the background
regarding the scheme was discussed again. Concern was raised by
Page 2 of 4
Page 306
the Councillors regarding the management of the scheme.
7.2
The gates are to be repainted red, white and black. The diagonal bar
is to be altered too. Lighting issues need chasing up again.
7.3
The Police wouldn’t make a connection between the new colours
and Manchester United FC.
7.4
The councillors requested the dates for the alterations and they would
need to see the revised designs for the stones before they are
erected.
7.5
The councillors and Kirsti Cale (c/o Cross Gates Traders) agreed the
stones should read ‘Welcome to Cross Gates’ (The two-worded
version dates back 200 years, as per the Leeds History and
Archaeology Society)
SL
7.6
Manston Lane is badly potholed – are there any plans to resurface?
Ø Sam Lowe to enquire with Greg Sharp
7.7
Are there plans to stop the right turn from Green Lane (at Paws for
Thought) up Hollyshaw Lane?
Ø Sam Lowe to enquire with Greg Sharp
7.8
SL
Cross Gates Shopping Centre
An application to split the old Woolworths into three units and extend
it has been submitted. The new shops are expected to be open by
October, if the plans are approved.
7.9
No cycling signs are up outside the Centre at the south and east ends.
8.0
AOB / Next meeting
8.1
There is to be a St George’s Day celebration at the Methodist Church,
10am-2pm on 25 April.
8.2
Mecca Bingo crossroads – a conflict between cars and pedestrians
was highlighted, which has become worse since the traffic lights have
been installed.
• A highways assessment has been completed and everything
found to be as it should be.
Ø Sam Lowe to enquire with Cllr Selby, as the zebra crossing falls into
his ward.
8.3
Young people are to be encouraged to come to the forum, as every
view counts.
8.4
Next meeting
6pm, Wednesday 8 July 2009.
8.5
Agenda items:
Page 3 of 4
Page 307
SL
Highways report re Bramham Park festival – Greg Sharp.
Page 4 of 4
Page 308
Outer East Leeds Area Committee
Kippax and Methley Forum
Meeting held on 27th April 2009
Brigshaw Language College School
Present:
Councillor Keith Parker (Chair), Martin Hackett (SELAM, LCC), Lynne White (SELAM, LCC), Cllr
Wakefield, Cllr Lewis, Cllr D Morgan, (Kippax PC), David Hodgson (Methley and Mickletown R.A.),
Michael Johnson (Methley Resident), P J Roden (OPSG), Pat Samy (Kippax in Bloom), Cllr Doug
Morley (Kippax PC), Cllr Mike Auty (Micklefield PC), Joanne Harper (Voluntary & Community
Forum), Harold Wilson (NHW Allerton Bywater), Adrian Lee (LCC Youth Service), Cllr Jack Bate
(Kippax PC), Mike Weaver (NHW LCC), Insp Chris Jones (West Yorkshire Police), PCSO Emily
Smith (West Yorkshire Police), Cllr Wayne Robinson (Kippax PC), Brian Bird (Green Lane NHW)
Apologies: Cllr Joy Bate (Kippax PC), Simon Norman (Neighbourhood Warden), Barbara Walton
Action
1.0
Welcome / Introductions and Apologies
1.1
2.0
Councillor Parker welcomed everyone to the meeting.
Minutes of the meeting held 9th September 2008
2.1
Minutes agreed as a true record
3.0
3.1
Item 3.1 – Kippax Community Centre. KP spoke to Jas Panesar and had meeting
with JB. JB has had meetings since.
3.2
Item 3.3 – Leaflet drop PCSO’s – DM said PC Genn didn’t provide leaflets as
discussed.
3.3
Item 4.3 – Cross Hills crossing – KP spoke to Planning and expressed his concerns.
3.4
Item 4.4 – Flooding at St Aidans – HW still not seen any improvements with the
flooding and drains are blocked. KW attending meeting of St Aidans and will look
into it.
3.5
Item 5.1 – Grass Cutting - DM informed small piece of land by library and Gibson
Lane not been done, DM cut the grass. PS informed they now know LCC have
ownership of land and will cut grass
3.6
Item 5.3 – Fly tipping – MJ still dumping rubbish MW (Warden) will give MJ
telephone number of Simon Norman the Warden for his area
3.7
Item 8.2 – Post Office Steps (Bollard) – DM concerned that a wheelchair could go
down the steps. MH informed the Access Officer had been out and said a bollard
wasn’t required, also a site visit with the Parish Council was promised. MH will go
back to Helen Tipping with their concerns.
10 Minute open floor
4.0
4.1
HW was concerned about Council building, 89 Park Avenue, Allerton Bywater,
which had been a shop; windows left open, bins emptied by the neighbours and
being used by LCC while units were being done. KW will deal.
4.2
HB informed of no bins between top and bottom of Park Lane, Allerton Bywater
and the one on bus shelter now gone. KW/KP will look into it.
.
Produced by East Leeds Area Management (tel: 247 4445)
Page 309
Page 1 of 3
4.3
JB mentioned dog fouling and the prompt service from Parks Department. Dog
Warden scheme has only 6 individuals, 2 are job share and 1 off on maternity
leave. KW informed at recent report to Exec Board and there were 5,000
complaints and only 7 dealt with, Parish Councils will be given powers to look at
location and bar dog owners, JB good news but cash needs to come with the
powers. Service needed to cover morning and evenings.
4.4
PR – standing water on High Street Kippax outside Carpet Magic and Ann Marie’s –
LW to inform Land Drainage
4.5
DM asked was there any progress on dangerous building on High Street, Kippax,
KP informed Jim Wigginton, Enforcement Officer dealing with it – LW to chase up
5.0
Community Safety
5.1
Insp Jones - explained PACT (Police and Community Together) – three meetings
covering 1. Allerton Bywater and Kippax, 2. Methley 3. Micklefield, Ledston,
Ledsham and Ledston Luck, details on website and newsletter
5.2
JH complained of youths on Park Avenue Fridays - Insp Jones informed a strategy
is being put in place at Garforth as a model to use in other areas and people need
to contact Police to enable them to pick out hot spots.
5.3
PR/JB – asked if Police have enough staff when delivering 18,000 leaflets or does
this take up too many man hours, Insp Jones said when delivering leaflets this also
gets the PCSO out in the community.
5.4
JH concerned that public don’t take PCSO’s seriously – Insp Jones informed that
they are only a shout away from the Police, they record ASB, have cameras etc.
5.5
DH – complained about vehicles parked in Lay-by at Methley
5.6
Insp Jones - Crime Figures – since September 466 and gave a breakdown of
statistics and informed the trend is downwards. Hotspot Kippax High Street,
5.7
JH – complained of speeding on Park Lane, Kippax
5.8
JB – spoke asked about the speed limits of 20 mph – this is a Council issue. KW
this is more likely to be near schools
5.9
MW – thanked Police for sorting out speeding motorcyclist.
5.10
DM – asked if it was true about closing down a cannabis factory in Kippax – Police
confirmed
6.0
Youth Service and Activities for Young People
6.1
AL gave summary of events and future plans and informed in November that
Kippax Youth Work Team were nominated for a National Award and got to the last
five.
6.2
AL – informed of activities over Christmas period and extensive programme over
Easter.
6.2
AL – Kippax Garden Project Phase 1 is done, Motor Mechanic Course and Riding
Skills in place. Drop in starting for young people 16 – 19 years with Brigshaw &
Kippax Kabin.
6.3
AL – Starting Youth Forum end of May.
Page 310
Page 2 of 3
6.4
AL – Parenting Course to follow Youth Club at Allerton Bywater – project at Skate
Park to encourage them to attend Youth Club.
6.5
AL- problems at Methley now resolved – Been approached for youth shelter,
youths attended residents meeting and formed a group (Saville Park) to start
negotiations.
6.6
AL – Micklefield internet – secured funding and back on line
6.7
Inspector Jones – will meet with young people to work with Police (PACT)
6.8
AL – offered support to work with Garforth Community College and Brigshaw
Language College for Summer holiday programme
6.9
JB – very impressed as there is a big improvement. Read that Belle Isle being
gifted with school for young people KW said this school is for the whole of South
Leeds not just Belle Isle
7.0
JB – asking three Ward Members if there is anything they can do about Ash Tree
School Building – KP informed it is in the Capital Programme and will not be on the
market until 2012, this decision was taken by the present administration.
7.1
JB – Barclays Bank building in Kippax now vacant would make a good internet café
7.2
KP – thanked Adrain for all his efforts – AL said he had received a lot of support
from Elected Members, Parish Council, Community and Area Panel
7.0
Community Engagement 2009/10
7.1
MH – Community Safety Event in March - 65 people signed in, over 70 attended
with feedback from 23. Introduced local people to PACT. Feedback was general or
personal issues i.e. drinking, trouble round churchyards, High Street Kippax,
Chapel Lane and Cricket Centre Longdike Lane. Dog fouling was raised as a major
issue, juvenile crime at train station in Micklefield. Complaint that villages don’t
get same service of inner city i.e. Ledston Luck due to PCSO’s have no evening bus
service.
7.2
Immediate steps re: dog fouling – possibly buying hours from dog service and
putting signs up. KW suggested possibly asking someone to attend the forum. MH
will ask NHW for accreditation for wardens to issue notices JB spoke to Parks
Department about signage for The Chevin, Otley and will let JB have some. DM
informed a resident near Billy Wood had produced a leaflet to hand out to dog
walkers. MH Area Management would print some out for them. MH – signs have
been ordered for particular locations – advised them to drop an e-mail to MH for
details.
7.3
MH – Consultation in July event to engage Community Cohesion for Elderly and
young tagged on to the 25 years Miners Strike with Brigshaw Community College
8.0
AOB/date of next meeting
8.1
KP – explained the new Gardening Scheme for the Elderly and Disabled which now
runs through the winter months doing decorating from October to March (one
room per year only and materials have to be bought by the applicant). The
number to ring for Free gardening or decorating is 2600489
8.2
Next meeting – Event in June (date to be decided)
Page 311
Page 3 of 3
Page 312
Agenda Item 20
Originator: Derek Whitehouse
Tel: 395 0806
Report of The Director of Environment and Neighbourhoods Directorate
Meeting: Outer East Area Committee
Subject: CCTV (2008/2009) Annual Report – for Leeds City Council Community
Safety CCTV Service in Outer East Area Committee
Community Cohesion
Council
Function
Delegated Executive
Function available for
Call In
Narrowing the Gap
X
Delegated Executive
report
Executive Summary
This is an annual report prepared by Leeds City Council’s Community Safety CCTV
service that provides a monitoring service of public space surveillance cameras (i.e.
fixed CCTV cameras in open spaces across Leeds), 24 hour per day, 365 day per
year. The service also provides two mobile CCTV vans for deployment within
communities across Leeds.
The purpose of public space CCTV is to reduce crime and the fear of crime by
facilitating in the apprehension and prosecution of offenders and assisting in the
prevention and detection of crime committed in public areas in Leeds. It is a Public
Safety ‘tool’ which is extremely popular among the public of Leeds.
Page 313
1.0
Introduction & purpose of report
1.1
This report sets out to highlight the services provided by Leeds City Council
Community Safety CCTV to demonstrate the effectiveness of the service in
reducing the fear of crime and facilitating the apprehension and detection of
offenders in areas covered by both mobile and fixed CCTV cameras.
1.2
The two mobile CCTV units are deployed in conjunction with the police and
other council enforcement services in relevant ‘hot spots’ throughout Leeds
area. They are regarded as an invaluable tool in the prevention and detection
of crime.
2.0
Background
2.1
Service Description
2.1.1 Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV is currently in a transition period
of moving into new premises and upgrading the current analogue video
recording system to a new state of the art digital recording system.
2.1.2 A suitable site has been identified and work is being undertaken in procuring a
bespoke digital CCTV recording system.
2.1.3 Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV work in partnership with council
enforcement departments, emergency planning, Urban Traffic Control (UTC)
and police.
2.1.4 Approval has been given to expand existing partnerships to include the Leeds
Passenger Transport Executive (Trading as METRO) and negotiations are at
an advanced stage for METRO to share the new CCTV control room. METRO
already monitor over 300 CCTV cameras throughout West Yorkshire at rail
and bus stations and the partnership will provide an opportunity for cost
savings.
2.1.5 Public CCTV in Leeds is strictly controlled by a Code of Practice and
operating procedures to comply with the following legislation:
1. The ‘Data Protection Act’
2. Human Rights legislation
3. Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act (RIPA)
4. The Private Security Industry Act 2001.
2.1.6 The Private Security Industry Act ensures that all CCTV staff are security
vetted, trained and licensed by the Security Industry Authority (SIA)
2.1.7 Leeds was the first local authority to receive accreditation to operate and
listen to the police national digital communication system (radio) known as
Airwave, which has proven to be an effective tool. It enables CCTV operators
to record valuable evidence at incidents prior to police arrival and direct the
police to suspects.
2
Page 314
2.1.8 CCTV work closely with council enforcement and emergency planning
departments and the police to tackle crime and anti social behaviour in ‘hot
spot’ areas and provides valuable and irrefutable evidence to support the
prosecution of offenders.
2.1.9 The CCTV control room is also equipped with Automatic Number Plate
Recognition (ANPR), an excellent criminal intelligence tool when it is used
with CCTV to obtain evidence and intelligence about criminal activities
throughout the city.
2.1.10 Two mobile CCTV vans equipped with ANPR and police radios are deployed
in conjunction with the police into ‘hot spot’ areas that are not covered by fixed
CCTV cameras.
2.2
Description of Delegated Function / Enhanced role
2.2.1 CCTV provides reassurance to the public and helps reduce crime, the fear of
crime and assist in detecting crime in areas covered by CCTV. .
2.2.2 The service works in partnership with the police and other council services to
target crime and anti social behaviour. They also work closely with Area
Management, Divisional Community Safety Partnerships (DCSPs) and
Neighbourhood Policing Teams (NPTs) on multi-agency operations.
2.2.3 30 CCTV operators monitor over 300 cameras across Leeds with a further 4
mobile CCTV operators making a total of 34, to carry out the 24/7 operations
every day of the year.
2.2.4 The police provide dedicated CCTV liaison officers to support each of the
three police divisions and other law enforcement agencies in Leeds. The
liaison officers have the responsibility for viewing images of crime and public
disorder for evidential purposes.
2.2.5 Other relevant council departments have dedicated CCTV liaison officers to
obtain CCTV evidence to support council prosecutions.
2.2.6 Currently there are 244 council owned public space surveillance CCTV
cameras and in addition operators have access to 70 UTC CCTV cameras
through an existing partnership agreement. There is likewise a reciprocal
agreement allowing them access the public space CCTV cameras.
2.2.7 Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV contributes to many partnership
led initiatives e.g. NPT activity, ANPR operations, ASBU activity etc. CCTV
contributes to the overall crime reduction and reassurance agenda at area
level through Divisional Community Safety Partnerships (DCSP) and
information on CCTV activity is available through Area Community Safety Coordinators and Area Management.
2.2.8 The service produces a weekly CCTV report which is sent to Ward Members,
Enforcement, ASBU, Area Management and West Yorkshire Police.
3
Page 315
2.3
Role and Responsibilities of the Area Committee
2.3.1 Public Space surveillance CCTV has to comply with various legal issues as
previously outlined within the report such as Human Rights Legislation, Data
Protection Act, RIPA and all CCTV operators must be Security Industry
Authority (SIA) security vetted, trained and licensed to operate the cameras.
All operators must also comply with the Leeds City Council Community Safety
CCTV Codes of Practice.
2.3.2 Area Committees, where appropriate, have approved and financed successful
installation of public space surveillance CCTV cameras. The installation of
such cameras can never be considered a stand alone option in the fight
against crime and they must be considered as part of a local strategy to
address crime and disorder and allaying the fear of crime. The installation of
CCTV systems is a long term investment which requires continued financial
support (revenue).
2.3.3 Where Area Committees have provided revenue funding for specific CCTV
cameras the amount of funding for the provision of such cameras has now
changed. Previously Area Committees funded the full revenue cost of
monitoring and maintenance of the cameras, that funding has now been
amended so that Area Committees only provide 50% of such funding. The full
revenue cost (where applicable) of the provision of BT circuits will still be
funded by Area Committees.
2.3.4 The change in the funding of the monitoring and maintenance of public space
surveillance CCTV cameras means that for future installations Area
Committees will have to seek other partners in sharing the revenue costs, as
Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV do not have any budget to jointly
fund any future installations.
2.3.5 Area Committees may wish to consider developing or enhancing CCTV
coverage in specific areas to tackle crime and disorder, providing that the full
financial support (both capital and revenue) to fund such projects if deemed
appropriate to do so.
2.3.6 Area Committees may wish to consider influencing the deployment of the
mobile CCTV vans in specific highlighted ‘hot spot’ areas. This can be
addressed via the Area Community Safety Co-Ordinators relevant
Neighbourhood Policing Team Inspector, other council departments, and
Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV Management.
2.3.7 Area Committees will, through area management, be able to access
information about any proposed joint operations in advance and may wish to
advise on specific issues they wish to see tackled during the operations.
2.4
Contributing to Delivery of the Leeds Strategic Plan Targets and
Outcomes
4
Page 316
2.4.1 The service is contributing to the delivery of Leeds Strategic Plan via
1. Council Business Plan 2008-2011
2. Area Delivery Plans
3. Safer Leeds Annual Plan
4. Divisional Community Safety Partnership Plans
5. Safer Leeds Service Plan
6. Crime & Disorder Act 1998
2.4.2 The service contributes to the delivery of other council departmental strategic
plans such as ASBU, Enforcement, Peace and Emergency Planning, Land
Drainage, Licensing, Security Services, Planning Department, Highways,
ALMO’s and Area Management.
2.4.3 The service has links to other public sector partner services such as the ‘Safer
Leeds’ Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership Executive Board and the
Government Office for Yorkshire and the Humber (GOYH).
2.4.4 Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV have CCTV links to METRO,
Bradford, Wakefield, Huddersfield and Calderdale local authorities and share
images with Urban Traffic Control, Land Drainage and Peace & Emergency
Planning.
3.0
The Service at Area Committee level
3.1
Area Profile of the Service
3.1.1 The CCTV control room has been security accredited to utilise the police
digital communication system known as Airwave. The ability to listen and
react to police radio transmissions has proved to be effective in the fight
against crime. This facility allows operators to react quickly to record images
where cameras are located and this assists the police and other council
departments in obtaining relevant evidence in all areas including identified ‘hot
spots’ as an example in relation to crime, enforcement and anti social
behaviour issues.
3.1.2 Within the CCTV control room additional police equipment is housed
regarding Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR) which is an excellent
criminal intelligence tool.
3.1.3 Within the Outer East Committee areas there are currently 11 public space
surveillance CCTV cameras:
5
Page 317
Camera Locations
Ward
Fiddlers Lane - Garforth
Chapel Lane - Garforth
Swillington - Church St
Swillington - Wakefield Rd
High St - Kippax
Crosshills - Kippax
Kippax and Methley
Kippax and Methley
Halton Village 1
Halton Village 2
Halton Village 3
Temple Newsam
Temple Newsam
Temple Newsam
Station Road, Cross Gates
Cross Gates and Whinmoor
Austhorpe Road, Cross Gates Cross Gates and Whinmoor
3.2
Area based Service Priorities and contributions to the Area Committee’s
Area Delivery Plan for 2009 / 2010
3.2.1 Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV camera operators have the
ability to respond to any incidents that the police are attending as a result of
monitoring the police digital communications system (Airwave). This allows
evidence to be obtained as the incident is ongoing. This is reacting to ‘hot
spots’ using the police communications system.
3.2.2 There is also the ability to monitor identified ‘hot spots’ by selecting
appropriate cameras in such areas seeking relevant evidence of known or
suspected incidents of crime.
3.2.3 ‘Hot spots’ are identified via various formats;
• Crime Reduction Partnerships
• Residents Groups
• Community Groups
• Tasking meetings
• Vehicle Crime Sub Group
• Drugs and Robbery Sub Group
• Robbery Analysis Group
• Transit Robberies Group
• Acquisitive Serious Crime Group
• Information provided to elected councillors
3.2.4 All incidents involving arrests or incidents of special interest are circulated on
a weekly basis to all relevant partners and interested parties, to inform them
of activity in their specific area and emerging ‘hot spots’.
6
Page 318
3.2.5 Partners provide information to Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV
to enable them to proactively monitor known ‘hot spots’ and places of
significant interest, thus securing mutual objectives.
3.3
Customer and community engagement
3.3.1 Strong partnership working underpins the activity of the Safer Leeds
Partnership in making Leeds a safer place to live and work. Leeds City
Council Community Safety CCTV is actively involved with all partners (internal
and external) in ‘Operation Champion’.
3.3.2 Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV control room is situated in a
secure environment and cannot actively engage directly with the community
at its workplace; however the mobile CCTV vans are deployed at partnership
community events (including the annual ‘Face the People’ event).
3.3.3 Communities place an active role in influencing the installation of CCTV
cameras and the deployment of the mobile CCTV vans through partnership
meetings, residents groups, Neighbourhood Policing Team meetings or by
speaking directly to Councillors.
3.3.4 When seeking to fund a new CCTV installation or additional cameras,
community consultation is undertaken to support the process. CCTV must be
regarded as part of an overall strategy in the prevention and detection of
crime and allaying the fear of. It cannot be used as a stand alone tool, but one
that complements activity of other agencies and the police.
3.3.5 Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV Codes of Practice have been
approved by the council Legal Services and are reviewed annually. They
provide a legal framework for third parties and individuals to make subject
access requests of recorded images.
4.0
Performance Management and Reporting
4.1
Baseline Position and key targets for the Service
4.1.1 Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV supports the aim of the ‘Safer
Leeds’ Crime & Disorder Reduction Partnership which is ‘To secure
sustainable reductions in crime and disorder and address the fear of crime in
Leeds.’
4.1.2 As a department we are committed in working within the national framework
to deliver improvements and change at a local level via:
• Effective Leadership
• Visible and constructive accountability
• Intelligence-led business processes
• Effective and response delivery structure
7
Page 319
• Engagement with the communities and
• Staff having appropriate skills and knowledge
4.1.3 ‘Safer Leeds’ has a statutory duty to produce a partnership plan which is
aligned with other planning cycles such as the Leeds Area Agreement which
supports the delivery of Public Service Agreements (PSA’s) relating to crime
reduction, community safety and substance misuse.
4.1.4 The Leeds Strategic Plan (LSP) 08 – 11 / Council Business Plan highlight the
need for ‘reduced crime and fear of crime through prevention, detection,
offender management and changed behaviour.
4.1.5 Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV contributes to these plans by
providing evidenced based information to partners about the scale and nature
of crime, disorder and harm drugs and alcohol abuse working towards:
1. Creating safer environments by tackling crime
2. Improving lives by reducing the harm caused by substance misuse
3. Supporting victims and reducing the risk of victimisation
4. Reducing offending and managing offending behaviour
5. Improving community confidence and public satisfaction
4.1.6 All incidents involving arrests or incidents of special interest are circulated on
a weekly basis to all relevant partners,
4.1.7 CCTV is a front line service which supports partners by providing evidence to
support their own performance indicators. A weekly CCTV incident reports is
provided to partners and interested parties to inform them of activity and
emerging ‘hot spots’.
Other Outcomes for the Area Committee area
4.2.1 CCTV is used on a daily basis to reduce crime and the fear of crime by
facilitating in the apprehension and prosecution of offenders and assisting in
the prevention and detection of crime committed in public areas in Leeds.
CCTV Operators receive daily intelligence briefings about highlighted areas of
concern and emerging ‘hot spots’.
4.2.2 Mobile CCTV vans are deployed throughout the city on a daily basis working
alongside Neighbourhood Policing Teams in ‘hot spots’ and other areas of
interest in areas where there is no CCTV coverage.
4.3
Reporting Arrangements
4.3.1 The service provides weekly reports to all relevant partners and an annual
report is provided to all Area Committees.
4.3.2 Area Committee members are able to influence the deployment of the mobile
CCTV vans within the community through their Local Area Community Safety
Co-Ordinators and Neighbourhood Policing Team Inspectors. Local Area
Community Safety Co-Ordinators and Neighbourhood Policing Inspectors are
responsible for deployment of the mobile CCTV vans within their area.
8
Page 320
5.0
Programme of Activities 2009 / 2010
Description
Period /Year
Quarter 1
Role of Area Committee
Deployment of mobile To be informed of deployment by Area
CCTV vans.
Community Safety Co-ordinator and
Local NPT.
Gathering evidence of To be updated by Area Community
crime and anti social Safety
Co-ordinator’s
and
NPT
behaviour in ‘hot spot’ Inspectors.
areas not covered by
CCTV cameras.
Quarter 2
CCTV vans.
Local NPT.
Co-ordinator’s
and
NPT
CCTV cameras.
Quarter 3
CCTV vans.
Local NPT.
Co-ordinator’s
and
NPT
CCTV cameras.
Quarter 4
CCTV vans.
Local NPT.
Co-ordinator’s
and
NPT
CCTV cameras.
9
Page 321
6.0
6.1
The proposals outlined within this report have no implications on Council
Policy as the proposals are in accordance with agreements and existing
policies.
7.0
7.1
As previously mentioned within the report, Leeds City Council Community
Safety CCTV is strictly controlled by a Code of Practice outlining the operating
procedures in accordance with relevant legislation.
7.2
Legislation that the department has to conform to:
1. ‘Data Protection Act’
2. Human Rights legislation
3. Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act (RIPA)
4. The Private Security Industry Act 2001.
8.0
Equality Considerations
8.1
Access to members of the public into the CCTV control room is not allowed or
security reasons.
8.2
The Service Plan plays a key role in contributing to the delivery of the Equality
and Diversity Strategy, the Community Cohesion Action Plan, and meeting
the requirements in order to achieve Level 4 of the Equality Standard.
8.3
An internal staff equality action group was established with the Community
Safety department in January 2008 to ensure equality issues are embedded
with all activities. Equality and diversity is championed within the CCTV
service by the CCTV Co-ordinator who is also a member of Staff Action
Working Group (SWAG).
8.4
Equality, Diversity and Cohesion considerations are integrated into the
mainstream planning and monitoring process – actions and objectives with
equality, diversity and cohesion dimension are highlighted within the service
plan. Colleagues responsible for the delivery of specific equality actions within
the plan are required to maintain an overview of progress and report back as
part of the Service Planning monitoring process.
9.0
Any Other Considerations
9.1
Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV services are strictly controlled
under the Data Protection Act for the purpose of crime prevention, detection
and allaying the fear of crime including environmental crime and cannot be
used for any other purpose. The service acts as the council CCTV single point
of contact for all matters pertaining to CCTV and all enquiries are directed to
the CCTV Coordinator.
10
Page 322
9.2
CCTV is an emotive issue; however the public of Leeds, on the whole, are
supportive of the Council’s use of this technology to reduce crime and the fear
of crime. The cameras have a proven track record as a key strategy in crime
prevention and detection and allaying the fear of crime.
9.3
The cost of a single CCTV camera system costs in the region of £22,500
(Capital) and on average continuous annual revenue costs are £4,500 per
year. Annual revenue costs cover the cost of the BT line rental, electrics,
monitoring and maintenance of the system, but do not include any insurance
for damage to the system e.g. motor vehicle collision or vandalism. Costs for
each additional camera are the same as the installation cost of a single
camera.
10.0
Conclusions
10.1
Community CCTV is a vital component of any crime prevention or reduction
strategy. There have been a number reviews into the impact of CCTV
covering issues such as displacement and whether it assists in the detection
of crime and apprehension of offenders. The evidence from such reviews
varies depending on where and how it is used, the type of crime committed
and quality of the images captured by the camera. However overall they
support the use of CCTV.
10.2
Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV provides very high quality that
are of evidential value and it has long been recognised as a centre of best
practice within the field of Public Space Surveillance CCTV.
10.3
During 2006/2007 it provided vital evidence which led to over 3,000 arrests for
offences ranging from anti social behaviour to murder and during the period
from April 2008 to March 2009 it has provided evidence leading to 3,033
arrests throughout the Leeds.
10.4
The mobile vans have been involved in various joint multi agency operations
and initiatives with the police and other enforcement agencies. These have
led to the arrest of 152 people, 2323 intelligence person stop checks and 375
vehicle stop checks throughout the Leeds Area.
10.5
There has been no formal evaluation of the Leeds City Council Community
Safety Public CCTV System; however an indication of how popular the
system is can be measured by the number of compliments received each
month during the past year. There has been a total of 20 letter compliments
recorded for the service during the past 12 months.
10.6
At the annual ‘Face the People’ event conducted by the ‘Safer Leeds’ Crime &
Disorder Reduction Partnership involving a range of high school students
aged between 11 and 16 years revealed that the three major factors that
made them feel safe in their neighbourhood was:
1) Uniform police patrols
2) CCTV
3) Neighbourhood Watch
11
Page 323
10.7
People have different views on public surveillance, but overall CCTV is
popular with the public and there is an insatiable demand for CCTV in Leeds.
The public have grown to accept CCTV as part of their daily lives and its
removal would likely cause a public and political backlash because it provides
them reassurance and makes them feel safe.
10.8
During early 2008 it was decided to remove a private funded CCTV scheme
from a Business Park in the Leeds 11 area because of the lack of financial
contribution from the businesses.
10.9
Prior to the cameras being installed there were high levels of crime and
immediately after installation crime dropped significantly. On removal of the
system, crime again increased significantly by a massive 65% within 3
months. This has led to the commissioning of a consultants report to look at
replacing the CCTV on the estate.
• Crime figures rose by 65%
• May & June 2008 significantly higher
• Burglary Other and theft offences increased
• 11 of the 16 streets experienced a rise in recorded crime.
10.10 Area Committees are able to influence how CCTV as part of an overall crime
prevention and reduction strategy is used within their area. They can ensure
that the mobile CCTV vans are deployed to known crime and anti social
behaviour ‘hot spots’. The local Area Community Safety Co-ordinators and the
NPT Inspectors will on request of Area Committees make representation to
tasking groups to ensure their wishes are taken into account.
10.11 Area Committees may wish to ensure that appropriate reporting mechanisms
are in place to highlight ‘hot spots’ within the community to local NPTs. The
NPTs also need to ensure that there is a reciprocal line of communication
back to the Area Committees and other council departments such as ASBU
and enforcement services to ensure that CCTV both fixed and mobile, are
effectively used.
10.12 Committee members can influence the installation of additional CCTV
cameras in appropriate ‘hot spot’ crime areas if appropriate, subject to funds
being made available.
11.0
Recommendations
11.1
The Area Committee is asked to:
a) Note the report and make any comments
b) Request the deployment of mobile CCTV to areas of concern via local
Tasking Groups and Neighbourhood Policing Teams
c) Receive further update reports 6 monthly.
Background Papers
Area Functions Schedule 09/10
12
Page 324
12.0
Appendix 1
12.1
Financial Cost breakdown for Outer East Area Committee
12.1.1 Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV have previously charged Area
Committees who agreed to fund the installation of public space surveillance
CCTV cameras for monitoring, maintenance, power and BT supply to
cameras.
12.1.2 There has now been a review of the charges to be levied by Leeds City
Council Community Safety CCTV.
12.1.3 Previously the revenue charges made, related to the provision of a fibre
network (BT), provision of power (YEDL) and monitoring and maintenance of
the system.
12.1.4 The charges levied related to the Service Level Agreement between the Area
Committee and Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV.
12.1.5 As an example some Area Committees on installation of systems have signed
their own contract with BT rather than be recharged the cost. In other
instances some Area Committees have not signed such contracts and the
charge is re-charged on an annual basis. This charging process has not
changed.
12.1.6 The charge which will now be made in relation to the monitoring of the
‘present installed’ CCTV cameras will be reduced by 50% (previously this
was £1,000 per camera location and this has now been reduced to £500 per
camera location).
12.1.7 The charge for the maintenance of the ‘present installed’ cameras will also
be reduced by 50% the same as the charge for monitoring of cameras
(previously this was £1,000 per camera location and this also has now been
reduced to £500 per camera location).
12.1.8 Annual revenue costs however do not include any insurance to cover the cost
of damage to the camera system as a result of a collision by a motor vehicle
or vandalism. Below is a table for the charges to be raised for the financial
year 2009 / 2010 in relation to Outer East Area Committee.
13
Page 325
Camera
Location(s)
Swillington
2 cameras
Halton Village
3 cameras
Garforth /
KIppax
4 cameras
Cross Gates &
Whinmoor
Maintenance
(50% of costs)
£1,000
Monitoring
(50% of costs)
£1,000
BT
(100% of costs)
£.00
Cost
£2,000
£1,500
£1,500
£00
£3,000
£2,000
£2,000
£00
£4,000
£1,000
£1,000
£.00
£2,000
Total cost to be recharged £11,000
13.0
APPENDIX 2
13.1
Legal Implications regarding public space surveillance CCTV
13.1.1 Until 1 March 2000 there was no statutory governance of CCTV surveillance
of public areas when the Data Protection Act 1998 came into force. The act
provides clear standards for the processing, storage and access of images of
individuals caught by CCTV cameras.
13.1.2 The standards are based on the following eight Data Protection Principles that
specify data must be;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
fairly and lawfully processed;
processed for limited purposes and not in any
incompatible with those purposes;
adequate, relevant and not excessive;
accurate;
not kept for longer than is necessary
processed in accordance with individuals' rights;
secure;
not transferred to countries without adequate protection
manner
13.1.3 The Information Commissioner has the power to issue Enforcement Notices
where there has been a breach of one or more of the Data Protection
Principles. An Enforcement Notice would set out the remedial action that the
Commissioner requires to ensure future compliance with the requirements of
the Act. In the case of CCTV, the Information Commissioner takes into
account the extent to which the users of such surveillance equipment have
complied with the CCTV Code of Practice (see below) when determining
whether they have met their legal obligations.
14
Page 326
13.1.4 The CCTV images at Leeds City Council Community Safety CCTV are
retained for 31 days in line with Data Protection Act legislation. Therefore, this
is the period of time that stored images can be viewed by partners for
evidential purposes for the prevention and detection of crime. All requests to
view CCTV images are auditable to show compliance with Data Protection
and Human Rights legislation and the strict Codes of Practice adopted by the
service.
13.1.5 The Human Rights Act 1998 highlights that surveillance systems are subject
to strict statutory controls and any images that do not comply with those
controls could lead to them been excluded as evidence in a court of law.
15
Page 327
Page 328

Agenda reports pack PDF 8 MB - Meetings, agendas and minutes

Transcription

Similar documents

Game Card Here - Commercial Drive Business Society

2148 Linby St

Only the 7th floor remaining 8470 sq.ft. of fantastic air

Brochure

Leeds Joint Care Management Service

Leeds Utd

Brochure

Business Info Sheet

Crime Reporting Centres

Harrodian Results 2014